This paper argues for the deployment of non-representational theory in the geographical study of ageing and provides an introduction to the approach. The result of its deployment, we argue, would be a rejuvenated field of research that is inclusive of a far wider-variety of movement occurrences and experiences in older people’s lives, that attends to physical, immediate and felt dimensions of movement, and thus that better conveys - and reverberates - the basic substance of movement itself.
Keywords:non-representational theory
;
geography of ageing
;
geographical gerontology
GavinJ. ANDREWS, AmandaM. GRENIER. Ageing movement as space-time: introducing non-representational theory to the geography of ageing[J]. 地理科学进展, 2015, 34(12): 1512-1534 https://doi.org/10.18306/dlkxjz.2015.12.003
1 引言
本文将非表征理论引入现有理论工具之中,这将是对当前老龄化地理学在概念、理论和实证方面的有益补充(Andrews et al, 2007, 2009, 2013; Golant, 2003; Hopkins et al, 2007; Skinner et al, 2015)。该理论的提出将有助于对老年移动(movement)进行全面和即时的探讨。在介绍非表征理论的关键层面(及其与社会老年学中现有视角和观点的关联)之前,首先对老龄化移动研究如何在社会地理学和健康地理学(包括老龄问题研究)中产生进行两个方面的文献回顾,这将引出本文的主要观点:非表征理论的应用,一是可以将研究重心从关注老年人有意识的移动,以及希望老年人以特定方式移动的有意识的动机和行动中抽离出来,从而将重心放到无意识和不完全意识的移动上;二是可以从对特定、有限范围的移动的关注,扩展到对包括构成时空的所有移动类型、移动形式、参与者和行动者的关注;最后,还可以从对过去发生的移动类型、机制及其意义的描述和解释,扩展到对正在发生的移动及其特征和感知的关注。
(3) 基于活动是健康的关联因素的认识,探讨健康和社会照护服务者与需求者之间的空间距离。这些研究也归属健康地理学关于“可达性及其使用行为”的研究领域(Joseph et al, 1984);通常强调服务使用行为的距离衰减效应(随着距离的增加,对服务的使用频率下降),及其对健康所产生的影响。对老年人口相关的研究,不仅考虑服务的使用行为,也关注“非行动”因素,包括老年人住址与服务设施、居住距离较远的子女和其他照护者的邻近度(Joseph et al, 1998; Nemet et al, 2000)
从批判的角度来看,尽管目前与老年移动相关的研究多变而深刻,但对移动的定义仍然狭隘而片面。同时,定量研究揭示了长期时间框架下集体宏观移动的总体趋势,而定性的位置敏感的社会建构则主要关注移动的意义,以及所涉及的权力。然而,无论哪类研究,都应真正关注移动的过程要素,以及移动是如何在时空中发生的。事实上,我们认为将非表征理论应用于移动的基本构成、即时性、身体性和感知性的研究中具有独特的优势(McHugh, 2009; Andrews et al, 2013; Skinner et al, 2015)。
老年学研究的主要关注点,是由福祉的概念来引领的,而福祉又是通过身体行为、忙碌程度或生产能力,以及(或者)疼痛等特殊感觉来表达的(Katz, 2000; Dillaway et al, 2009)。如上文提到的跨国护理的例子(Gunaratnum, 2014)一样,超个体或感觉分享的研究仅仅是一个开始,而有关“情感维度”和感知状况的大多数研究还是基于心理学的传统范式。比如,老年人通过有选择性地减少他们的社会交往和人际关系(Carstensen et al, 1999)以及(或者)获取“衰退”补偿(Baltes et al, 1990)来使他们的积极体验最大化。与非表征理论关联更为密切的老龄化的情感方面议题,目前尚未实现较好地理论化研究。因此,在推动老龄化研究朝着身体相关性感觉发展方面,的确存在较大潜力,尤其是在老年人的居住和护理存在大量群体性或集体性情况的背景下。
与老年学的研究相结合,该领域明显地展现出理论的多元性,像喜鹊筑巢一样,从其他领域借鉴宏观或中观的理论来帮助形成自己的焦点思想。事实上,研究当前的老龄化问题,需要采用超越原有的学科界限与响应的复杂理论视角和方法。因此,批判性的理论观点成为过渡时期理解和探究老龄化问题的依据。该领域的发展导致了“文化老年学”这一将文化、身体、新方法等问题引入老龄化研究之中的新的学科方向的产生(Gilleard et al, 2000; Featherstone et al, 2005; Katz, 2006)。然而,关于批判性观点之间的关系,尤其是与结构、意义和文化相关的批判性观点之间的关系尚未解决(Baars et al, 2013)。与非表征理论所倡导的混合研究方法类似,建议使用“批判性视角来研究老龄化”,即借助各种相关的传统,从而摆脱对理论的死板应用(Grenier, 2012)。
Adding to ongoing debates on the conceptual, theoretical and empirical advancement of the geographical study of ageing (Andrews et al, 2007, 2009, 2013; Golant, 2003; Hopkins et al, 2007; Skinner et al, 2015) this paper argues for the incorporation of non-representational theory into the current theoretical toolkit used by scholars. This, it is posited, might facilitate a fuller and more immediate engagement with movement than exists at present. The paper starts with a broad two-part review of how movement conventionally arises in social and health geography, including in ageing-focused studies, before moving on to introduce the key facets of non-representational theory (to locate each, noting connections to existing perspectives and concerns in social gerontology). The main thrust of the paper’s argument is that the deployment of non-representational theory could, at one level, take some of the emphasis in research off the conscious movement of older persons and conscious motivations and actions of those who want them to move in particular ways, and place it on non- and less-than-fully conscious movements. At another level, take some emphasis off a specified and often narrow range of movement activities, and incorporate all forms of movement and all actors and movers that constitute space-time. Finally, it could take some emphasis off what movement has happened in the past, how it happened and what it meant, and place it on what movement is happening, how it appears and feels.
1.1 Current engagements with human movements: key empirical themes
Social and health geography, two sub-disciplines that historically have contributed the bulk of the geographical study of ageing, have engaged with movement variously over many years. As we shall see, certainly not in the same way as non-representational theory can, but a clear precedent exists. Most things move - whether being diseases, services, resources or people - so the literature is potentially vast. Nevertheless some concentrated areas of inquiry are identifiable in terms of the movement of the latter. Scholars have, for example, engaged empirically with human movement as a ‘social determinant’ (as loosely defined) of human health and wellbeing, this approach being common in three substantive fields of inquiry. The first focused on migration, whereby people move within or between countries with implications for their health and health care systems (Boyle 2004; Norman et al 2005). The particular ageing focus here being longstanding on the migration destinations, motivations, decisions and experiences of older people and the implications for ageing services and policy (Wiseman et al, 1979; Warnes et al, 1984; Bentham, 1988; Joseph et al, 1991; Glaser et al, 1998; King et al, 2000; Silveira et al, 2001; Moore et al, 2004; Oliver, 2007). Indeed this research is not focused on the act of moving long distances per-se, as much as the shape, impact and consequence of the completed/past movements at the collective and macro scale. Recently it has been augmented with more critical considerations and studies of the human lifecourse as played out, and moving, in space and time. This research being more sensitive to life’s ‘journey’ including multiple moves, moves at the micro-scale and their meaning (Bailey, 2009; Jarvis et al 2011; Schwanen et al 2012).
The third field of inquiry where human movement is considered to be a loose determinant of health, is on the distances between health and social care providers and those in need. Incorporated into health geography under the general theme of ‘accessibility and utilization’ (Joseph et al, 1984), often highlighted in this literature is a ‘distance decay’ in use (increasing distance lower usage) and the concurrent impact upon population health. Focused then as much on ‘non-movements’ as movements the ageing interest has been on both older peoples proximity to centralized facilities, children and other carers who live away from them (Joseph et al, 1998; Nemet et al, 2000).
Elsewhere across social and health geography human movement has been engaged more directly and critically by three other substantive areas of inquiry that use predominantly qualitative methodologies. One is focused on impairment and disability, and mobility in these contexts, and the challenges facing and (non)acceptance of individuals affected (Butler et al, 1999; Gleeson, 1999; Crooks et al, 2008). The particular ageing focus in this literature includes, for example, the range and scope of older peoples’ mobility (Meyer et al, 1985; Schwanen et al, 2010), their unique urban and rural challenges (Mattson 2010) and policy implications (Mercado et al 2010). Another area of qualitative inquiry is focused on fitness activities, much of this research unpacking the meaning and identity of bodily movement, the places where it occurs, and the power relationships at play (Andrews et al, 2003; Bale, 2004; Vertinsky et al, 2004; Andrews et al, 2005). The ageing focus here has been only occasional but includes attention, for example, to older peoples’ active leisure and lifestyles (Mansvelt, 1997; McConatha et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). The final area - which being more of a broad approach, does incorporate some of the research in the first and second - can be broadly described as ‘new mobilities’. It conveys the motivations, meanings and implications of varied movement forms-such as in transport, leisure, respite, work and health and health care (Gatrell, 2011; Warf, 2010; Crooks et al 2011; Kingsbury et al 2012). The particular ageing focus here is varied but has been particularly attentive in recent years to older peoples’ tourism mobilities and wellbeing (Williams et al, 2000, 2002; Rodriguez, 2001; Schwanen et al, 2011).
1.2 Current engagements with all movements: exposing some ‘qualities’
From both social and scientific standpoints movement possesses, and is composed of, certain qualities, and these have been explored in the literature in regard to, and also beyond, the human. In social and health geography one can thus observe a rudimentary engagement with the ‘rhythm’ of movement (across space and of/in place). This arises, for example, in a positivistic research tradition where time-series and spatial-temporal analysis has been applied to a range of phenomenon (Meade et al, 2010) including occurrences and spread of diseases (Smallman-Raynor et al, 1991; Gould, 1993; Rogers et al, 2000; Robertson et al, 2014), and treatments and hospitalizations for specific diseases (Crighton et al 2001; 2008x; Leong et al 2006). This research presents-often with detailed computer-aided illustration/GIS-a sequenced ‘rhythm’ of phenomenon collectively occurring over macro-scales. Although the ageing focus in this research has been sporadic at best, scholars have become interested in ageing and infectious disease more broadly, including HIV (Yoshikawa 2000; High et al 2008). Meanwhile, in other research, demographic studies have conveyed and displayed the long-term spatial and temporal ‘rhythms’ of population changes, as they themselves relate to the rhythms of population health, and the challenges for governments and health sectors in particular places. The ageing focus here being particularly central (Moore et al, 1997; Rosenberg et al, 1997; Smallman-Raynor et al, 1999; Phillips, 2002; McCracken et al, 2005; Lin et al, 2007). Indeed, this research flows into more general disciplinary concerns for ageing and international/global health.
Qualitative research in social and health geography meanwhile displays some consideration and representation of ‘rhythm’ across a wide-range of empirical subjects, fitting loosely into three broad categories. First, there are studies that convey the routinized, processional and ‘rhythmic’ nature of treatments, caring practices and the places where they occur. For example in nursing (Andrews et al, 2008) and addiction detoxification (DeVerteuil et al, 2009; Wilton et al, 2014). The ageing focus here being mainly on the routinized nature of informal and formal home and community care (Wiles, 2003). Second, there are studies that explore how the body becomes synchronized with broader rhythms that surround it as part of therapeutic places and experiences, such as rhythms of the sea in coastal life (Kearns et al, 2012), and rhythms of fitness activities and environments (Bale, 2004; Andrews, 2005); this latter interest incorporating a sporadic concern for ageing and fitness (Paulson 2005). Third are studies that convey the daily geographies in the lives of people with chronic health conditions (Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003) including and mental illness (Dear et al, 1987; Parr, 1998, 2008). These studies pay particular attention to the embodied rhythms - oftentimes part of makeshift survival strategies - that arise as peoples’ health status and social contexts change, and regularly engage with ageing and older people (Rowles, 2000; Antoninetti et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014).
Another quality of movement that has received some limited attention is ‘momentum’ (across space and of/in place). Across social and health geography, studies illustrate, for example, ‘behavioural momentums’ whereby for example, one human activity (such as drinking alcohol, taking drugs or undertaking casual labour) leads onto another (such as casual sex) with health implications (such as Hepatitis or HIV transmission) (Luginaah 2008; Mkandawire, et al 2014). In studies of ageing, however, human momentums are typically less behavioural and more circumstantial, either about the momentums that build as older people move - or are moved - spatially between care settings and services of increasing comprehensiveness in line with their changing physical and mental health (although studies focus primarily on the transitions themselves and their consequences (Magilvy et al, 2000; Reed et al, 2003; Lee et al, 2013). Elsewhere the momentums in the daily lives of people with chronic health conditions are a popular concern of social and health geography (Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003), these studies conveying how, in many cases, people’s lives might be more appropriately characterized by being ‘stuck’ or ‘immobile’ (lacking in momentum) or indeed ‘shrinking’ (possessing momentum in an unwanted and reverse direction) (Dyck, 1995; Crooks 2007). These interests and observations arise in ageing studies (Pain 2001), although this research is equally concerned to illustrate how older people negotiate and deal with such challenges - including the ‘momentum’ of their own declining physical and mental health - either on their own or with the aid of good design and intervention (Kong et al 1996; Gant 1997; Rowles, 2000; Wiles et al 2009). Finally momentums in social and health geography arise as ‘economic momentums’ in considerations of the rate, and forcefulness, at which policies for people are developed, and/or markets developed and/or at which services expand or contract - in place and across space - this being a very common interest of ageing studies (Joseph et al, 1996; Andrews et al, 2002; Skinner et al, 2011; Hanlon et al, 2014).
In terms of critique, whilst current research engagements with movements are varied and insightful, movement remains rather narrowly defined and only partially conveyed. Whilst quantitative studies show general trends in collective macro-scale movements over long timeframes, qualitative place-sensitive studies are concerned, for the most part, with what it means to move or not move, and/or the powers involved. Neither group of studies, however, really engages with the process elements of movement, and how movement happens as space-time. Indeed, non-representational theory, we argue, might be well-placed to shed light on the fundamental making, immediacy, physicality and feel of movement (McHugh, 2009; Andrews et al, 2013; Skinner et al, 2015).
2 Taking a step further with movement: introducing non-representational theory
‘Human life is based on and in movement… movement captures the animic flux of life’ (Thrift, 2008)
‘the basic cardinals of what we regard as space are subsequently [sic] shifting… … we are increasingly a part of a ‘movement-space’ which is relative rather than absolute in which ‘matter or mind, reality has appeared to us as a perpetual becoming. It makes itself or it unmakes itself but it is never something made’ (Bergson, 1911; Thrift, 2008).
Non-representational theory was developed by human geographers in the mid 1990s (Thrift, 1996, 1997), and has gained acceptance and been applied particularly in the past decade (Lorimer, 2005, 2008; Thrift, 2008; Anderson et al, 2010; Vannini, 2014a). As Thrift (2008) notes, and as reflected in his quotations above, movement is its main ‘leitmotif’, being based on the observation that much of life’s ‘activeness’ and ‘closeness’- the immediacy and progression of space-time - has been overlooked by the discipline. It is argued that whilst at the core of positivistic spatial science lies a dedication to numerical calculation and generalizable explanation, at the core of social constructivism is a theoretical dedication to interpretation; to digging down to find mechanisms, emotions and meaning in things. In contrast, non-representational theory does not see a world begging explanation and theorization. Its idea is that the world’s ongoing, living and performative aspects should instead take centre stage in research including the many tacit and often inadvertent practices they involve. As Thrift (2008) explains, non-representational theory thus communicates the geography of what occurs in the active world; the ‘taking place’ of occasions. As we shall see, a number of key facets together create the overarching ‘style’ of non-representational theory. This is not an aesthetic style but, reaching to the core of research, entails the fundamental things that are looked at and the way the world is understood and engaged. Moreover, as its name suggests, despite some difficulties (that will be discussed later), non-representational theory aims to, as much as possible, present not represent the world. Thus the non-representational style is a particular way of doing research to potentially reverberate the happening of life (Andrews, 2014) (for the specific typology on which the following description is based and, for other aligned typologies, see Thrift (2000), Dewsbury et al (2002), Cadman (2009), Vannini (2009, 2014a); Skinner et al (2015).)
2.1 Facets of non-representational theory: central concepts
2.2.1 Onflow
The first of non-representational theory’s facets is to present the ‘onflow’ of life; the raw, unrolling, forward moving, frontier of existence; the very edge at which new space-time is emerging (Pred, 2005; Thrift, 2008; Vannini, 2009, 2014a). Onflow is initial, thus often less than fully consciously witnessed and participated in, and certainly is non-verbal. Onflow is also continuous; existence does not stop, and the world is constantly becoming (thus, to view it as stopped, then to look for trends and/or meaning and represent it as stopped, like with much spatial science and social constructivism, misses most of what it is actually involving (Andrews 2014).
The idea of onflow resonates with certain accounts and ideas in critical gerontology. At the practical level for example, the classic ethnographic work of Gubrium demonstrates how ageing unfolds in the everyday, throughout the minute, hour and day (Gubrium, 1997). However, while such illustrations parallel the idea of ‘onflow’, analysis in gerontology has focused primarily on the interpretive aspects of everyday activities and less on the actual unfolding of these events. At a theoretical level then, the idea of ‘onflow’ goes one step further and contains an implicit critique of the structure and experience of time. This aligns well in gerontology with Baars’ philosophical critique of time that attempts to unhinge understandings of time from chronometric or chronological models (Baars, 2012). Hence, in this line of thinking, recognition of immediate forms of temporality and movement are akin to the notion of onflow.
2.1.2 Relationality
A second facet of non-representational theory is to embrace relational thinking in three ways to understand how life is (re)produced. As Andrews (2015) describes, a ‘relational materialism’ that recognizes such fundamental things as the textures, shapes, sizes and colors of things, as well as the equal importance, and co-evolution, of human bodies and non-human objects. A ‘performed relationality’ that recognizes how bodies and objects are assembled, positioned and interact (thus, with their spacing, constitute space-time). A ‘trans-scaled relationality’ that recognizes how events in any one place are complexly networked with ideas, bodies, objects, processes that span geographical distances and scales. Together these three forms of simultaneous relational thinking constitute an overall theoretical perspective that is post-humanist and thus is cynical of approaches that are overly person-centered, and that tend to separate and rigidly define phenomena (Andrews, 2014; Thrift, 2008; Vannini, 2009, 2014a). In sum, as Anderson et al (2010) suggest, in non-representational theory it is important to study mutuality - co-invention, co-fabrication and co-evolution - between things. What, together they are becoming.
To date, in critical gerontology ‘relational thinking’ has perhaps been best articulated, albeit slightly differently, through socio-cultural perspectives on ageing bodies (Öberg, 1996; Katz, 2010) and their relationship to the structured, experienced, and interpersonal aspects of care (Twigg, 1997). As Katz (2010: 367) outlines, ‘the body is a central mediation point between structured mandates and the agential or experimental forms of identity used to negotiate these mandates’. Yet, such understandings are not only individual level phenomena. Body and care dynamics are understood to take place across levels of practice (Dean et al, 1999) and across traditional boundaries. Indeed ‘relationality’ of the body and care is experienced across transnational settings (Zhou, 2012), producing not only complicated power relations within and across families in space-time, but also dimensions and types of social pain (Gunaratnam, 2014). More generally, in both non-representational theory and critical gerontology, actor-network-theory presents an approach that can explain the networking, relationality and equal importance of humans and non-humans in life’s events (Tatnall et al, 2003; Cutchin, 2005).
2.1.3 Vitality
A third facet of non-representational theory is to recognize the vitality of life; that life is spirited and has its own zest and zeal (Andrews, 2014, 2015). This acknowledgement involves a particular interpretation of neo-vitalism that, whilst not necessarily wanting to come up with mystical or spiritual alternatives to science, recognizes the life-force of things acting together; the energetic animation of collective materiality. Indeed, as Andrews (2014) describes, four loose understandings surround vitality: that the vitality of places results from particular active assemblages of bodies and objects with richness and diversity: that the result is something that gives a place a self-generating continuance and purpose; that vitality might be a quality that is engineered and purposeful or that might be accidental; and finally, that vitality signifies life moved by its own impulses (life as irrational and unpredictable).
The notion of vitality as expressed in non-representational theory is about the world. In gerontology in contrast, the current notion of vitality is often connected with humans’ cognitive vitality (the maintenance of their cognitive function.) While non-representative theory could be used to broaden such interpretations of vitality (thus expanding interpretations to a sense of experience and life), a concept more closely connected with ‘vitality’ is perhaps gerotranscendance - a shift in meta perspective, from a materialistic and rational view of the world to a more cosmic and transcendent one, normally accompanied by an increase in enthusiasm for life and life satisfaction (Tornstam, 1996, 2005;Uppsala Universitet, 1997). This model offers contemplation, solitude, affinity with past generations, and a redefinition of time, space, life and death as a developmental model that extends beyond the dualism of activity and disengagement (Sherman, 2010). Although distinct from each other, both vitality and gerotranscendance offer alternate paradigms that are reflective, accepting of changes in late life, and speak to an experience of living. Notably, gerotranscendance also speaks to an interest in non-representational theory in the virtuality and multiplicity of space and time (their non-fixed, non-linear and ruptured nature) that might result, for example, in things that are ‘real’ to people, yet are not physical or fully actualized in space-time, and/or multiple happenings that are related in the world but emerge and co-exist in different spaces-times (Cadman, 2009), and also non-representational theory’s fundamental disposition and mindset - a real sense of ‘wonderment’ with the physicality of the world and one’s place in it (Andrews 2014) (which, illustrating multiple disciplinary linkages, itself draws close to the idea of ‘mindfulness’ in gerontology and gerontological practice (Rejeski, 2008)).
2.2 Facets of non-representational theory: substantive foci
2.2.1 Practice and performance
Non-representational theory sees the world as a continually productive realm. Hence a fourth facet is to focus on the practices and performances within it and which make it. As Vannini (2014a) suggests, this contrasts with a concern in many forms of research with personal outlooks and states of mind (ideas, motivations, and so on). Practice and performance are instead about the expressive and purposeful engagement of the body, bodies together, and bodies and objects together, whether in the moment they be expected or unexpected, intentional or unintentional (Andrews 2014). In this endeavour, and in partial contrast to Judith Butler’s famous theorization, the objective of research is not necessarily to look for signs and meanings in body performativity that might be consciously read, but might just as well be about very basic active elements - including things and timings and spacings between things. These often gain enough stability that they reproduce themselves and, when registered by people, make the world intelligible (Thrift, 2008; Andrews, 2015).
In gerontology, perhaps the most notable well-aligned trend with regards to practice and performance is that of scholars drawing on insights from the sociology of sport and applying them to the study of older bodies and older athletes (Wainwright et al, 2004; Tulle, 2008; Phoenix et al, 2009). In this field of study, researchers focus on the relationship between older bodies and cultural discourses such as decline, and the management, reconstruction, or reconfiguration of older bodies (Tulle, 2008; Wahidin, 2002). Work drawing on Bourdieu’s notion of habitus, for example, and the practices and/or performances of older bodies closely aligns (Dumas et al, 2005). Here, a clear distinction emerges between critical perspectives on ageing and non-representational theory. Where critical gerontology tends to focus on how routinized practices carried out through the older body represent a cultural frame that can be managed, adapted or resisted, non-representational theory would focus more on what may exist within, between and around these frames. Although the point of interest and outcome of the two perspectives differ, the approaches are complementary in outlining the cultural references and processes of mediating experience through the body in order to better understand ageing.
2.2.2 Sensation (and its infectiousness)
A fifth facet of non-representational theory is to focus on bodily sensation, but not as an individual or personal experience, as something ‘transpersonal’; being produced through, and shared between, many bodies (Andrews 2014). This particular facet has led to the study of ‘affect’ as an elucidatory concept in research (Anderson 2006; Thrift 2004; 2008). In basic terms, affect is the transition of the body and the process whereby the body is affected, modifies and affects other bodies. ‘Affective environments’ are thus the collective manifestation of affects and their transpersonal working out in space-time (affected bodies interacting with other bodies and objects, provoking further affects and further affects occurring). They are experienced less-than-fully consciously by people but possess a ‘feel’ that reveals on a somatic register as a powerful yet non-descript atmosphere (Massumi, 2002; Thrift, 2004; Anderson, 2009). The transition from one experiential state of the body to another in affect, often involves changes in peoples’ energy - it being either boosted or sapped. Thus affect impacts upon peoples’ broader capacity for engagement and involvement in life and has the potential to increase or decrease their immediate feelings, and general state, of wellbeing (Andrews, 2014). The interest in sensation and affect informs a broader interest in non-representational theory in the ‘atmospheres’ of places; their making, happening and experience (Anderson 2009).
While much attention in gerontology is guided by notions of well-being, these have tended to be approached through physical acts, ‘busyness’ or productivity, and/or through particular sensations such as pain (Katz, 2000; Dillaway et al, 2009). Analysis of the trans-personal or shared sensations are only beginning (as illustrated in the above example of trans-national care (Gunaratnam, 2014)). Instead, the main body of work on ‘affective dimensions’ or feeling states, is articulated from within the psychological tradition. Here older people are considered to maximize their positive experiences through selectively narrowing their social interactions and relationships (Carstensen et al, 1999) and/or compensating for ‘decline’ (Baltes et al, 1990). The affective aspects of ageing that would more closely align with non-representational theory are much less well theorized. Indeed there is potential to move, in research, towards bodily sensations that can be relational, particularly as so many group/collective situations exist for older people in residence and care.
2.2.3 Everyday
Non-representational theory does not aim to be special or specialized nor focus only on the special or specialized. Hence, a sixth facet is a concern with the ordinary in terms of everyday events in life, and the everyday places where they occur. Everyday events are the routine things people undertake (e.g. making a drink, walking, shopping, cleaning, gardening, etc.), that help them manage their daily lives (Cadman, 2009). They constitute the rhythms of people’s lives. The everyday places where these things occur (e.g. living room, kitchen, bathroom, shopping mall, bus station) often remain outside of individuals’ full consciousness as they move through them, although they are far from being innate/neutral backgrounds to life (Andrews, 2014). The argument is that everyday events and everyday places cannot be overlooked by academic scholarship because life happens all the time and everywhere (Andrews 2015).
In terms of alignments in gerontology, researchers have focused more generally on the role of everyday places and spaces in older people’s lives (Rowles, 1978; Wiles et al, 2011; Rowles et al, 2013), and in particular on the everyday experiences in micro-locations where reduced mobility may feature most prominently such as the bathroom bus (Grenier, 2005) or kitchen (Maguire et al., 2014). There has also been a recent turn in gerontology towards the use of everyday items by older people, adding a material dimension to this field of research.
2.3 Facets of non-representational theory: theory, method, communication
2.3.1 Diverse and lively theory
The term non-representational theory is in fact a little misleading because the word, theory, in this context is plural (i.e. it does not in fact mean a single unified ‘theory’, rather a collection of ‘theories’). Hence, a seventh facet of non-representational theory is a diverse theoretical heritage and a lively theoretical engagement. The approach attempts to bring together a variety of sub-disciplines such as performance studies, material culture studies, ecological anthropology, sensory and emotional sociology, and diverse theoretical and philosophical approaches including speculative realism, performance theory, neo-materialism and social ecology (Vannini, 2009; Andrews, 2014). In addition to this diversity, it can be selective, drawing out particular arguments within each. As Andrews (2014) suggests, it re-reads Heidegger’s phenomenology, for example, for ideas on humans being ‘thrown-into-the-world’, the works of Merleau-Ponty for ideas on pre-consciousness and lived bodily perception, and the works of Derrida for ideas on materiality, and force encounters (whilst, Canguilhem and Foucault have also been reconsidered for their own lively content and insights - Philo, 2007; 2012). The intention is that a freedom should exist to select and use theory but not to get bogged down in it. To frame or inform studies in order to reverberate the active world, but to not get too involved in deep interpretation and/or the nature of theory itself (Andrews 2014). Indeed, the objective is to not make data and qualitative knowledge secondary to theory, so that telling does not become muffled by the business of knowing (Vaninni 2014a).
In terms of alignment with gerontology, the field obviously shares in common a theoretical plurality, a ‘magpie’ tradition of taking what grand or mid-range theory fits from elsewhere to help formulate its own focused ideas. Indeed, contemporary issues in ageing require complex theoretical perspectives and approaches that transcend former disciplinary boundaries and responses. As a result, the ‘critical’ theoretical perspectives used to understand and explore ageing are in a period of transition. Developments in the field have resulted in a new disciplinary boundary of ‘cultural gerontology’ (Gilleard et al, 2000; Featherstone et al, 2005; Katz, 2006) that brings questions of culture, the body, and new approaches into the studies of aging. Yet, questions about the relationships between critical perspectives, in particular those related to structure, meaning and culture have not yet been resolved (Baars, et al 2013). One suggestion, parallel to the blended approach suggested by non-representational theory, is the use of ‘critical perspectives to the study of aging’ - a language that moves away from a rigid application of theory, into drawing on and across various traditions where relevant (Grenier, 2012).
2.3.2 Witnessing, changing, boosting
In gerontology we see precedent and alignment in research based theatre initiatives (Mitchell et al, 2011; Kontos et al, 2007), activist methodologies (Minkler et al, 2008; Estes, 2008), and a general increase in the use of photovoice methods, and documentary film (Kontos et al, 2013; Putney et al, 2005; Raymond et al, 2015; Swinnen et al, 2013). Each of these examples challenges traditional methodologies and standard practices of knowledge translation. Indeed, the process is collaborative, with researchers working closely with older people to co-produce stories and enact change. The forms of knowledge exchange also differ from the more known mediums of academic publication and reports to community based performances and/or public events. Theatre groups for example, have acted out their experiences of ageing and dementia, and in this process, altered everyday relationships, challenged taken-for-granted assumptions about memory, and sensitized communities and individuals who take part in their performances (for example the work of Julia Gray in Toronto, Canada). Indeed these scholars and artists have forged a path that gerontology informed by non-representational theory might continue to follow.
2.3.3 Lively academic writing
A ninth and final facet of non-representational theory is specifically about writing. Geographers and other and other academics unavoidably have to communicate with words but, as Ingold (2014) describes, within non-representational theory they might develop a style that does not lock automatically into stilted, categorical academic frames, but instead - like language used in the performing arts - actively embraces movement and expression. Moreover, as Lorimer (2005) notes, a style that is restless and tantalizes; that has a living quality and forms itself in the image of the very things it presents. This is not problem free because the style and ‘realis mood’ geographers and other academics have been trained in and are accustomed to (which is authoritative, logical and definitive) justifies the very existence of geographic and other academic scholarship, distinguishing it from fictional writing and journalistic reporting (Vannini, 2014b). Nevertheless, with some effort and adjustment geographers and other academics can incorporate an ‘irrealis mood’ in their writing (Vannini, 2014b). As Andrews (2014) suggests, this involves a number of sub-moods that can be used variously including the immediate mood (writing as if in the moment, as if events are unfolding as one writes, without a known outcome), conditional mood (stating propositions with provisos), potential mood (being cautious and acknowledging other possibilities), fallible mood (embracing the fact that some things in the world are illogical and cannot be expressed by words, and that the writer themselves can often have doubt and ignorance), hypothetical mood (exploring possibilities and posing ‘what if’), admirative mood (expressing awe, fascination and surprise), subjunctive mood (expressing states of unreality or realities that have not yet occurred) and desiderative mood (expressing personal wishes and preferences). Indeed, these sub-moods, if employed together, might help escape the pretentious, obscure, elitist and exclusionary way academics often correspond and communicate.
In gerontology, narrative research has drawn attention to the powerful acts of verbal and written communication (Ray, 2000; Kenyon et al, 1999, 2001; Bornat, 2001). Focus on hearing and documenting the accounts of older people are often characterized as a way to hear legitimate voices, and/or give back power and agency to groups whose voices have been overshadowed by professionals or as a result of marginal social locations (Bornat et al, 2004). Overlapping with the aforementioned turn toward new methodologies, new approaches ranging from blogs (both those created by older people and by researchers), to photo voice projects theatre and films are illustrative of the ways traditional forms of academic writing can be challenged, informed and augmented. The connection here to non-representational theory is that the same freedom of expression given to ‘subjects’ should also be afforded to researchers.
3 Recognizing and addressing limitations
Non-representional theory is not only the latest ‘cutting edge’ approach in human geography, as this paper has described, it clearly aligns well with the existing range of approaches and research in gerontology. In terms of what it potentially brings to the geography of ageing, it could clearly help scholars present the immediate movements in age and ageing, a wider range of movements and a wider-range of movers. Like any approach, however, non-representational theory has its detractors, and a number of emerging critiques of the approach should be acknowledged as they have particular relevance to the future study of ageing. One line of criticism is based on the entire notion on non-representation. The argument is that any researcher must represent events no matter how hard they try not to, and no matter what field methods and knowledge translation strategies they employ. A related concern is the supposed impossibility of presenting, or even representing, certain events that are registered less-than-fully consciously (such as affects), because the consciousness of the researcher will act as a filter always producing a false consciousness of them (Pile, 2010). In response, in addition to finding creative and expressive ways to stay true to events that occurred , scholars have suggested adjustments to the title of non-representational theory, such as Lorimer (2005) who argues that ‘more-than-representational’ would be a better term to describe what is considered and conveyed.
Another criticism is that the neglects and ‘deadening effect’ of previous research has been overstated by those who support non-representational theory. It can be argued, for example that auto-ethnographers, sensory ethnographers and other scholars have undertaken work close to non-representational theory for many years, and past are involved with many of its key facets. Indeed research is in no way devoid of action, energy and movement and does to some extent seek to bring events to life. Yet, we see this precedent as a positive thing and non-representational theory being an overall package which might develop these ways of working even further.
A third criticism meanwhile highlights the irony that most non-representational theory - particularly early explanations - does in fact involve exclusionary languages and excessive theorization which is clearly contrary to its stated objectives (indeed this paper might also be guilty of this criticism). Whilst this might to some extent be inevitable at the launch of any new approach in order to justify it and locate it within a discipline, it is heartening to see non-representational theory gradually filter down to sub-disciplines - such as social geography and health geography - which tend to use it in more applied and empirical ways (Andrews 2014).
Finally, as Colls (2012) argues, some scholars have taken great issue with what they see as the universalist nature of non-representational theory particularly in terms of its relationality (Tolia-Kelly, 2006). It, they argue, fails to differentiate bodies and recognise persons through important social and demographic categories - such as gender, ethnicity, disability and age - that impact upon people and constitute the ways in which they understand themselves and their lives (Bondi, 2005). Moreover, critics argue that non-representational theory fails to recognize political power and intent (Jacobs et al, 2003; Pain, 2006), is masculinist, technocratic and abstract (Bondi, 2005; Thien, 2005), and distances deep feelings and emotions (Thien, 2005). Like Colls (2012) however, we argue that these problems and shortfalls need not arise, because non-representational theory does not require that existing approaches and areas of research be shelved. We consider there to be plenty of room for both old and new in geographies of ageing. Indeed, like Colls (2012), we see potential in developing a ‘nomadic consciousness’, between the representational and non-representational both between studies and even within single studies where subject matter allows. This approach reflects the reality that in life much that is active, less-than-fully conscious and non-representational eventually flows into the conscious representable realm where power, meaning, identity and such things come into play (and also fits Lorimer’s ‘more-than-representational’ descriptor noted above).
In sum then, whilst acknowledging these concerns, we argue that non-representational theory might potentially revitalize the geographical study of ageing, placing movement at its core, and accounting for a greater breadth of movements of older people, with older people and around older people. This paper has provided an initial and basic introduction to non-representational theory but, it is hoped, one that might lead readers to the door of more substantive explanations and into more substantive debate. We recommend that readers take a long look. The emergence of a more processual, immediate, sensory and materialist human geography in the past decade in the west has been as fundamental as the cultural turn was in 1990s, the radical Marxist turn was the 1970s and the turn to spatial science was in the 1950s. As scholars, and geographers who study ageing, we ignore it at our cost.
The authors have declared that no competing interests exist.
Baltes PB, Baltes MM.[M]//Baltes P B, Baltes M M. Successful aging: perspectives from the behavioral sciences. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press:1-34.
BornatJ, WalmsleyJ.[M]//Chamberlayne P, Bornat J, Aptizsch U. Biographical methods and professional practice: an international perspective. Bristol, UK: Policy Press:221-236.
Migration, ageing and mental health: an ethnographic study on perceptions of life satisfaction, anxiety and depression in older Somali men in east London
... A fifth facet of non-representational theory is to focus on bodily sensation, but not as an individual or personal experience, as something ‘transpersonal’; being produced through, and shared between, many bodies (Andrews 2014). This particular facet has led to the study of ‘affect’ as an elucidatory concept in research (Anderson 2006; Thrift 2004; 2008). In basic terms, affect is the transition of the body and the process whereby the body is affected, modifies and affects other bodies. ‘Affective environments’ are thus the collective manifestation of affects and their transpersonal working out in space-time (affected bodies interacting with other bodies and objects, provoking further affects and further affects occurring). They are experienced less-than-fully consciously by people but possess a ‘feel’ that reveals on a somatic register as a powerful yet non-descript atmosphere (Massumi, 2002; Thrift, 2004; Anderson, 2009). The transition from one experiential state of the body to another in affect, often involves changes in peoples’ energy - it being either boosted or sapped. Thus affect impacts upon peoples’ broader capacity for engagement and involvement in life and has the potential to increase or decrease their immediate feelings, and general state, of wellbeing (Andrews, 2014). The interest in sensation and affect informs a broader interest in non-representational theory in the ‘atmospheres’ of places; their making, happening and experience (Anderson 2009). ...
... A fifth facet of non-representational theory is to focus on bodily sensation, but not as an individual or personal experience, as something ‘transpersonal’; being produced through, and shared between, many bodies (Andrews 2014). This particular facet has led to the study of ‘affect’ as an elucidatory concept in research (Anderson 2006; Thrift 2004; 2008). In basic terms, affect is the transition of the body and the process whereby the body is affected, modifies and affects other bodies. ‘Affective environments’ are thus the collective manifestation of affects and their transpersonal working out in space-time (affected bodies interacting with other bodies and objects, provoking further affects and further affects occurring). They are experienced less-than-fully consciously by people but possess a ‘feel’ that reveals on a somatic register as a powerful yet non-descript atmosphere (Massumi, 2002; Thrift, 2004; Anderson, 2009). The transition from one experiential state of the body to another in affect, often involves changes in peoples’ energy - it being either boosted or sapped. Thus affect impacts upon peoples’ broader capacity for engagement and involvement in life and has the potential to increase or decrease their immediate feelings, and general state, of wellbeing (Andrews, 2014). The interest in sensation and affect informs a broader interest in non-representational theory in the ‘atmospheres’ of places; their making, happening and experience (Anderson 2009). ...
Co-creating health’s lively, moving frontiers: brief observations on the facets and possibilities of non-representational theory
... The first of non-representational theory’s facets is to present the ‘onflow’ of life; the raw, unrolling, forward moving, frontier of existence; the very edge at which new space-time is emerging (Pred, 2005; Thrift, 2008; Vannini, 2009, 2014a). Onflow is initial, thus often less than fully consciously witnessed and participated in, and certainly is non-verbal. Onflow is also continuous; existence does not stop, and the world is constantly becoming (thus, to view it as stopped, then to look for trends and/or meaning and represent it as stopped, like with much spatial science and social constructivism, misses most of what it is actually involving (Andrews 2014). ...
... A second facet of non-representational theory is to embrace relational thinking in three ways to understand how life is (re)produced. As Andrews (2015) describes, a ‘relational materialism’ that recognizes such fundamental things as the textures, shapes, sizes and colors of things, as well as the equal importance, and co-evolution, of human bodies and non-human objects. A ‘performed relationality’ that recognizes how bodies and objects are assembled, positioned and interact (thus, with their spacing, constitute space-time). A ‘trans-scaled relationality’ that recognizes how events in any one place are complexly networked with ideas, bodies, objects, processes that span geographical distances and scales. Together these three forms of simultaneous relational thinking constitute an overall theoretical perspective that is post-humanist and thus is cynical of approaches that are overly person-centered, and that tend to separate and rigidly define phenomena (Andrews, 2014; Thrift, 2008; Vannini, 2009, 2014a). In sum, as Anderson et al (2010) suggest, in non-representational theory it is important to study mutuality - co-invention, co-fabrication and co-evolution - between things. What, together they are becoming. ...
... A third facet of non-representational theory is to recognize the vitality of life; that life is spirited and has its own zest and zeal (Andrews, 2014, 2015). This acknowledgement involves a particular interpretation of neo-vitalism that, whilst not necessarily wanting to come up with mystical or spiritual alternatives to science, recognizes the life-force of things acting together; the energetic animation of collective materiality. Indeed, as Andrews (2014) describes, four loose understandings surround vitality: that the vitality of places results from particular active assemblages of bodies and objects with richness and diversity: that the result is something that gives a place a self-generating continuance and purpose; that vitality might be a quality that is engineered and purposeful or that might be accidental; and finally, that vitality signifies life moved by its own impulses (life as irrational and unpredictable). ...
... The notion of vitality as expressed in non-representational theory is about the world. In gerontology in contrast, the current notion of vitality is often connected with humans’ cognitive vitality (the maintenance of their cognitive function.) While non-representative theory could be used to broaden such interpretations of vitality (thus expanding interpretations to a sense of experience and life), a concept more closely connected with ‘vitality’ is perhaps gerotranscendance - a shift in meta perspective, from a materialistic and rational view of the world to a more cosmic and transcendent one, normally accompanied by an increase in enthusiasm for life and life satisfaction (Tornstam, 1996, 2005;Uppsala Universitet, 1997). This model offers contemplation, solitude, affinity with past generations, and a redefinition of time, space, life and death as a developmental model that extends beyond the dualism of activity and disengagement (Sherman, 2010). Although distinct from each other, both vitality and gerotranscendance offer alternate paradigms that are reflective, accepting of changes in late life, and speak to an experience of living. Notably, gerotranscendance also speaks to an interest in non-representational theory in the virtuality and multiplicity of space and time (their non-fixed, non-linear and ruptured nature) that might result, for example, in things that are ‘real’ to people, yet are not physical or fully actualized in space-time, and/or multiple happenings that are related in the world but emerge and co-exist in different spaces-times (Cadman, 2009), and also non-representational theory’s fundamental disposition and mindset - a real sense of ‘wonderment’ with the physicality of the world and one’s place in it (Andrews 2014) (which, illustrating multiple disciplinary linkages, itself draws close to the idea of ‘mindfulness’ in gerontology and gerontological practice (Rejeski, 2008)). ...
... Non-representational theory sees the world as a continually productive realm. Hence a fourth facet is to focus on the practices and performances within it and which make it. As Vannini (2014a) suggests, this contrasts with a concern in many forms of research with personal outlooks and states of mind (ideas, motivations, and so on). Practice and performance are instead about the expressive and purposeful engagement of the body, bodies together, and bodies and objects together, whether in the moment they be expected or unexpected, intentional or unintentional (Andrews 2014). In this endeavour, and in partial contrast to Judith Butler’s famous theorization, the objective of research is not necessarily to look for signs and meanings in body performativity that might be consciously read, but might just as well be about very basic active elements - including things and timings and spacings between things. These often gain enough stability that they reproduce themselves and, when registered by people, make the world intelligible (Thrift, 2008; Andrews, 2015). ...
... A fifth facet of non-representational theory is to focus on bodily sensation, but not as an individual or personal experience, as something ‘transpersonal’; being produced through, and shared between, many bodies (Andrews 2014). This particular facet has led to the study of ‘affect’ as an elucidatory concept in research (Anderson 2006; Thrift 2004; 2008). In basic terms, affect is the transition of the body and the process whereby the body is affected, modifies and affects other bodies. ‘Affective environments’ are thus the collective manifestation of affects and their transpersonal working out in space-time (affected bodies interacting with other bodies and objects, provoking further affects and further affects occurring). They are experienced less-than-fully consciously by people but possess a ‘feel’ that reveals on a somatic register as a powerful yet non-descript atmosphere (Massumi, 2002; Thrift, 2004; Anderson, 2009). The transition from one experiential state of the body to another in affect, often involves changes in peoples’ energy - it being either boosted or sapped. Thus affect impacts upon peoples’ broader capacity for engagement and involvement in life and has the potential to increase or decrease their immediate feelings, and general state, of wellbeing (Andrews, 2014). The interest in sensation and affect informs a broader interest in non-representational theory in the ‘atmospheres’ of places; their making, happening and experience (Anderson 2009). ...
... Non-representational theory does not aim to be special or specialized nor focus only on the special or specialized. Hence, a sixth facet is a concern with the ordinary in terms of everyday events in life, and the everyday places where they occur. Everyday events are the routine things people undertake (e.g. making a drink, walking, shopping, cleaning, gardening, etc.), that help them manage their daily lives (Cadman, 2009). They constitute the rhythms of people’s lives. The everyday places where these things occur (e.g. living room, kitchen, bathroom, shopping mall, bus station) often remain outside of individuals’ full consciousness as they move through them, although they are far from being innate/neutral backgrounds to life (Andrews, 2014). The argument is that everyday events and everyday places cannot be overlooked by academic scholarship because life happens all the time and everywhere (Andrews 2015). ...
... The term non-representational theory is in fact a little misleading because the word, theory, in this context is plural (i.e. it does not in fact mean a single unified ‘theory’, rather a collection of ‘theories’). Hence, a seventh facet of non-representational theory is a diverse theoretical heritage and a lively theoretical engagement. The approach attempts to bring together a variety of sub-disciplines such as performance studies, material culture studies, ecological anthropology, sensory and emotional sociology, and diverse theoretical and philosophical approaches including speculative realism, performance theory, neo-materialism and social ecology (Vannini, 2009; Andrews, 2014). In addition to this diversity, it can be selective, drawing out particular arguments within each. As Andrews (2014) suggests, it re-reads Heidegger’s phenomenology, for example, for ideas on humans being ‘thrown-into-the-world’, the works of Merleau-Ponty for ideas on pre-consciousness and lived bodily perception, and the works of Derrida for ideas on materiality, and force encounters (whilst, Canguilhem and Foucault have also been reconsidered for their own lively content and insights - Philo, 2007; 2012). The intention is that a freedom should exist to select and use theory but not to get bogged down in it. To frame or inform studies in order to reverberate the active world, but to not get too involved in deep interpretation and/or the nature of theory itself (Andrews 2014). Indeed, the objective is to not make data and qualitative knowledge secondary to theory, so that telling does not become muffled by the business of knowing (Vaninni 2014a). ...
... A third criticism meanwhile highlights the irony that most non-representational theory - particularly early explanations - does in fact involve exclusionary languages and excessive theorization which is clearly contrary to its stated objectives (indeed this paper might also be guilty of this criticism). Whilst this might to some extent be inevitable at the launch of any new approach in order to justify it and locate it within a discipline, it is heartening to see non-representational theory gradually filter down to sub-disciplines - such as social geography and health geography - which tend to use it in more applied and empirical ways (Andrews 2014). ...
The lively challenges and opportunities of non-representational theory: A reply to Hanlon and Kearns
... A third facet of non-representational theory is to recognize the vitality of life; that life is spirited and has its own zest and zeal (Andrews, 2014, 2015). This acknowledgement involves a particular interpretation of neo-vitalism that, whilst not necessarily wanting to come up with mystical or spiritual alternatives to science, recognizes the life-force of things acting together; the energetic animation of collective materiality. Indeed, as Andrews (2014) describes, four loose understandings surround vitality: that the vitality of places results from particular active assemblages of bodies and objects with richness and diversity: that the result is something that gives a place a self-generating continuance and purpose; that vitality might be a quality that is engineered and purposeful or that might be accidental; and finally, that vitality signifies life moved by its own impulses (life as irrational and unpredictable). ...
... Non-representational theory sees the world as a continually productive realm. Hence a fourth facet is to focus on the practices and performances within it and which make it. As Vannini (2014a) suggests, this contrasts with a concern in many forms of research with personal outlooks and states of mind (ideas, motivations, and so on). Practice and performance are instead about the expressive and purposeful engagement of the body, bodies together, and bodies and objects together, whether in the moment they be expected or unexpected, intentional or unintentional (Andrews 2014). In this endeavour, and in partial contrast to Judith Butler’s famous theorization, the objective of research is not necessarily to look for signs and meanings in body performativity that might be consciously read, but might just as well be about very basic active elements - including things and timings and spacings between things. These often gain enough stability that they reproduce themselves and, when registered by people, make the world intelligible (Thrift, 2008; Andrews, 2015). ...
... Non-representational theory does not aim to be special or specialized nor focus only on the special or specialized. Hence, a sixth facet is a concern with the ordinary in terms of everyday events in life, and the everyday places where they occur. Everyday events are the routine things people undertake (e.g. making a drink, walking, shopping, cleaning, gardening, etc.), that help them manage their daily lives (Cadman, 2009). They constitute the rhythms of people’s lives. The everyday places where these things occur (e.g. living room, kitchen, bathroom, shopping mall, bus station) often remain outside of individuals’ full consciousness as they move through them, although they are far from being innate/neutral backgrounds to life (Andrews, 2014). The argument is that everyday events and everyday places cannot be overlooked by academic scholarship because life happens all the time and everywhere (Andrews 2015). ...
Life in a secure unit: the rehabilitation of young people through the use of sport
2
2003
... 此外,在社会地理和健康地理的研究中,另有3个研究领域通过以定性方法为主导的途径,对人类移动进行了更为直接和更具批判性的研究.第一个领域主要关注损伤、残疾及其相应情况下的移动性,以及受损个体因此所面临的挑战和社会接纳(Butler et al, 1999; Gleeson, 1999; Crooks et al, 2008).该领域的研究焦点在于老年人的移动空间与范围(Meyer et al, 1985; Schwanen et al, 2010)、城市和农村所面临的不同挑战(Mattson, 2010)和政策影响(Mercado et al, 2010).第二个领域关注健身活动,大多数研究关注身体运动的含义和特征、运动发生地,以及所涉及的权力关系(Andrews et al, 2003; Bale, 2004; Vertinsky et al, 2004; Andrews et al, 2005).尽管对该领域老龄化问题的关注较少,但也有对老年人积极休闲活动和生活方式的研究(Mansvelt, 1997; McConatha et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014).第三个领域的涉及面更广,且与第一、第二领域的部分研究有所结合,可被广义地描述为关于“新移动性”的研究,阐释了诸如交通、休闲活动、休息、工作、健康、健康护理等多种移动形式的动机、意义和影响(Gatrell, 2011; Warf, 2010; Crooks et al, 2011; Kingsbury et al, 2012).该领域老龄化的研究侧重点各异,但老年人旅游的移动性和幸福感成为近年关注的焦点(Williams et al, 2000, 2002; Rodriguez, 2001; Schwanen et al, 2011). ...
... Elsewhere across social and health geography human movement has been engaged more directly and critically by three other substantive areas of inquiry that use predominantly qualitative methodologies. One is focused on impairment and disability, and mobility in these contexts, and the challenges facing and (non)acceptance of individuals affected (Butler et al, 1999; Gleeson, 1999; Crooks et al, 2008). The particular ageing focus in this literature includes, for example, the range and scope of older peoples’ mobility (Meyer et al, 1985; Schwanen et al, 2010), their unique urban and rural challenges (Mattson 2010) and policy implications (Mercado et al 2010). Another area of qualitative inquiry is focused on fitness activities, much of this research unpacking the meaning and identity of bodily movement, the places where it occurs, and the power relationships at play (Andrews et al, 2003; Bale, 2004; Vertinsky et al, 2004; Andrews et al, 2005). The ageing focus here has been only occasional but includes attention, for example, to older peoples’ active leisure and lifestyles (Mansvelt, 1997; McConatha et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). The final area - which being more of a broad approach, does incorporate some of the research in the first and second - can be broadly described as ‘new mobilities’. It conveys the motivations, meanings and implications of varied movement forms-such as in transport, leisure, respite, work and health and health care (Gatrell, 2011; Warf, 2010; Crooks et al 2011; Kingsbury et al 2012). The particular ageing focus here is varied but has been particularly attentive in recent years to older peoples’ tourism mobilities and wellbeing (Williams et al, 2000, 2002; Rodriguez, 2001; Schwanen et al, 2011). ...
Moving beyond walkability: on the potential of health geography
2
2012
... (2) 基于体能活动的观点而迅速发展的新兴多学科交叉研究(Witten et al, 2008; Matthews et al, 2009),尤其是“可步行性”概念的提出及相关研究已成为当前研究热点.例如,该方面的研究已经特别关注到可步行城市环境的营造和形式(Ewing et al, 2009; Gehl, 2010),考虑了促进及阻碍可步行性的潜在社会和结构因素(Pouliou et al, 2010; Holt et al 2009),探讨了度量可步行性的方法或进行了可步行性的度量(Gebel et al, 2011; Van Dyck et al, 2011),并且就公众对可步行性的感知进行了量化和归纳(Loukaitou-Sideris, 2006; Weinstein Agrawal et al, 2008).研究关注步行活动的潜在可能性和动机(Andrews et al 2012),特别是聚焦于老年人研究步行活动与财富(King et al 2011)、心理健康(Berke et al 2007)和邻里住区设计(Takano et al 2002; Frank et al 2010; Weiss et al 2010)等因素关联. ...
... The second field of inquiry is a burgeoning multi-disciplinary literature on physical activity (Witten et al 2008; Matthews et al 2009) where specifically the concept of ‘walkability’, has recently dominated the literature. Here, for example, studies have focused practically on the production and form of walkable city environments (Ewing et al, 2009; Gehl, 2010), considered potential social and structural facilitators of, and barriers to, walkability (Pouliou et al, 2010; Holt et al 2009), discussed methods to measure walkability or have measured it (Gebel et al 2011; Van Dyck et al, 2011) and have quantified and generalized public perceptions of walkability (Loukaitou-Sideris, 2006; Weinstein Agrawal et al 2008). In this research, the potential of movement, motivates studies (Andrews et al 2012), the particular ageing focus being, for example, on older peoples’ walking as related to their affluence (King et al 2011), mental health (Berke et al 2007) and local neighbourhood design (Takano et al 2002; Frank et al 2010; Weiss et al 2010). ...
Taking-place: non-representational theories and geography
1
2010
... 非表征理论由人文地理学家于20世纪90年代中期提出(Thrift, 1996, 1997),特别是在过去10年里受到认可并得到了广泛应用(Lorimer, 2005, 2008; Thrift, 2008; Anderson et al, 2010; Vannini, 2014a).正如Thrift(2008)所言,运动是它的“主旋律”,这也反映在上述引用他的语录中.基于对生活的观察,当前的地理学研究中忽视了很多生活的“主观能动性”和“亲密度”,即时空的即时性和连续性.有学者认为,实证主义空间科学的核心在于定量计算和发现一般性规律,而社会建构主义的核心是对解释的理论贡献;深入挖掘以发现事物的作用机制、情感和意义.相比之下,非表征理论并非用于寻求对世界的解释和理论化.它的思想是:世界的持续性、发展性和表现性等方面应该成为研究的核心,包括它们所涉及的许多隐性且通常是无意的行为.正如Thrift(2008)所阐释的,非表征理论应该与现实世界中事件发生的地理环境和场景相融合.一系列的关键特征共同构建了非表征理论的总体“风格”.这不是一种审美风格,而是深入研究核心需要关注的基本要素,以及理解和参与世界的方式.此外,正如其名所示,非表征理论的目标是尽可能地呈现而不是再现世界,尽管这一点存在困难.因此,非表征“风格”是进行研究的一种特殊方式,它通过随后列示的各种描述,将特定类型的生活进行反射.有关其他类型的研究参见相关文献(Cadman, 2009; Thrift, 2000; Dewsbury et al, 2002; Vannini, 2009, 2014a; Skinner et al, 2015) ...
Geographical gerontology: the constitution of a discipline
2
2007
... 本文将非表征理论引入现有理论工具之中,这将是对当前老龄化地理学在概念、理论和实证方面的有益补充(Andrews et al, 2007, 2009, 2013; Golant, 2003; Hopkins et al, 2007; Skinner et al, 2015).该理论的提出将有助于对老年移动(movement)进行全面和即时的探讨.在介绍非表征理论的关键层面(及其与社会老年学中现有视角和观点的关联)之前,首先对老龄化移动研究如何在社会地理学和健康地理学(包括老龄问题研究)中产生进行两个方面的文献回顾,这将引出本文的主要观点:非表征理论的应用,一是可以将研究重心从关注老年人有意识的移动,以及希望老年人以特定方式移动的有意识的动机和行动中抽离出来,从而将重心放到无意识和不完全意识的移动上;二是可以从对特定、有限范围的移动的关注,扩展到对包括构成时空的所有移动类型、移动形式、参与者和行动者的关注;最后,还可以从对过去发生的移动类型、机制及其意义的描述和解释,扩展到对正在发生的移动及其特征和感知的关注. ...
... Adding to ongoing debates on the conceptual, theoretical and empirical advancement of the geographical study of ageing (Andrews et al, 2007, 2009, 2013; Golant, 2003; Hopkins et al, 2007; Skinner et al, 2015) this paper argues for the incorporation of non-representational theory into the current theoretical toolkit used by scholars. This, it is posited, might facilitate a fuller and more immediate engagement with movement than exists at present. The paper starts with a broad two-part review of how movement conventionally arises in social and health geography, including in ageing-focused studies, before moving on to introduce the key facets of non-representational theory (to locate each, noting connections to existing perspectives and concerns in social gerontology). The main thrust of the paper’s argument is that the deployment of non-representational theory could, at one level, take some of the emphasis in research off the conscious movement of older persons and conscious motivations and actions of those who want them to move in particular ways, and place it on non- and less-than-fully conscious movements. At another level, take some emphasis off a specified and often narrow range of movement activities, and incorporate all forms of movement and all actors and movers that constitute space-time. Finally, it could take some emphasis off what movement has happened in the past, how it happened and what it meant, and place it on what movement is happening, how it appears and feels. ...
Re-spacing and re-placing gerontology: relationality and affect
2
2013
... 从批判的角度来看,尽管目前与老年移动相关的研究多变而深刻,但对移动的定义仍然狭隘而片面.同时,定量研究揭示了长期时间框架下集体宏观移动的总体趋势,而定性的位置敏感的社会建构则主要关注移动的意义,以及所涉及的权力.然而,无论哪类研究,都应真正关注移动的过程要素,以及移动是如何在时空中发生的.事实上,我们认为将非表征理论应用于移动的基本构成、即时性、身体性和感知性的研究中具有独特的优势(McHugh, 2009; Andrews et al, 2013; Skinner et al, 2015). ...
... In terms of critique, whilst current research engagements with movements are varied and insightful, movement remains rather narrowly defined and only partially conveyed. Whilst quantitative studies show general trends in collective macro-scale movements over long timeframes, qualitative place-sensitive studies are concerned, for the most part, with what it means to move or not move, and/or the powers involved. Neither group of studies, however, really engages with the process elements of movement, and how movement happens as space-time. Indeed, non-representational theory, we argue, might be well-placed to shed light on the fundamental making, immediacy, physicality and feel of movement (McHugh, 2009; Andrews et al, 2013; Skinner et al, 2015). ...
Geographical gerontology: mapping a disciplinary intersection
2
2009
... 本文将非表征理论引入现有理论工具之中,这将是对当前老龄化地理学在概念、理论和实证方面的有益补充(Andrews et al, 2007, 2009, 2013; Golant, 2003; Hopkins et al, 2007; Skinner et al, 2015).该理论的提出将有助于对老年移动(movement)进行全面和即时的探讨.在介绍非表征理论的关键层面(及其与社会老年学中现有视角和观点的关联)之前,首先对老龄化移动研究如何在社会地理学和健康地理学(包括老龄问题研究)中产生进行两个方面的文献回顾,这将引出本文的主要观点:非表征理论的应用,一是可以将研究重心从关注老年人有意识的移动,以及希望老年人以特定方式移动的有意识的动机和行动中抽离出来,从而将重心放到无意识和不完全意识的移动上;二是可以从对特定、有限范围的移动的关注,扩展到对包括构成时空的所有移动类型、移动形式、参与者和行动者的关注;最后,还可以从对过去发生的移动类型、机制及其意义的描述和解释,扩展到对正在发生的移动及其特征和感知的关注. ...
... Adding to ongoing debates on the conceptual, theoretical and empirical advancement of the geographical study of ageing (Andrews et al, 2007, 2009, 2013; Golant, 2003; Hopkins et al, 2007; Skinner et al, 2015) this paper argues for the incorporation of non-representational theory into the current theoretical toolkit used by scholars. This, it is posited, might facilitate a fuller and more immediate engagement with movement than exists at present. The paper starts with a broad two-part review of how movement conventionally arises in social and health geography, including in ageing-focused studies, before moving on to introduce the key facets of non-representational theory (to locate each, noting connections to existing perspectives and concerns in social gerontology). The main thrust of the paper’s argument is that the deployment of non-representational theory could, at one level, take some of the emphasis in research off the conscious movement of older persons and conscious motivations and actions of those who want them to move in particular ways, and place it on non- and less-than-fully conscious movements. At another level, take some emphasis off a specified and often narrow range of movement activities, and incorporate all forms of movement and all actors and movers that constitute space-time. Finally, it could take some emphasis off what movement has happened in the past, how it happened and what it meant, and place it on what movement is happening, how it appears and feels. ...
Changing local geographies of private residential care for older people 1983-1999: lessons for social policy in England and Wales
2
2002
... 另一个受到有限关注的移动特质是(跨越空间和所在地的)“动量”(momentum).例如,社会地理和健康地理的相关研究表明,跨空间的“行为动量”会由一种行为(如饮酒、服药或做临时工)导致另外的行为(如随意的性行为),并产生健康效应(如滥交、肝炎和艾滋病)(Luginaah, 2008; Mkandawire, et al, 2014).然而,有关老龄化的研究表明,老年人身体和精神健康状况的不断变化导致他们在不同护理机构的空间中主动或者被动的迁移,以及所需护理复杂性程度的增加,而这些过程中所产生的动量更多是受到环境的影响而非主动性行为的影响(尽管研究关注的是转变本身及其后果)(Magilvy et al, 2000; Reed et al, 2003; Lee et al, 2013).此外,慢性病患者的日常生活行为是社会地理和健康地理的研究热点(Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003).研究结果表明,在许多情况下,人们的生活可以更确切地被描述为“受困的”或“静态的”(缺乏动量)甚或是“退缩的”(反方向多余的负动量)(Dyck, 1995; Crooks, 2007).在老年的相关研究中,增加了对这些兴趣点的关注(Pain 2001).本文同样关注老年人如何依靠他们自身或者借助优秀的设计和干预措施来应对由于其身体和心理健康水平下降而产生的“动量”变化所带来的挑战(Kong et al 1996; Gant 1997; Rowles, 2000; Wiles et al 2009).老龄化问题的相关研究已增加了对这些兴趣点的关注(Pain, 2001).最后,景观与老年相关研究没有直接关系,社会地理和健康地理研究中还关注了“经济动量”,关注在空间和地方尺度上,其变化的速率和力度及其在服务拓展和形成契约的过程中是怎样受政策和市场机制影响的(Joseph et al, 1996; Andrews et al, 2002; Skinner et al, 2011; Hanlon et al, 2014). ...
... Another quality of movement that has received some limited attention is ‘momentum’ (across space and of/in place). Across social and health geography, studies illustrate, for example, ‘behavioural momentums’ whereby for example, one human activity (such as drinking alcohol, taking drugs or undertaking casual labour) leads onto another (such as casual sex) with health implications (such as Hepatitis or HIV transmission) (Luginaah 2008; Mkandawire, et al 2014). In studies of ageing, however, human momentums are typically less behavioural and more circumstantial, either about the momentums that build as older people move - or are moved - spatially between care settings and services of increasing comprehensiveness in line with their changing physical and mental health (although studies focus primarily on the transitions themselves and their consequences (Magilvy et al, 2000; Reed et al, 2003; Lee et al, 2013). Elsewhere the momentums in the daily lives of people with chronic health conditions are a popular concern of social and health geography (Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003), these studies conveying how, in many cases, people’s lives might be more appropriately characterized by being ‘stuck’ or ‘immobile’ (lacking in momentum) or indeed ‘shrinking’ (possessing momentum in an unwanted and reverse direction) (Dyck, 1995; Crooks 2007). These interests and observations arise in ageing studies (Pain 2001), although this research is equally concerned to illustrate how older people negotiate and deal with such challenges - including the ‘momentum’ of their own declining physical and mental health - either on their own or with the aid of good design and intervention (Kong et al 1996; Gant 1997; Rowles, 2000; Wiles et al 2009). Finally momentums in social and health geography arise as ‘economic momentums’ in considerations of the rate, and forcefulness, at which policies for people are developed, and/or markets developed and/or at which services expand or contract - in place and across space - this being a very common interest of ageing studies (Joseph et al, 1996; Andrews et al, 2002; Skinner et al, 2011; Hanlon et al, 2014). ...
Clinical geography: nursing practice and the (re)making of institutional space
2
2008
... 社会地理和健康地理学运用质性研究方法开展的大量实证研究都涉及到“节律”的研究议题,大致可分为3个方面.第一,关注治疗、护理等行为的例行化、程式性、“节律”性及其发生地点.例如,在护理(Andrews et al, 2008)和戒毒(DeVerteuil et al, 2009; Wilton et al, 2014)等方面所开展的研究.该领域有关老年的研究主要关注非正式和正式的家庭和社区照护的惯例特征(Wiles, 2003).第二,探究身体如何与其周围广泛的节律相协调,而这种节律,像大海涨落的节律(Kearns et al, 2012),以及健身活动与环境的节律(Bale, 2004; Andrews, 2005),是疗养场所和个人体验的构成部分.健身活动与环境节律研究的兴趣点,在于将老龄化过程和健身结合起来(Paulson, 2005).第三,关注慢性病病人包括心理疾病患者(Dear et al, 1987; Parr, 1998, 2008)的日常活动范围(Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003).这些研究尤其关注老龄化和老年人的行为规律,该行为通常是在人们的健康状况和社会环境发生变化时,通过适应过程所形成的一种临时生存策略(Rowles, 2000; Antoninetti et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). ...
... Qualitative research in social and health geography meanwhile displays some consideration and representation of ‘rhythm’ across a wide-range of empirical subjects, fitting loosely into three broad categories. First, there are studies that convey the routinized, processional and ‘rhythmic’ nature of treatments, caring practices and the places where they occur. For example in nursing (Andrews et al, 2008) and addiction detoxification (DeVerteuil et al, 2009; Wilton et al, 2014). The ageing focus here being mainly on the routinized nature of informal and formal home and community care (Wiles, 2003). Second, there are studies that explore how the body becomes synchronized with broader rhythms that surround it as part of therapeutic places and experiences, such as rhythms of the sea in coastal life (Kearns et al, 2012), and rhythms of fitness activities and environments (Bale, 2004; Andrews, 2005); this latter interest incorporating a sporadic concern for ageing and fitness (Paulson 2005). Third are studies that convey the daily geographies in the lives of people with chronic health conditions (Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003) including and mental illness (Dear et al, 1987; Parr, 1998, 2008). These studies pay particular attention to the embodied rhythms - oftentimes part of makeshift survival strategies - that arise as peoples’ health status and social contexts change, and regularly engage with ageing and older people (Rowles, 2000; Antoninetti et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). ...
Towards a geography of fitness: an ethnographic case study of the gym in British bodybuilding culture
4
2005
... 此外,在社会地理和健康地理的研究中,另有3个研究领域通过以定性方法为主导的途径,对人类移动进行了更为直接和更具批判性的研究.第一个领域主要关注损伤、残疾及其相应情况下的移动性,以及受损个体因此所面临的挑战和社会接纳(Butler et al, 1999; Gleeson, 1999; Crooks et al, 2008).该领域的研究焦点在于老年人的移动空间与范围(Meyer et al, 1985; Schwanen et al, 2010)、城市和农村所面临的不同挑战(Mattson, 2010)和政策影响(Mercado et al, 2010).第二个领域关注健身活动,大多数研究关注身体运动的含义和特征、运动发生地,以及所涉及的权力关系(Andrews et al, 2003; Bale, 2004; Vertinsky et al, 2004; Andrews et al, 2005).尽管对该领域老龄化问题的关注较少,但也有对老年人积极休闲活动和生活方式的研究(Mansvelt, 1997; McConatha et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014).第三个领域的涉及面更广,且与第一、第二领域的部分研究有所结合,可被广义地描述为关于“新移动性”的研究,阐释了诸如交通、休闲活动、休息、工作、健康、健康护理等多种移动形式的动机、意义和影响(Gatrell, 2011; Warf, 2010; Crooks et al, 2011; Kingsbury et al, 2012).该领域老龄化的研究侧重点各异,但老年人旅游的移动性和幸福感成为近年关注的焦点(Williams et al, 2000, 2002; Rodriguez, 2001; Schwanen et al, 2011). ...
... 社会地理和健康地理学运用质性研究方法开展的大量实证研究都涉及到“节律”的研究议题,大致可分为3个方面.第一,关注治疗、护理等行为的例行化、程式性、“节律”性及其发生地点.例如,在护理(Andrews et al, 2008)和戒毒(DeVerteuil et al, 2009; Wilton et al, 2014)等方面所开展的研究.该领域有关老年的研究主要关注非正式和正式的家庭和社区照护的惯例特征(Wiles, 2003).第二,探究身体如何与其周围广泛的节律相协调,而这种节律,像大海涨落的节律(Kearns et al, 2012),以及健身活动与环境的节律(Bale, 2004; Andrews, 2005),是疗养场所和个人体验的构成部分.健身活动与环境节律研究的兴趣点,在于将老龄化过程和健身结合起来(Paulson, 2005).第三,关注慢性病病人包括心理疾病患者(Dear et al, 1987; Parr, 1998, 2008)的日常活动范围(Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003).这些研究尤其关注老龄化和老年人的行为规律,该行为通常是在人们的健康状况和社会环境发生变化时,通过适应过程所形成的一种临时生存策略(Rowles, 2000; Antoninetti et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). ...
... Elsewhere across social and health geography human movement has been engaged more directly and critically by three other substantive areas of inquiry that use predominantly qualitative methodologies. One is focused on impairment and disability, and mobility in these contexts, and the challenges facing and (non)acceptance of individuals affected (Butler et al, 1999; Gleeson, 1999; Crooks et al, 2008). The particular ageing focus in this literature includes, for example, the range and scope of older peoples’ mobility (Meyer et al, 1985; Schwanen et al, 2010), their unique urban and rural challenges (Mattson 2010) and policy implications (Mercado et al 2010). Another area of qualitative inquiry is focused on fitness activities, much of this research unpacking the meaning and identity of bodily movement, the places where it occurs, and the power relationships at play (Andrews et al, 2003; Bale, 2004; Vertinsky et al, 2004; Andrews et al, 2005). The ageing focus here has been only occasional but includes attention, for example, to older peoples’ active leisure and lifestyles (Mansvelt, 1997; McConatha et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). The final area - which being more of a broad approach, does incorporate some of the research in the first and second - can be broadly described as ‘new mobilities’. It conveys the motivations, meanings and implications of varied movement forms-such as in transport, leisure, respite, work and health and health care (Gatrell, 2011; Warf, 2010; Crooks et al 2011; Kingsbury et al 2012). The particular ageing focus here is varied but has been particularly attentive in recent years to older peoples’ tourism mobilities and wellbeing (Williams et al, 2000, 2002; Rodriguez, 2001; Schwanen et al, 2011). ...
... Qualitative research in social and health geography meanwhile displays some consideration and representation of ‘rhythm’ across a wide-range of empirical subjects, fitting loosely into three broad categories. First, there are studies that convey the routinized, processional and ‘rhythmic’ nature of treatments, caring practices and the places where they occur. For example in nursing (Andrews et al, 2008) and addiction detoxification (DeVerteuil et al, 2009; Wilton et al, 2014). The ageing focus here being mainly on the routinized nature of informal and formal home and community care (Wiles, 2003). Second, there are studies that explore how the body becomes synchronized with broader rhythms that surround it as part of therapeutic places and experiences, such as rhythms of the sea in coastal life (Kearns et al, 2012), and rhythms of fitness activities and environments (Bale, 2004; Andrews, 2005); this latter interest incorporating a sporadic concern for ageing and fitness (Paulson 2005). Third are studies that convey the daily geographies in the lives of people with chronic health conditions (Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003) including and mental illness (Dear et al, 1987; Parr, 1998, 2008). These studies pay particular attention to the embodied rhythms - oftentimes part of makeshift survival strategies - that arise as peoples’ health status and social contexts change, and regularly engage with ageing and older people (Rowles, 2000; Antoninetti et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). ...
Body capital and the geography of aging
2
2012
... 社会地理和健康地理学运用质性研究方法开展的大量实证研究都涉及到“节律”的研究议题,大致可分为3个方面.第一,关注治疗、护理等行为的例行化、程式性、“节律”性及其发生地点.例如,在护理(Andrews et al, 2008)和戒毒(DeVerteuil et al, 2009; Wilton et al, 2014)等方面所开展的研究.该领域有关老年的研究主要关注非正式和正式的家庭和社区照护的惯例特征(Wiles, 2003).第二,探究身体如何与其周围广泛的节律相协调,而这种节律,像大海涨落的节律(Kearns et al, 2012),以及健身活动与环境的节律(Bale, 2004; Andrews, 2005),是疗养场所和个人体验的构成部分.健身活动与环境节律研究的兴趣点,在于将老龄化过程和健身结合起来(Paulson, 2005).第三,关注慢性病病人包括心理疾病患者(Dear et al, 1987; Parr, 1998, 2008)的日常活动范围(Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003).这些研究尤其关注老龄化和老年人的行为规律,该行为通常是在人们的健康状况和社会环境发生变化时,通过适应过程所形成的一种临时生存策略(Rowles, 2000; Antoninetti et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). ...
... Qualitative research in social and health geography meanwhile displays some consideration and representation of ‘rhythm’ across a wide-range of empirical subjects, fitting loosely into three broad categories. First, there are studies that convey the routinized, processional and ‘rhythmic’ nature of treatments, caring practices and the places where they occur. For example in nursing (Andrews et al, 2008) and addiction detoxification (DeVerteuil et al, 2009; Wilton et al, 2014). The ageing focus here being mainly on the routinized nature of informal and formal home and community care (Wiles, 2003). Second, there are studies that explore how the body becomes synchronized with broader rhythms that surround it as part of therapeutic places and experiences, such as rhythms of the sea in coastal life (Kearns et al, 2012), and rhythms of fitness activities and environments (Bale, 2004; Andrews, 2005); this latter interest incorporating a sporadic concern for ageing and fitness (Paulson 2005). Third are studies that convey the daily geographies in the lives of people with chronic health conditions (Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003) including and mental illness (Dear et al, 1987; Parr, 1998, 2008). These studies pay particular attention to the embodied rhythms - oftentimes part of makeshift survival strategies - that arise as peoples’ health status and social contexts change, and regularly engage with ageing and older people (Rowles, 2000; Antoninetti et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). ...
3
... 与老年学的研究相结合,该领域明显地展现出理论的多元性,像喜鹊筑巢一样,从其他领域借鉴宏观或中观的理论来帮助形成自己的焦点思想.事实上,研究当前的老龄化问题,需要采用超越原有的学科界限与响应的复杂理论视角和方法.因此,批判性的理论观点成为过渡时期理解和探究老龄化问题的依据.该领域的发展导致了“文化老年学”这一将文化、身体、新方法等问题引入老龄化研究之中的新的学科方向的产生(Gilleard et al, 2000; Featherstone et al, 2005; Katz, 2006).然而,关于批判性观点之间的关系,尤其是与结构、意义和文化相关的批判性观点之间的关系尚未解决(Baars et al, 2013).与非表征理论所倡导的混合研究方法类似,建议使用“批判性视角来研究老龄化”,即借助各种相关的传统,从而摆脱对理论的死板应用(Grenier, 2012). ...
... The idea of onflow resonates with certain accounts and ideas in critical gerontology. At the practical level for example, the classic ethnographic work of Gubrium demonstrates how ageing unfolds in the everyday, throughout the minute, hour and day (Gubrium, 1997). However, while such illustrations parallel the idea of ‘onflow’, analysis in gerontology has focused primarily on the interpretive aspects of everyday activities and less on the actual unfolding of these events. At a theoretical level then, the idea of ‘onflow’ goes one step further and contains an implicit critique of the structure and experience of time. This aligns well in gerontology with Baars’ philosophical critique of time that attempts to unhinge understandings of time from chronometric or chronological models (Baars, 2012). Hence, in this line of thinking, recognition of immediate forms of temporality and movement are akin to the notion of onflow. ...
... In terms of alignment with gerontology, the field obviously shares in common a theoretical plurality, a ‘magpie’ tradition of taking what grand or mid-range theory fits from elsewhere to help formulate its own focused ideas. Indeed, contemporary issues in ageing require complex theoretical perspectives and approaches that transcend former disciplinary boundaries and responses. As a result, the ‘critical’ theoretical perspectives used to understand and explore ageing are in a period of transition. Developments in the field have resulted in a new disciplinary boundary of ‘cultural gerontology’ (Gilleard et al, 2000; Featherstone et al, 2005; Katz, 2006) that brings questions of culture, the body, and new approaches into the studies of aging. Yet, questions about the relationships between critical perspectives, in particular those related to structure, meaning and culture have not yet been resolved (Baars, et al 2013). One suggestion, parallel to the blended approach suggested by non-representational theory, is the use of ‘critical perspectives to the study of aging’ - a language that moves away from a rigid application of theory, into drawing on and across various traditions where relevant (Grenier, 2012). ...
0
Population geography: lifecourse matters
2
2009
... (1) 人口的迁移.因为健康和卫生保健系统而导致的人口在国家内部或不同国家之间的移动(Boyle, 2004; Norman et al, 2005).在此方面老龄化研究的长期特别关注点是老年人的迁移目的地、动机、决策过程和迁移经历,以及对老龄化服务政策的影响(Wiseman et al, 1979; Warnes et al, 1984; Bentham, 1988; Joseph et al, 1991; Glaser et al, 1998; King et al, 2000; Silveira et al, 2001; Moore et al, 2004; Oliver, 2007).事实上,这些研究并不关注长距离迁移行为本身,而关注在总体和宏观尺度上已经完成的(过去的)迁移活动的状况、影响和结果.近年来,对时空尺度上人类生命历程所起作用和迁移的批判性思考和研究已有所增加.这些研究对生命的“历程”在微观尺度上的多次迁移和迁移的意义更为敏感(Bailey, 2009; Jarvis et al, 2011; Schwanen et al, 2012). ...
... Social and health geography, two sub-disciplines that historically have contributed the bulk of the geographical study of ageing, have engaged with movement variously over many years. As we shall see, certainly not in the same way as non-representational theory can, but a clear precedent exists. Most things move - whether being diseases, services, resources or people - so the literature is potentially vast. Nevertheless some concentrated areas of inquiry are identifiable in terms of the movement of the latter. Scholars have, for example, engaged empirically with human movement as a ‘social determinant’ (as loosely defined) of human health and wellbeing, this approach being common in three substantive fields of inquiry. The first focused on migration, whereby people move within or between countries with implications for their health and health care systems (Boyle 2004; Norman et al 2005). The particular ageing focus here being longstanding on the migration destinations, motivations, decisions and experiences of older people and the implications for ageing services and policy (Wiseman et al, 1979; Warnes et al, 1984; Bentham, 1988; Joseph et al, 1991; Glaser et al, 1998; King et al, 2000; Silveira et al, 2001; Moore et al, 2004; Oliver, 2007). Indeed this research is not focused on the act of moving long distances per-se, as much as the shape, impact and consequence of the completed/past movements at the collective and macro scale. Recently it has been augmented with more critical considerations and studies of the human lifecourse as played out, and moving, in space and time. This research being more sensitive to life’s ‘journey’ including multiple moves, moves at the micro-scale and their meaning (Bailey, 2009; Jarvis et al 2011; Schwanen et al 2012). ...
Running cultures: racing in time and space
4
2004
... 此外,在社会地理和健康地理的研究中,另有3个研究领域通过以定性方法为主导的途径,对人类移动进行了更为直接和更具批判性的研究.第一个领域主要关注损伤、残疾及其相应情况下的移动性,以及受损个体因此所面临的挑战和社会接纳(Butler et al, 1999; Gleeson, 1999; Crooks et al, 2008).该领域的研究焦点在于老年人的移动空间与范围(Meyer et al, 1985; Schwanen et al, 2010)、城市和农村所面临的不同挑战(Mattson, 2010)和政策影响(Mercado et al, 2010).第二个领域关注健身活动,大多数研究关注身体运动的含义和特征、运动发生地,以及所涉及的权力关系(Andrews et al, 2003; Bale, 2004; Vertinsky et al, 2004; Andrews et al, 2005).尽管对该领域老龄化问题的关注较少,但也有对老年人积极休闲活动和生活方式的研究(Mansvelt, 1997; McConatha et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014).第三个领域的涉及面更广,且与第一、第二领域的部分研究有所结合,可被广义地描述为关于“新移动性”的研究,阐释了诸如交通、休闲活动、休息、工作、健康、健康护理等多种移动形式的动机、意义和影响(Gatrell, 2011; Warf, 2010; Crooks et al, 2011; Kingsbury et al, 2012).该领域老龄化的研究侧重点各异,但老年人旅游的移动性和幸福感成为近年关注的焦点(Williams et al, 2000, 2002; Rodriguez, 2001; Schwanen et al, 2011). ...
... 社会地理和健康地理学运用质性研究方法开展的大量实证研究都涉及到“节律”的研究议题,大致可分为3个方面.第一,关注治疗、护理等行为的例行化、程式性、“节律”性及其发生地点.例如,在护理(Andrews et al, 2008)和戒毒(DeVerteuil et al, 2009; Wilton et al, 2014)等方面所开展的研究.该领域有关老年的研究主要关注非正式和正式的家庭和社区照护的惯例特征(Wiles, 2003).第二,探究身体如何与其周围广泛的节律相协调,而这种节律,像大海涨落的节律(Kearns et al, 2012),以及健身活动与环境的节律(Bale, 2004; Andrews, 2005),是疗养场所和个人体验的构成部分.健身活动与环境节律研究的兴趣点,在于将老龄化过程和健身结合起来(Paulson, 2005).第三,关注慢性病病人包括心理疾病患者(Dear et al, 1987; Parr, 1998, 2008)的日常活动范围(Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003).这些研究尤其关注老龄化和老年人的行为规律,该行为通常是在人们的健康状况和社会环境发生变化时,通过适应过程所形成的一种临时生存策略(Rowles, 2000; Antoninetti et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). ...
... Elsewhere across social and health geography human movement has been engaged more directly and critically by three other substantive areas of inquiry that use predominantly qualitative methodologies. One is focused on impairment and disability, and mobility in these contexts, and the challenges facing and (non)acceptance of individuals affected (Butler et al, 1999; Gleeson, 1999; Crooks et al, 2008). The particular ageing focus in this literature includes, for example, the range and scope of older peoples’ mobility (Meyer et al, 1985; Schwanen et al, 2010), their unique urban and rural challenges (Mattson 2010) and policy implications (Mercado et al 2010). Another area of qualitative inquiry is focused on fitness activities, much of this research unpacking the meaning and identity of bodily movement, the places where it occurs, and the power relationships at play (Andrews et al, 2003; Bale, 2004; Vertinsky et al, 2004; Andrews et al, 2005). The ageing focus here has been only occasional but includes attention, for example, to older peoples’ active leisure and lifestyles (Mansvelt, 1997; McConatha et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). The final area - which being more of a broad approach, does incorporate some of the research in the first and second - can be broadly described as ‘new mobilities’. It conveys the motivations, meanings and implications of varied movement forms-such as in transport, leisure, respite, work and health and health care (Gatrell, 2011; Warf, 2010; Crooks et al 2011; Kingsbury et al 2012). The particular ageing focus here is varied but has been particularly attentive in recent years to older peoples’ tourism mobilities and wellbeing (Williams et al, 2000, 2002; Rodriguez, 2001; Schwanen et al, 2011). ...
... Qualitative research in social and health geography meanwhile displays some consideration and representation of ‘rhythm’ across a wide-range of empirical subjects, fitting loosely into three broad categories. First, there are studies that convey the routinized, processional and ‘rhythmic’ nature of treatments, caring practices and the places where they occur. For example in nursing (Andrews et al, 2008) and addiction detoxification (DeVerteuil et al, 2009; Wilton et al, 2014). The ageing focus here being mainly on the routinized nature of informal and formal home and community care (Wiles, 2003). Second, there are studies that explore how the body becomes synchronized with broader rhythms that surround it as part of therapeutic places and experiences, such as rhythms of the sea in coastal life (Kearns et al, 2012), and rhythms of fitness activities and environments (Bale, 2004; Andrews, 2005); this latter interest incorporating a sporadic concern for ageing and fitness (Paulson 2005). Third are studies that convey the daily geographies in the lives of people with chronic health conditions (Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003) including and mental illness (Dear et al, 1987; Parr, 1998, 2008). These studies pay particular attention to the embodied rhythms - oftentimes part of makeshift survival strategies - that arise as peoples’ health status and social contexts change, and regularly engage with ageing and older people (Rowles, 2000; Antoninetti et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). ...
2
... 老年学研究的主要关注点,是由福祉的概念来引领的,而福祉又是通过身体行为、忙碌程度或生产能力,以及(或者)疼痛等特殊感觉来表达的(Katz, 2000; Dillaway et al, 2009).如上文提到的跨国护理的例子(Gunaratnum, 2014)一样,超个体或感觉分享的研究仅仅是一个开始,而有关“情感维度”和感知状况的大多数研究还是基于心理学的传统范式.比如,老年人通过有选择性地减少他们的社会交往和人际关系(Carstensen et al, 1999)以及(或者)获取“衰退”补偿(Baltes et al, 1990)来使他们的积极体验最大化.与非表征理论关联更为密切的老龄化的情感方面议题,目前尚未实现较好地理论化研究.因此,在推动老龄化研究朝着身体相关性感觉发展方面,的确存在较大潜力,尤其是在老年人的居住和护理存在大量群体性或集体性情况的背景下. ...
... While much attention in gerontology is guided by notions of well-being, these have tended to be approached through physical acts, ‘busyness’ or productivity, and/or through particular sensations such as pain (Katz, 2000; Dillaway et al, 2009). Analysis of the trans-personal or shared sensations are only beginning (as illustrated in the above example of trans-national care (Gunaratnam, 2014)). Instead, the main body of work on ‘affective dimensions’ or feeling states, is articulated from within the psychological tradition. Here older people are considered to maximize their positive experiences through selectively narrowing their social interactions and relationships (Carstensen et al, 1999) and/or compensating for ‘decline’ (Baltes et al, 1990). The affective aspects of ageing that would more closely align with non-representational theory are much less well theorized. Indeed there is potential to move, in research, towards bodily sensations that can be relational, particularly as so many group/collective situations exist for older people in residence and care. ...
Migration and morbidity: implications for geographical studies of disease
2
1988
... (1) 人口的迁移.因为健康和卫生保健系统而导致的人口在国家内部或不同国家之间的移动(Boyle, 2004; Norman et al, 2005).在此方面老龄化研究的长期特别关注点是老年人的迁移目的地、动机、决策过程和迁移经历,以及对老龄化服务政策的影响(Wiseman et al, 1979; Warnes et al, 1984; Bentham, 1988; Joseph et al, 1991; Glaser et al, 1998; King et al, 2000; Silveira et al, 2001; Moore et al, 2004; Oliver, 2007).事实上,这些研究并不关注长距离迁移行为本身,而关注在总体和宏观尺度上已经完成的(过去的)迁移活动的状况、影响和结果.近年来,对时空尺度上人类生命历程所起作用和迁移的批判性思考和研究已有所增加.这些研究对生命的“历程”在微观尺度上的多次迁移和迁移的意义更为敏感(Bailey, 2009; Jarvis et al, 2011; Schwanen et al, 2012). ...
... Social and health geography, two sub-disciplines that historically have contributed the bulk of the geographical study of ageing, have engaged with movement variously over many years. As we shall see, certainly not in the same way as non-representational theory can, but a clear precedent exists. Most things move - whether being diseases, services, resources or people - so the literature is potentially vast. Nevertheless some concentrated areas of inquiry are identifiable in terms of the movement of the latter. Scholars have, for example, engaged empirically with human movement as a ‘social determinant’ (as loosely defined) of human health and wellbeing, this approach being common in three substantive fields of inquiry. The first focused on migration, whereby people move within or between countries with implications for their health and health care systems (Boyle 2004; Norman et al 2005). The particular ageing focus here being longstanding on the migration destinations, motivations, decisions and experiences of older people and the implications for ageing services and policy (Wiseman et al, 1979; Warnes et al, 1984; Bentham, 1988; Joseph et al, 1991; Glaser et al, 1998; King et al, 2000; Silveira et al, 2001; Moore et al, 2004; Oliver, 2007). Indeed this research is not focused on the act of moving long distances per-se, as much as the shape, impact and consequence of the completed/past movements at the collective and macro scale. Recently it has been augmented with more critical considerations and studies of the human lifecourse as played out, and moving, in space and time. This research being more sensitive to life’s ‘journey’ including multiple moves, moves at the micro-scale and their meaning (Bailey, 2009; Jarvis et al 2011; Schwanen et al 2012). ...
... ‘the basic cardinals of what we regard as space are subsequently [sic] shifting… … we are increasingly a part of a ‘movement-space’ which is relative rather than absolute in which ‘matter or mind, reality has appeared to us as a perpetual becoming. It makes itself or it unmakes itself but it is never something made’ (Bergson, 1911; Thrift, 2008). ...
Protective association between neighborhood walkability and depression in older men
2
2007
... (2) 基于体能活动的观点而迅速发展的新兴多学科交叉研究(Witten et al, 2008; Matthews et al, 2009),尤其是“可步行性”概念的提出及相关研究已成为当前研究热点.例如,该方面的研究已经特别关注到可步行城市环境的营造和形式(Ewing et al, 2009; Gehl, 2010),考虑了促进及阻碍可步行性的潜在社会和结构因素(Pouliou et al, 2010; Holt et al 2009),探讨了度量可步行性的方法或进行了可步行性的度量(Gebel et al, 2011; Van Dyck et al, 2011),并且就公众对可步行性的感知进行了量化和归纳(Loukaitou-Sideris, 2006; Weinstein Agrawal et al, 2008).研究关注步行活动的潜在可能性和动机(Andrews et al 2012),特别是聚焦于老年人研究步行活动与财富(King et al 2011)、心理健康(Berke et al 2007)和邻里住区设计(Takano et al 2002; Frank et al 2010; Weiss et al 2010)等因素关联. ...
... The second field of inquiry is a burgeoning multi-disciplinary literature on physical activity (Witten et al 2008; Matthews et al 2009) where specifically the concept of ‘walkability’, has recently dominated the literature. Here, for example, studies have focused practically on the production and form of walkable city environments (Ewing et al, 2009; Gehl, 2010), considered potential social and structural facilitators of, and barriers to, walkability (Pouliou et al, 2010; Holt et al 2009), discussed methods to measure walkability or have measured it (Gebel et al 2011; Van Dyck et al, 2011) and have quantified and generalized public perceptions of walkability (Loukaitou-Sideris, 2006; Weinstein Agrawal et al 2008). In this research, the potential of movement, motivates studies (Andrews et al 2012), the particular ageing focus being, for example, on older peoples’ walking as related to their affluence (King et al 2011), mental health (Berke et al 2007) and local neighbourhood design (Takano et al 2002; Frank et al 2010; Weiss et al 2010). ...
Making connections and thinking through emotions: between geography and psychotherapy
... Finally, as Colls (2012) argues, some scholars have taken great issue with what they see as the universalist nature of non-representational theory particularly in terms of its relationality (Tolia-Kelly, 2006). It, they argue, fails to differentiate bodies and recognise persons through important social and demographic categories - such as gender, ethnicity, disability and age - that impact upon people and constitute the ways in which they understand themselves and their lives (Bondi, 2005). Moreover, critics argue that non-representational theory fails to recognize political power and intent (Jacobs et al, 2003; Pain, 2006), is masculinist, technocratic and abstract (Bondi, 2005; Thien, 2005), and distances deep feelings and emotions (Thien, 2005). Like Colls (2012) however, we argue that these problems and shortfalls need not arise, because non-representational theory does not require that existing approaches and areas of research be shelved. We consider there to be plenty of room for both old and new in geographies of ageing. Indeed, like Colls (2012), we see potential in developing a ‘nomadic consciousness’, between the representational and non-representational both between studies and even within single studies where subject matter allows. This approach reflects the reality that in life much that is active, less-than-fully conscious and non-representational eventually flows into the conscious representable realm where power, meaning, identity and such things come into play (and also fits Lorimer’s ‘more-than-representational’ descriptor noted above). ...
... ), is masculinist, technocratic and abstract (Bondi, 2005; Thien, 2005), and distances deep feelings and emotions (Thien, 2005). Like Colls (2012) however, we argue that these problems and shortfalls need not arise, because non-representational theory does not require that existing approaches and areas of research be shelved. We consider there to be plenty of room for both old and new in geographies of ageing. Indeed, like Colls (2012), we see potential in developing a ‘nomadic consciousness’, between the representational and non-representational both between studies and even within single studies where subject matter allows. This approach reflects the reality that in life much that is active, less-than-fully conscious and non-representational eventually flows into the conscious representable realm where power, meaning, identity and such things come into play (and also fits Lorimer’s ‘more-than-representational’ descriptor noted above). ...
Reminiscence and oral history: parallel universes or shared endeavour
2
2001
... 在老年学中,叙事研究展现了口头和书面交流的强大作用(Ray, 2000; Kenyon et al, 1999, 2001; Bornat, 2001).关注倾听和记录老年人的陈述被认为是听取合理诉求、将权力和能动性交还于那些诉求被专业人士掩盖或被社会边缘化的群体的一种方式(Bornat et al, 2004).与上述的新方法论相叠合,从研究老年人和学者的博客到摄影之声工程及电影,这些新方法都说明传统的学术写作方式是可以被挑战、被渗透、被提升的.给予研究者与研究对象同样自由表达的权利,是学术写作与非表征理论的关联之处. ...
... In gerontology, narrative research has drawn attention to the powerful acts of verbal and written communication (Ray, 2000; Kenyon et al, 1999, 2001; Bornat, 2001). Focus on hearing and documenting the accounts of older people are often characterized as a way to hear legitimate voices, and/or give back power and agency to groups whose voices have been overshadowed by professionals or as a result of marginal social locations (Bornat et al, 2004). Overlapping with the aforementioned turn toward new methodologies, new approaches ranging from blogs (both those created by older people and by researchers), to photo voice projects theatre and films are illustrative of the ways traditional forms of academic writing can be challenged, informed and augmented. The connection here to non-representational theory is that the same freedom of expression given to ‘subjects’ should also be afforded to researchers. ...
2
... 在老年学中,叙事研究展现了口头和书面交流的强大作用(Ray, 2000; Kenyon et al, 1999, 2001; Bornat, 2001).关注倾听和记录老年人的陈述被认为是听取合理诉求、将权力和能动性交还于那些诉求被专业人士掩盖或被社会边缘化的群体的一种方式(Bornat et al, 2004).与上述的新方法论相叠合,从研究老年人和学者的博客到摄影之声工程及电影,这些新方法都说明传统的学术写作方式是可以被挑战、被渗透、被提升的.给予研究者与研究对象同样自由表达的权利,是学术写作与非表征理论的关联之处. ...
... In gerontology, narrative research has drawn attention to the powerful acts of verbal and written communication (Ray, 2000; Kenyon et al, 1999, 2001; Bornat, 2001). Focus on hearing and documenting the accounts of older people are often characterized as a way to hear legitimate voices, and/or give back power and agency to groups whose voices have been overshadowed by professionals or as a result of marginal social locations (Bornat et al, 2004). Overlapping with the aforementioned turn toward new methodologies, new approaches ranging from blogs (both those created by older people and by researchers), to photo voice projects theatre and films are illustrative of the ways traditional forms of academic writing can be challenged, informed and augmented. The connection here to non-representational theory is that the same freedom of expression given to ‘subjects’ should also be afforded to researchers. ...
Population geography: migration and inequalities in mortality and morbidity
2
2004
... (1) 人口的迁移.因为健康和卫生保健系统而导致的人口在国家内部或不同国家之间的移动(Boyle, 2004; Norman et al, 2005).在此方面老龄化研究的长期特别关注点是老年人的迁移目的地、动机、决策过程和迁移经历,以及对老龄化服务政策的影响(Wiseman et al, 1979; Warnes et al, 1984; Bentham, 1988; Joseph et al, 1991; Glaser et al, 1998; King et al, 2000; Silveira et al, 2001; Moore et al, 2004; Oliver, 2007).事实上,这些研究并不关注长距离迁移行为本身,而关注在总体和宏观尺度上已经完成的(过去的)迁移活动的状况、影响和结果.近年来,对时空尺度上人类生命历程所起作用和迁移的批判性思考和研究已有所增加.这些研究对生命的“历程”在微观尺度上的多次迁移和迁移的意义更为敏感(Bailey, 2009; Jarvis et al, 2011; Schwanen et al, 2012). ...
... Social and health geography, two sub-disciplines that historically have contributed the bulk of the geographical study of ageing, have engaged with movement variously over many years. As we shall see, certainly not in the same way as non-representational theory can, but a clear precedent exists. Most things move - whether being diseases, services, resources or people - so the literature is potentially vast. Nevertheless some concentrated areas of inquiry are identifiable in terms of the movement of the latter. Scholars have, for example, engaged empirically with human movement as a ‘social determinant’ (as loosely defined) of human health and wellbeing, this approach being common in three substantive fields of inquiry. The first focused on migration, whereby people move within or between countries with implications for their health and health care systems (Boyle 2004; Norman et al 2005). The particular ageing focus here being longstanding on the migration destinations, motivations, decisions and experiences of older people and the implications for ageing services and policy (Wiseman et al, 1979; Warnes et al, 1984; Bentham, 1988; Joseph et al, 1991; Glaser et al, 1998; King et al, 2000; Silveira et al, 2001; Moore et al, 2004; Oliver, 2007). Indeed this research is not focused on the act of moving long distances per-se, as much as the shape, impact and consequence of the completed/past movements at the collective and macro scale. Recently it has been augmented with more critical considerations and studies of the human lifecourse as played out, and moving, in space and time. This research being more sensitive to life’s ‘journey’ including multiple moves, moves at the micro-scale and their meaning (Bailey, 2009; Jarvis et al 2011; Schwanen et al 2012). ...
Mind and body spaces: geographies of illness, impairment and disability
2
1999
... 此外,在社会地理和健康地理的研究中,另有3个研究领域通过以定性方法为主导的途径,对人类移动进行了更为直接和更具批判性的研究.第一个领域主要关注损伤、残疾及其相应情况下的移动性,以及受损个体因此所面临的挑战和社会接纳(Butler et al, 1999; Gleeson, 1999; Crooks et al, 2008).该领域的研究焦点在于老年人的移动空间与范围(Meyer et al, 1985; Schwanen et al, 2010)、城市和农村所面临的不同挑战(Mattson, 2010)和政策影响(Mercado et al, 2010).第二个领域关注健身活动,大多数研究关注身体运动的含义和特征、运动发生地,以及所涉及的权力关系(Andrews et al, 2003; Bale, 2004; Vertinsky et al, 2004; Andrews et al, 2005).尽管对该领域老龄化问题的关注较少,但也有对老年人积极休闲活动和生活方式的研究(Mansvelt, 1997; McConatha et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014).第三个领域的涉及面更广,且与第一、第二领域的部分研究有所结合,可被广义地描述为关于“新移动性”的研究,阐释了诸如交通、休闲活动、休息、工作、健康、健康护理等多种移动形式的动机、意义和影响(Gatrell, 2011; Warf, 2010; Crooks et al, 2011; Kingsbury et al, 2012).该领域老龄化的研究侧重点各异,但老年人旅游的移动性和幸福感成为近年关注的焦点(Williams et al, 2000, 2002; Rodriguez, 2001; Schwanen et al, 2011). ...
... Elsewhere across social and health geography human movement has been engaged more directly and critically by three other substantive areas of inquiry that use predominantly qualitative methodologies. One is focused on impairment and disability, and mobility in these contexts, and the challenges facing and (non)acceptance of individuals affected (Butler et al, 1999; Gleeson, 1999; Crooks et al, 2008). The particular ageing focus in this literature includes, for example, the range and scope of older peoples’ mobility (Meyer et al, 1985; Schwanen et al, 2010), their unique urban and rural challenges (Mattson 2010) and policy implications (Mercado et al 2010). Another area of qualitative inquiry is focused on fitness activities, much of this research unpacking the meaning and identity of bodily movement, the places where it occurs, and the power relationships at play (Andrews et al, 2003; Bale, 2004; Vertinsky et al, 2004; Andrews et al, 2005). The ageing focus here has been only occasional but includes attention, for example, to older peoples’ active leisure and lifestyles (Mansvelt, 1997; McConatha et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). The final area - which being more of a broad approach, does incorporate some of the research in the first and second - can be broadly described as ‘new mobilities’. It conveys the motivations, meanings and implications of varied movement forms-such as in transport, leisure, respite, work and health and health care (Gatrell, 2011; Warf, 2010; Crooks et al 2011; Kingsbury et al 2012). The particular ageing focus here is varied but has been particularly attentive in recent years to older peoples’ tourism mobilities and wellbeing (Williams et al, 2000, 2002; Rodriguez, 2001; Schwanen et al, 2011). ...
... The notion of vitality as expressed in non-representational theory is about the world. In gerontology in contrast, the current notion of vitality is often connected with humans’ cognitive vitality (the maintenance of their cognitive function.) While non-representative theory could be used to broaden such interpretations of vitality (thus expanding interpretations to a sense of experience and life), a concept more closely connected with ‘vitality’ is perhaps gerotranscendance - a shift in meta perspective, from a materialistic and rational view of the world to a more cosmic and transcendent one, normally accompanied by an increase in enthusiasm for life and life satisfaction (Tornstam, 1996, 2005;Uppsala Universitet, 1997). This model offers contemplation, solitude, affinity with past generations, and a redefinition of time, space, life and death as a developmental model that extends beyond the dualism of activity and disengagement (Sherman, 2010). Although distinct from each other, both vitality and gerotranscendance offer alternate paradigms that are reflective, accepting of changes in late life, and speak to an experience of living. Notably, gerotranscendance also speaks to an interest in non-representational theory in the virtuality and multiplicity of space and time (their non-fixed, non-linear and ruptured nature) that might result, for example, in things that are ‘real’ to people, yet are not physical or fully actualized in space-time, and/or multiple happenings that are related in the world but emerge and co-exist in different spaces-times (Cadman, 2009), and also non-representational theory’s fundamental disposition and mindset - a real sense of ‘wonderment’ with the physicality of the world and one’s place in it (Andrews 2014) (which, illustrating multiple disciplinary linkages, itself draws close to the idea of ‘mindfulness’ in gerontology and gerontological practice (Rejeski, 2008)). ...
... Non-representational theory does not aim to be special or specialized nor focus only on the special or specialized. Hence, a sixth facet is a concern with the ordinary in terms of everyday events in life, and the everyday places where they occur. Everyday events are the routine things people undertake (e.g. making a drink, walking, shopping, cleaning, gardening, etc.), that help them manage their daily lives (Cadman, 2009). They constitute the rhythms of people’s lives. The everyday places where these things occur (e.g. living room, kitchen, bathroom, shopping mall, bus station) often remain outside of individuals’ full consciousness as they move through them, although they are far from being innate/neutral backgrounds to life (Andrews, 2014). The argument is that everyday events and everyday places cannot be overlooked by academic scholarship because life happens all the time and everywhere (Andrews 2015). ...
Taking time seriously: a theory of socioemotional selectivity
2
1999
... 老年学研究的主要关注点,是由福祉的概念来引领的,而福祉又是通过身体行为、忙碌程度或生产能力,以及(或者)疼痛等特殊感觉来表达的(Katz, 2000; Dillaway et al, 2009).如上文提到的跨国护理的例子(Gunaratnum, 2014)一样,超个体或感觉分享的研究仅仅是一个开始,而有关“情感维度”和感知状况的大多数研究还是基于心理学的传统范式.比如,老年人通过有选择性地减少他们的社会交往和人际关系(Carstensen et al, 1999)以及(或者)获取“衰退”补偿(Baltes et al, 1990)来使他们的积极体验最大化.与非表征理论关联更为密切的老龄化的情感方面议题,目前尚未实现较好地理论化研究.因此,在推动老龄化研究朝着身体相关性感觉发展方面,的确存在较大潜力,尤其是在老年人的居住和护理存在大量群体性或集体性情况的背景下. ...
... While much attention in gerontology is guided by notions of well-being, these have tended to be approached through physical acts, ‘busyness’ or productivity, and/or through particular sensations such as pain (Katz, 2000; Dillaway et al, 2009). Analysis of the trans-personal or shared sensations are only beginning (as illustrated in the above example of trans-national care (Gunaratnam, 2014)). Instead, the main body of work on ‘affective dimensions’ or feeling states, is articulated from within the psychological tradition. Here older people are considered to maximize their positive experiences through selectively narrowing their social interactions and relationships (Carstensen et al, 1999) and/or compensating for ‘decline’ (Baltes et al, 1990). The affective aspects of ageing that would more closely align with non-representational theory are much less well theorized. Indeed there is potential to move, in research, towards bodily sensations that can be relational, particularly as so many group/collective situations exist for older people in residence and care. ...
Feminism, bodily difference and non-representational geographies
0
2012
A population based time series analysis of Asthma hospitalisations in Ontario, Canada: 1988 to 2000
2
2001
... 从社会与科学的立场来看,移动具有某些特性(移动也由这些特性构成).现有文献对这些特性的探讨关乎但也超出了人的范畴.因此社会和健康地理学已对移动的“节律”进行了初步探索(跨越空间和所在地),这体现在长期以来对一系列现象所进行的时间序列和时空分析的实证研究中(Meade et al, 2010),包括疾病的发生和传播(Smallman-Raynor et al, 1991; Gould, 1993; Rogers et al, 2000; Robertson et al, 2014)和对特定疾病的诊治和住院治疗(Crighton et al, 2001, 2008; Leong et al, 2006).借助详细的计算机辅助制图和地理信息系统(GIS)等分析工具,本文展现了发生在宏观尺度上诸现象的序列化“节律”.尽管此类研究对老龄化的关注较少,学者们对老龄化和传染病,包括HIV的研究却越来越感兴趣(Yoshikawa, 2000; High et al, 2008).与此同时,在人口学等其他研究中,已经关注到人口变化的长期时空节律,这与人口健康的规律以及特定地区政府和健康部门面临的挑战相关.有关老年人口的研究成为关注的焦点(Moore et al, 1997; Rosenberg et al, 1997; Smallman-Raynor et al, 1999; Phillips, 2002; McCracken et al, 2005; Lin et al, 2007).事实上,这些研究更应归入人口老龄化和国际/全球健康的范畴. ...
... From both social and scientific standpoints movement possesses, and is composed of, certain qualities, and these have been explored in the literature in regard to, and also beyond, the human. In social and health geography one can thus observe a rudimentary engagement with the ‘rhythm’ of movement (across space and of/in place). This arises, for example, in a positivistic research tradition where time-series and spatial-temporal analysis has been applied to a range of phenomenon (Meade et al, 2010) including occurrences and spread of diseases (Smallman-Raynor et al, 1991; Gould, 1993; Rogers et al, 2000; Robertson et al, 2014), and treatments and hospitalizations for specific diseases (Crighton et al 2001; 2008x; Leong et al 2006). This research presents-often with detailed computer-aided illustration/GIS-a sequenced ‘rhythm’ of phenomenon collectively occurring over macro-scales. Although the ageing focus in this research has been sporadic at best, scholars have become interested in ageing and infectious disease more broadly, including HIV (Yoshikawa 2000; High et al 2008). Meanwhile, in other research, demographic studies have conveyed and displayed the long-term spatial and temporal ‘rhythms’ of population changes, as they themselves relate to the rhythms of population health, and the challenges for governments and health sectors in particular places. The ageing focus here being particularly central (Moore et al, 1997; Rosenberg et al, 1997; Smallman-Raynor et al, 1999; Phillips, 2002; McCracken et al, 2005; Lin et al, 2007). Indeed, this research flows into more general disciplinary concerns for ageing and international/global health. ...
Spatio-temporal analysis of pneumonia and influenza hospitalizations in Ontario, Canada
1
2008
... 从社会与科学的立场来看,移动具有某些特性(移动也由这些特性构成).现有文献对这些特性的探讨关乎但也超出了人的范畴.因此社会和健康地理学已对移动的“节律”进行了初步探索(跨越空间和所在地),这体现在长期以来对一系列现象所进行的时间序列和时空分析的实证研究中(Meade et al, 2010),包括疾病的发生和传播(Smallman-Raynor et al, 1991; Gould, 1993; Rogers et al, 2000; Robertson et al, 2014)和对特定疾病的诊治和住院治疗(Crighton et al, 2001, 2008; Leong et al, 2006).借助详细的计算机辅助制图和地理信息系统(GIS)等分析工具,本文展现了发生在宏观尺度上诸现象的序列化“节律”.尽管此类研究对老龄化的关注较少,学者们对老龄化和传染病,包括HIV的研究却越来越感兴趣(Yoshikawa, 2000; High et al, 2008).与此同时,在人口学等其他研究中,已经关注到人口变化的长期时空节律,这与人口健康的规律以及特定地区政府和健康部门面临的挑战相关.有关老年人口的研究成为关注的焦点(Moore et al, 1997; Rosenberg et al, 1997; Smallman-Raynor et al, 1999; Phillips, 2002; McCracken et al, 2005; Lin et al, 2007).事实上,这些研究更应归入人口老龄化和国际/全球健康的范畴. ...
Exploring the altered daily geographies and lifeworlds of women living with fibromyalgia syndrome: a mixed-method approach
2
2007
... 另一个受到有限关注的移动特质是(跨越空间和所在地的)“动量”(momentum).例如,社会地理和健康地理的相关研究表明,跨空间的“行为动量”会由一种行为(如饮酒、服药或做临时工)导致另外的行为(如随意的性行为),并产生健康效应(如滥交、肝炎和艾滋病)(Luginaah, 2008; Mkandawire, et al, 2014).然而,有关老龄化的研究表明,老年人身体和精神健康状况的不断变化导致他们在不同护理机构的空间中主动或者被动的迁移,以及所需护理复杂性程度的增加,而这些过程中所产生的动量更多是受到环境的影响而非主动性行为的影响(尽管研究关注的是转变本身及其后果)(Magilvy et al, 2000; Reed et al, 2003; Lee et al, 2013).此外,慢性病患者的日常生活行为是社会地理和健康地理的研究热点(Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003).研究结果表明,在许多情况下,人们的生活可以更确切地被描述为“受困的”或“静态的”(缺乏动量)甚或是“退缩的”(反方向多余的负动量)(Dyck, 1995; Crooks, 2007).在老年的相关研究中,增加了对这些兴趣点的关注(Pain 2001).本文同样关注老年人如何依靠他们自身或者借助优秀的设计和干预措施来应对由于其身体和心理健康水平下降而产生的“动量”变化所带来的挑战(Kong et al 1996; Gant 1997; Rowles, 2000; Wiles et al 2009).老龄化问题的相关研究已增加了对这些兴趣点的关注(Pain, 2001).最后,景观与老年相关研究没有直接关系,社会地理和健康地理研究中还关注了“经济动量”,关注在空间和地方尺度上,其变化的速率和力度及其在服务拓展和形成契约的过程中是怎样受政策和市场机制影响的(Joseph et al, 1996; Andrews et al, 2002; Skinner et al, 2011; Hanlon et al, 2014). ...
... Another quality of movement that has received some limited attention is ‘momentum’ (across space and of/in place). Across social and health geography, studies illustrate, for example, ‘behavioural momentums’ whereby for example, one human activity (such as drinking alcohol, taking drugs or undertaking casual labour) leads onto another (such as casual sex) with health implications (such as Hepatitis or HIV transmission) (Luginaah 2008; Mkandawire, et al 2014). In studies of ageing, however, human momentums are typically less behavioural and more circumstantial, either about the momentums that build as older people move - or are moved - spatially between care settings and services of increasing comprehensiveness in line with their changing physical and mental health (although studies focus primarily on the transitions themselves and their consequences (Magilvy et al, 2000; Reed et al, 2003; Lee et al, 2013). Elsewhere the momentums in the daily lives of people with chronic health conditions are a popular concern of social and health geography (Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003), these studies conveying how, in many cases, people’s lives might be more appropriately characterized by being ‘stuck’ or ‘immobile’ (lacking in momentum) or indeed ‘shrinking’ (possessing momentum in an unwanted and reverse direction) (Dyck, 1995; Crooks 2007). These interests and observations arise in ageing studies (Pain 2001), although this research is equally concerned to illustrate how older people negotiate and deal with such challenges - including the ‘momentum’ of their own declining physical and mental health - either on their own or with the aid of good design and intervention (Kong et al 1996; Gant 1997; Rowles, 2000; Wiles et al 2009). Finally momentums in social and health geography arise as ‘economic momentums’ in considerations of the rate, and forcefulness, at which policies for people are developed, and/or markets developed and/or at which services expand or contract - in place and across space - this being a very common interest of ageing studies (Joseph et al, 1996; Andrews et al, 2002; Skinner et al, 2011; Hanlon et al, 2014). ...
Emerging scholarship in the geographies of disability
2
2008
... 此外,在社会地理和健康地理的研究中,另有3个研究领域通过以定性方法为主导的途径,对人类移动进行了更为直接和更具批判性的研究.第一个领域主要关注损伤、残疾及其相应情况下的移动性,以及受损个体因此所面临的挑战和社会接纳(Butler et al, 1999; Gleeson, 1999; Crooks et al, 2008).该领域的研究焦点在于老年人的移动空间与范围(Meyer et al, 1985; Schwanen et al, 2010)、城市和农村所面临的不同挑战(Mattson, 2010)和政策影响(Mercado et al, 2010).第二个领域关注健身活动,大多数研究关注身体运动的含义和特征、运动发生地,以及所涉及的权力关系(Andrews et al, 2003; Bale, 2004; Vertinsky et al, 2004; Andrews et al, 2005).尽管对该领域老龄化问题的关注较少,但也有对老年人积极休闲活动和生活方式的研究(Mansvelt, 1997; McConatha et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014).第三个领域的涉及面更广,且与第一、第二领域的部分研究有所结合,可被广义地描述为关于“新移动性”的研究,阐释了诸如交通、休闲活动、休息、工作、健康、健康护理等多种移动形式的动机、意义和影响(Gatrell, 2011; Warf, 2010; Crooks et al, 2011; Kingsbury et al, 2012).该领域老龄化的研究侧重点各异,但老年人旅游的移动性和幸福感成为近年关注的焦点(Williams et al, 2000, 2002; Rodriguez, 2001; Schwanen et al, 2011). ...
... Elsewhere across social and health geography human movement has been engaged more directly and critically by three other substantive areas of inquiry that use predominantly qualitative methodologies. One is focused on impairment and disability, and mobility in these contexts, and the challenges facing and (non)acceptance of individuals affected (Butler et al, 1999; Gleeson, 1999; Crooks et al, 2008). The particular ageing focus in this literature includes, for example, the range and scope of older peoples’ mobility (Meyer et al, 1985; Schwanen et al, 2010), their unique urban and rural challenges (Mattson 2010) and policy implications (Mercado et al 2010). Another area of qualitative inquiry is focused on fitness activities, much of this research unpacking the meaning and identity of bodily movement, the places where it occurs, and the power relationships at play (Andrews et al, 2003; Bale, 2004; Vertinsky et al, 2004; Andrews et al, 2005). The ageing focus here has been only occasional but includes attention, for example, to older peoples’ active leisure and lifestyles (Mansvelt, 1997; McConatha et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). The final area - which being more of a broad approach, does incorporate some of the research in the first and second - can be broadly described as ‘new mobilities’. It conveys the motivations, meanings and implications of varied movement forms-such as in transport, leisure, respite, work and health and health care (Gatrell, 2011; Warf, 2010; Crooks et al 2011; Kingsbury et al 2012). The particular ageing focus here is varied but has been particularly attentive in recent years to older peoples’ tourism mobilities and wellbeing (Williams et al, 2000, 2002; Rodriguez, 2001; Schwanen et al, 2011). ...
Promoting medical tourism to India: messages, images, and the marketing of international patient travel
2
2011
... 此外,在社会地理和健康地理的研究中,另有3个研究领域通过以定性方法为主导的途径,对人类移动进行了更为直接和更具批判性的研究.第一个领域主要关注损伤、残疾及其相应情况下的移动性,以及受损个体因此所面临的挑战和社会接纳(Butler et al, 1999; Gleeson, 1999; Crooks et al, 2008).该领域的研究焦点在于老年人的移动空间与范围(Meyer et al, 1985; Schwanen et al, 2010)、城市和农村所面临的不同挑战(Mattson, 2010)和政策影响(Mercado et al, 2010).第二个领域关注健身活动,大多数研究关注身体运动的含义和特征、运动发生地,以及所涉及的权力关系(Andrews et al, 2003; Bale, 2004; Vertinsky et al, 2004; Andrews et al, 2005).尽管对该领域老龄化问题的关注较少,但也有对老年人积极休闲活动和生活方式的研究(Mansvelt, 1997; McConatha et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014).第三个领域的涉及面更广,且与第一、第二领域的部分研究有所结合,可被广义地描述为关于“新移动性”的研究,阐释了诸如交通、休闲活动、休息、工作、健康、健康护理等多种移动形式的动机、意义和影响(Gatrell, 2011; Warf, 2010; Crooks et al, 2011; Kingsbury et al, 2012).该领域老龄化的研究侧重点各异,但老年人旅游的移动性和幸福感成为近年关注的焦点(Williams et al, 2000, 2002; Rodriguez, 2001; Schwanen et al, 2011). ...
... Elsewhere across social and health geography human movement has been engaged more directly and critically by three other substantive areas of inquiry that use predominantly qualitative methodologies. One is focused on impairment and disability, and mobility in these contexts, and the challenges facing and (non)acceptance of individuals affected (Butler et al, 1999; Gleeson, 1999; Crooks et al, 2008). The particular ageing focus in this literature includes, for example, the range and scope of older peoples’ mobility (Meyer et al, 1985; Schwanen et al, 2010), their unique urban and rural challenges (Mattson 2010) and policy implications (Mercado et al 2010). Another area of qualitative inquiry is focused on fitness activities, much of this research unpacking the meaning and identity of bodily movement, the places where it occurs, and the power relationships at play (Andrews et al, 2003; Bale, 2004; Vertinsky et al, 2004; Andrews et al, 2005). The ageing focus here has been only occasional but includes attention, for example, to older peoples’ active leisure and lifestyles (Mansvelt, 1997; McConatha et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). The final area - which being more of a broad approach, does incorporate some of the research in the first and second - can be broadly described as ‘new mobilities’. It conveys the motivations, meanings and implications of varied movement forms-such as in transport, leisure, respite, work and health and health care (Gatrell, 2011; Warf, 2010; Crooks et al 2011; Kingsbury et al 2012). The particular ageing focus here is varied but has been particularly attentive in recent years to older peoples’ tourism mobilities and wellbeing (Williams et al, 2000, 2002; Rodriguez, 2001; Schwanen et al, 2011). ...
Spaces for inquiry into the role of place for older people's care
2
2005
... 到目前为止,批判老年学中的“关系思维”已被清晰、明确地阐述了出来,尽管这与社会文化视角下有关老龄化的身体(Öberg, 1996; Katz, 2010),以及他们与护理的结构化、经验化和人际关系层面的认识略有不同(Twigg, 1997).Katz(2010)指出,“身体是结构化授权与协调这些授权的身份代理或实验形式的中心调节点”,但该理解并不只是个体层面的现象.身体和护理动态发生在跨多级实践层次和传统界限的情境中(Dean et al, 1999).事实上,身体和护理的“关联性”也确实通过跨国环境而被体验(Zhou, 2012),这不仅在家庭内外的时空尺度上产生了复杂的权力关系,同时产生了不同维度和类型的社会问题(Gunaratnam, 2014).概而言之,无论是非表征理论还是批判老年学,行为者网络理论提供了解释网络、关联性,以及生活事件中同等重要的人类和非人类因素的方法途径(Tatnall et al, 2003; Cutchin, 2005). ...
... To date, in critical gerontology ‘relational thinking’ has perhaps been best articulated, albeit slightly differently, through socio-cultural perspectives on ageing bodies (Öberg, 1996; Katz, 2010) and their relationship to the structured, experienced, and interpersonal aspects of care (Twigg, 1997). As Katz (2010: 367) outlines, ‘the body is a central mediation point between structured mandates and the agential or experimental forms of identity used to negotiate these mandates’. Yet, such understandings are not only individual level phenomena. Body and care dynamics are understood to take place across levels of practice (Dean et al, 1999) and across traditional boundaries. Indeed ‘relationality’ of the body and care is experienced across transnational settings (Zhou, 2012), producing not only complicated power relations within and across families in space-time, but also dimensions and types of social pain (Gunaratnam, 2014). More generally, in both non-representational theory and critical gerontology, actor-network-theory presents an approach that can explain the networking, relationality and equal importance of humans and non-humans in life’s events (Tatnall et al, 2003; Cutchin, 2005). ...
Social policy and the body: transitions in corporeal discourse
2
1999
... 到目前为止,批判老年学中的“关系思维”已被清晰、明确地阐述了出来,尽管这与社会文化视角下有关老龄化的身体(Öberg, 1996; Katz, 2010),以及他们与护理的结构化、经验化和人际关系层面的认识略有不同(Twigg, 1997).Katz(2010)指出,“身体是结构化授权与协调这些授权的身份代理或实验形式的中心调节点”,但该理解并不只是个体层面的现象.身体和护理动态发生在跨多级实践层次和传统界限的情境中(Dean et al, 1999).事实上,身体和护理的“关联性”也确实通过跨国环境而被体验(Zhou, 2012),这不仅在家庭内外的时空尺度上产生了复杂的权力关系,同时产生了不同维度和类型的社会问题(Gunaratnam, 2014).概而言之,无论是非表征理论还是批判老年学,行为者网络理论提供了解释网络、关联性,以及生活事件中同等重要的人类和非人类因素的方法途径(Tatnall et al, 2003; Cutchin, 2005). ...
... To date, in critical gerontology ‘relational thinking’ has perhaps been best articulated, albeit slightly differently, through socio-cultural perspectives on ageing bodies (Öberg, 1996; Katz, 2010) and their relationship to the structured, experienced, and interpersonal aspects of care (Twigg, 1997). As Katz (2010: 367) outlines, ‘the body is a central mediation point between structured mandates and the agential or experimental forms of identity used to negotiate these mandates’. Yet, such understandings are not only individual level phenomena. Body and care dynamics are understood to take place across levels of practice (Dean et al, 1999) and across traditional boundaries. Indeed ‘relationality’ of the body and care is experienced across transnational settings (Zhou, 2012), producing not only complicated power relations within and across families in space-time, but also dimensions and types of social pain (Gunaratnam, 2014). More generally, in both non-representational theory and critical gerontology, actor-network-theory presents an approach that can explain the networking, relationality and equal importance of humans and non-humans in life’s events (Tatnall et al, 2003; Cutchin, 2005). ...
2
... 社会地理和健康地理学运用质性研究方法开展的大量实证研究都涉及到“节律”的研究议题,大致可分为3个方面.第一,关注治疗、护理等行为的例行化、程式性、“节律”性及其发生地点.例如,在护理(Andrews et al, 2008)和戒毒(DeVerteuil et al, 2009; Wilton et al, 2014)等方面所开展的研究.该领域有关老年的研究主要关注非正式和正式的家庭和社区照护的惯例特征(Wiles, 2003).第二,探究身体如何与其周围广泛的节律相协调,而这种节律,像大海涨落的节律(Kearns et al, 2012),以及健身活动与环境的节律(Bale, 2004; Andrews, 2005),是疗养场所和个人体验的构成部分.健身活动与环境节律研究的兴趣点,在于将老龄化过程和健身结合起来(Paulson, 2005).第三,关注慢性病病人包括心理疾病患者(Dear et al, 1987; Parr, 1998, 2008)的日常活动范围(Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003).这些研究尤其关注老龄化和老年人的行为规律,该行为通常是在人们的健康状况和社会环境发生变化时,通过适应过程所形成的一种临时生存策略(Rowles, 2000; Antoninetti et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). ...
... Qualitative research in social and health geography meanwhile displays some consideration and representation of ‘rhythm’ across a wide-range of empirical subjects, fitting loosely into three broad categories. First, there are studies that convey the routinized, processional and ‘rhythmic’ nature of treatments, caring practices and the places where they occur. For example in nursing (Andrews et al, 2008) and addiction detoxification (DeVerteuil et al, 2009; Wilton et al, 2014). The ageing focus here being mainly on the routinized nature of informal and formal home and community care (Wiles, 2003). Second, there are studies that explore how the body becomes synchronized with broader rhythms that surround it as part of therapeutic places and experiences, such as rhythms of the sea in coastal life (Kearns et al, 2012), and rhythms of fitness activities and environments (Bale, 2004; Andrews, 2005); this latter interest incorporating a sporadic concern for ageing and fitness (Paulson 2005). Third are studies that convey the daily geographies in the lives of people with chronic health conditions (Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003) including and mental illness (Dear et al, 1987; Parr, 1998, 2008). These studies pay particular attention to the embodied rhythms - oftentimes part of makeshift survival strategies - that arise as peoples’ health status and social contexts change, and regularly engage with ageing and older people (Rowles, 2000; Antoninetti et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). ...
Spaces of abeyance, care and survival: the addiction treatment system as a site of ‘regulatory richness’
2
2009
... 社会地理和健康地理学运用质性研究方法开展的大量实证研究都涉及到“节律”的研究议题,大致可分为3个方面.第一,关注治疗、护理等行为的例行化、程式性、“节律”性及其发生地点.例如,在护理(Andrews et al, 2008)和戒毒(DeVerteuil et al, 2009; Wilton et al, 2014)等方面所开展的研究.该领域有关老年的研究主要关注非正式和正式的家庭和社区照护的惯例特征(Wiles, 2003).第二,探究身体如何与其周围广泛的节律相协调,而这种节律,像大海涨落的节律(Kearns et al, 2012),以及健身活动与环境的节律(Bale, 2004; Andrews, 2005),是疗养场所和个人体验的构成部分.健身活动与环境节律研究的兴趣点,在于将老龄化过程和健身结合起来(Paulson, 2005).第三,关注慢性病病人包括心理疾病患者(Dear et al, 1987; Parr, 1998, 2008)的日常活动范围(Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003).这些研究尤其关注老龄化和老年人的行为规律,该行为通常是在人们的健康状况和社会环境发生变化时,通过适应过程所形成的一种临时生存策略(Rowles, 2000; Antoninetti et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). ...
... Qualitative research in social and health geography meanwhile displays some consideration and representation of ‘rhythm’ across a wide-range of empirical subjects, fitting loosely into three broad categories. First, there are studies that convey the routinized, processional and ‘rhythmic’ nature of treatments, caring practices and the places where they occur. For example in nursing (Andrews et al, 2008) and addiction detoxification (DeVerteuil et al, 2009; Wilton et al, 2014). The ageing focus here being mainly on the routinized nature of informal and formal home and community care (Wiles, 2003). Second, there are studies that explore how the body becomes synchronized with broader rhythms that surround it as part of therapeutic places and experiences, such as rhythms of the sea in coastal life (Kearns et al, 2012), and rhythms of fitness activities and environments (Bale, 2004; Andrews, 2005); this latter interest incorporating a sporadic concern for ageing and fitness (Paulson 2005). Third are studies that convey the daily geographies in the lives of people with chronic health conditions (Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003) including and mental illness (Dear et al, 1987; Parr, 1998, 2008). These studies pay particular attention to the embodied rhythms - oftentimes part of makeshift survival strategies - that arise as peoples’ health status and social contexts change, and regularly engage with ageing and older people (Rowles, 2000; Antoninetti et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). ...
Performative, non-representational and affect-based research: seven injunctions
... 非表征理论由人文地理学家于20世纪90年代中期提出(Thrift, 1996, 1997),特别是在过去10年里受到认可并得到了广泛应用(Lorimer, 2005, 2008; Thrift, 2008; Anderson et al, 2010; Vannini, 2014a).正如Thrift(2008)所言,运动是它的“主旋律”,这也反映在上述引用他的语录中.基于对生活的观察,当前的地理学研究中忽视了很多生活的“主观能动性”和“亲密度”,即时空的即时性和连续性.有学者认为,实证主义空间科学的核心在于定量计算和发现一般性规律,而社会建构主义的核心是对解释的理论贡献;深入挖掘以发现事物的作用机制、情感和意义.相比之下,非表征理论并非用于寻求对世界的解释和理论化.它的思想是:世界的持续性、发展性和表现性等方面应该成为研究的核心,包括它们所涉及的许多隐性且通常是无意的行为.正如Thrift(2008)所阐释的,非表征理论应该与现实世界中事件发生的地理环境和场景相融合.一系列的关键特征共同构建了非表征理论的总体“风格”.这不是一种审美风格,而是深入研究核心需要关注的基本要素,以及理解和参与世界的方式.此外,正如其名所示,非表征理论的目标是尽可能地呈现而不是再现世界,尽管这一点存在困难.因此,非表征“风格”是进行研究的一种特殊方式,它通过随后列示的各种描述,将特定类型的生活进行反射.有关其他类型的研究参见相关文献(Cadman, 2009; Thrift, 2000; Dewsbury et al, 2002; Vannini, 2009, 2014a; Skinner et al, 2015) ...
Reconsidering successful aging: a call for renewed and expanded academic critiques and conceptualizations
2
2009
... 老年学研究的主要关注点,是由福祉的概念来引领的,而福祉又是通过身体行为、忙碌程度或生产能力,以及(或者)疼痛等特殊感觉来表达的(Katz, 2000; Dillaway et al, 2009).如上文提到的跨国护理的例子(Gunaratnum, 2014)一样,超个体或感觉分享的研究仅仅是一个开始,而有关“情感维度”和感知状况的大多数研究还是基于心理学的传统范式.比如,老年人通过有选择性地减少他们的社会交往和人际关系(Carstensen et al, 1999)以及(或者)获取“衰退”补偿(Baltes et al, 1990)来使他们的积极体验最大化.与非表征理论关联更为密切的老龄化的情感方面议题,目前尚未实现较好地理论化研究.因此,在推动老龄化研究朝着身体相关性感觉发展方面,的确存在较大潜力,尤其是在老年人的居住和护理存在大量群体性或集体性情况的背景下. ...
... While much attention in gerontology is guided by notions of well-being, these have tended to be approached through physical acts, ‘busyness’ or productivity, and/or through particular sensations such as pain (Katz, 2000; Dillaway et al, 2009). Analysis of the trans-personal or shared sensations are only beginning (as illustrated in the above example of trans-national care (Gunaratnam, 2014)). Instead, the main body of work on ‘affective dimensions’ or feeling states, is articulated from within the psychological tradition. Here older people are considered to maximize their positive experiences through selectively narrowing their social interactions and relationships (Carstensen et al, 1999) and/or compensating for ‘decline’ (Baltes et al, 1990). The affective aspects of ageing that would more closely align with non-representational theory are much less well theorized. Indeed there is potential to move, in research, towards bodily sensations that can be relational, particularly as so many group/collective situations exist for older people in residence and care. ...
Time, non-representational theory and the "performative turn"-towards a new methodology in qualitative social research
Social class and ageing bodies: Understanding physical activity in later life
2
2005
... 在老年学中,与行为和表现结合最好的研究是引入运动社会学的视角并将之用于对老年身体和老年运动员的研究(Wainwright et al, 2004; Tulle, 2008; Phoenix et al, 2009).在该研究领域中,研究者关注了老年人身体与身体的衰退、管理、重建或重构等文化话语之间的关系(Tulle, 2008; Wahidin, 2002).例如,有研究借鉴Bourdieu习惯(habitus)的概念,发现老年人身体的行为或表现与我们感兴趣的行为和表现密切相关(Dumas et al, 2005).在此,批判老年学和非表征理论的观点出现了明显的区别.批判老年学关注老年人的身体如何开展日常惯例行为,提供了可操作、适应或抵抗的一种文化框架;而非表征理论关注更多的是存在于框架内、框架间和框架周围可能存在的事物.尽管这两种观点所关注的兴趣点和结果不同,但为了更好地理解老龄化,两种方法在概述身体的文化参考和调节体验的过程上是互补的. ...
... In gerontology, perhaps the most notable well-aligned trend with regards to practice and performance is that of scholars drawing on insights from the sociology of sport and applying them to the study of older bodies and older athletes (Wainwright et al, 2004; Tulle, 2008; Phoenix et al, 2009). In this field of study, researchers focus on the relationship between older bodies and cultural discourses such as decline, and the management, reconstruction, or reconfiguration of older bodies (Tulle, 2008; Wahidin, 2002). Work drawing on Bourdieu’s notion of habitus, for example, and the practices and/or performances of older bodies closely aligns (Dumas et al, 2005). Here, a clear distinction emerges between critical perspectives on ageing and non-representational theory. Where critical gerontology tends to focus on how routinized practices carried out through the older body represent a cultural frame that can be managed, adapted or resisted, non-representational theory would focus more on what may exist within, between and around these frames. Although the point of interest and outcome of the two perspectives differ, the approaches are complementary in outlining the cultural references and processes of mediating experience through the body in order to better understand ageing. ...
Hidden geographies: the changing lifeworlds of women with multiple sclerosis
2
1995
... 另一个受到有限关注的移动特质是(跨越空间和所在地的)“动量”(momentum).例如,社会地理和健康地理的相关研究表明,跨空间的“行为动量”会由一种行为(如饮酒、服药或做临时工)导致另外的行为(如随意的性行为),并产生健康效应(如滥交、肝炎和艾滋病)(Luginaah, 2008; Mkandawire, et al, 2014).然而,有关老龄化的研究表明,老年人身体和精神健康状况的不断变化导致他们在不同护理机构的空间中主动或者被动的迁移,以及所需护理复杂性程度的增加,而这些过程中所产生的动量更多是受到环境的影响而非主动性行为的影响(尽管研究关注的是转变本身及其后果)(Magilvy et al, 2000; Reed et al, 2003; Lee et al, 2013).此外,慢性病患者的日常生活行为是社会地理和健康地理的研究热点(Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003).研究结果表明,在许多情况下,人们的生活可以更确切地被描述为“受困的”或“静态的”(缺乏动量)甚或是“退缩的”(反方向多余的负动量)(Dyck, 1995; Crooks, 2007).在老年的相关研究中,增加了对这些兴趣点的关注(Pain 2001).本文同样关注老年人如何依靠他们自身或者借助优秀的设计和干预措施来应对由于其身体和心理健康水平下降而产生的“动量”变化所带来的挑战(Kong et al 1996; Gant 1997; Rowles, 2000; Wiles et al 2009).老龄化问题的相关研究已增加了对这些兴趣点的关注(Pain, 2001).最后,景观与老年相关研究没有直接关系,社会地理和健康地理研究中还关注了“经济动量”,关注在空间和地方尺度上,其变化的速率和力度及其在服务拓展和形成契约的过程中是怎样受政策和市场机制影响的(Joseph et al, 1996; Andrews et al, 2002; Skinner et al, 2011; Hanlon et al, 2014). ...
... Another quality of movement that has received some limited attention is ‘momentum’ (across space and of/in place). Across social and health geography, studies illustrate, for example, ‘behavioural momentums’ whereby for example, one human activity (such as drinking alcohol, taking drugs or undertaking casual labour) leads onto another (such as casual sex) with health implications (such as Hepatitis or HIV transmission) (Luginaah 2008; Mkandawire, et al 2014). In studies of ageing, however, human momentums are typically less behavioural and more circumstantial, either about the momentums that build as older people move - or are moved - spatially between care settings and services of increasing comprehensiveness in line with their changing physical and mental health (although studies focus primarily on the transitions themselves and their consequences (Magilvy et al, 2000; Reed et al, 2003; Lee et al, 2013). Elsewhere the momentums in the daily lives of people with chronic health conditions are a popular concern of social and health geography (Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003), these studies conveying how, in many cases, people’s lives might be more appropriately characterized by being ‘stuck’ or ‘immobile’ (lacking in momentum) or indeed ‘shrinking’ (possessing momentum in an unwanted and reverse direction) (Dyck, 1995; Crooks 2007). These interests and observations arise in ageing studies (Pain 2001), although this research is equally concerned to illustrate how older people negotiate and deal with such challenges - including the ‘momentum’ of their own declining physical and mental health - either on their own or with the aid of good design and intervention (Kong et al 1996; Gant 1997; Rowles, 2000; Wiles et al 2009). Finally momentums in social and health geography arise as ‘economic momentums’ in considerations of the rate, and forcefulness, at which policies for people are developed, and/or markets developed and/or at which services expand or contract - in place and across space - this being a very common interest of ageing studies (Joseph et al, 1996; Andrews et al, 2002; Skinner et al, 2011; Hanlon et al, 2014). ...
A first generation critic comes of age: reflections of a critical gerontologist
2
2008
... 在老年学研究中,我们看到了基于戏剧活动(Mitchell et al, 2011; Kontos et al, 2007)、激进主义方法论(Minkler et al, 2008; Estes, 2008),以及有声照片和纪录片使用增加的先验综合研究(Kontos et al, 2013; Putney et al, 2005; Raymond et al 2015; Swinnen et al, 2013).这些案例都对知识转化的传统方法论和标准实践提出了挑战.事实上,这是一个研究者与老年人密切合作、共同创造故事和实施改变的过程.与更为常见的学术出版和报告不同,知识交流的形式采用基于社区的表演和公共活动等传播方式.例如,剧院演员将老龄化和老年痴呆的具体表现和经历表演出来,在这个过程中,改变了他们的日常关系,挑战了记忆中想当然的假设,并唤起了参与到表演之中的社区和个人的敏感性(例如,加拿大多伦多Julia Gray的工作).这些学者和艺术家铺设的路径,正是非表征理论在老年学研究中应当继承和发展的. ...
... In gerontology we see precedent and alignment in research based theatre initiatives (Mitchell et al, 2011; Kontos et al, 2007), activist methodologies (Minkler et al, 2008; Estes, 2008), and a general increase in the use of photovoice methods, and documentary film (Kontos et al, 2013; Putney et al, 2005; Raymond et al, 2015; Swinnen et al, 2013). Each of these examples challenges traditional methodologies and standard practices of knowledge translation. Indeed, the process is collaborative, with researchers working closely with older people to co-produce stories and enact change. The forms of knowledge exchange also differ from the more known mediums of academic publication and reports to community based performances and/or public events. Theatre groups for example, have acted out their experiences of ageing and dementia, and in this process, altered everyday relationships, challenged taken-for-granted assumptions about memory, and sensitized communities and individuals who take part in their performances (for example the work of Julia Gray in Toronto, Canada). Indeed these scholars and artists have forged a path that gerontology informed by non-representational theory might continue to follow. ...
Measuring the unmeasurable: urban design qualities related to walkability
2
2009
... (2) 基于体能活动的观点而迅速发展的新兴多学科交叉研究(Witten et al, 2008; Matthews et al, 2009),尤其是“可步行性”概念的提出及相关研究已成为当前研究热点.例如,该方面的研究已经特别关注到可步行城市环境的营造和形式(Ewing et al, 2009; Gehl, 2010),考虑了促进及阻碍可步行性的潜在社会和结构因素(Pouliou et al, 2010; Holt et al 2009),探讨了度量可步行性的方法或进行了可步行性的度量(Gebel et al, 2011; Van Dyck et al, 2011),并且就公众对可步行性的感知进行了量化和归纳(Loukaitou-Sideris, 2006; Weinstein Agrawal et al, 2008).研究关注步行活动的潜在可能性和动机(Andrews et al 2012),特别是聚焦于老年人研究步行活动与财富(King et al 2011)、心理健康(Berke et al 2007)和邻里住区设计(Takano et al 2002; Frank et al 2010; Weiss et al 2010)等因素关联. ...
... The second field of inquiry is a burgeoning multi-disciplinary literature on physical activity (Witten et al 2008; Matthews et al 2009) where specifically the concept of ‘walkability’, has recently dominated the literature. Here, for example, studies have focused practically on the production and form of walkable city environments (Ewing et al, 2009; Gehl, 2010), considered potential social and structural facilitators of, and barriers to, walkability (Pouliou et al, 2010; Holt et al 2009), discussed methods to measure walkability or have measured it (Gebel et al 2011; Van Dyck et al, 2011) and have quantified and generalized public perceptions of walkability (Loukaitou-Sideris, 2006; Weinstein Agrawal et al 2008). In this research, the potential of movement, motivates studies (Andrews et al 2012), the particular ageing focus being, for example, on older peoples’ walking as related to their affluence (King et al 2011), mental health (Berke et al 2007) and local neighbourhood design (Takano et al 2002; Frank et al 2010; Weiss et al 2010). ...
2
... 与老年学的研究相结合,该领域明显地展现出理论的多元性,像喜鹊筑巢一样,从其他领域借鉴宏观或中观的理论来帮助形成自己的焦点思想.事实上,研究当前的老龄化问题,需要采用超越原有的学科界限与响应的复杂理论视角和方法.因此,批判性的理论观点成为过渡时期理解和探究老龄化问题的依据.该领域的发展导致了“文化老年学”这一将文化、身体、新方法等问题引入老龄化研究之中的新的学科方向的产生(Gilleard et al, 2000; Featherstone et al, 2005; Katz, 2006).然而,关于批判性观点之间的关系,尤其是与结构、意义和文化相关的批判性观点之间的关系尚未解决(Baars et al, 2013).与非表征理论所倡导的混合研究方法类似,建议使用“批判性视角来研究老龄化”,即借助各种相关的传统,从而摆脱对理论的死板应用(Grenier, 2012). ...
... In terms of alignment with gerontology, the field obviously shares in common a theoretical plurality, a ‘magpie’ tradition of taking what grand or mid-range theory fits from elsewhere to help formulate its own focused ideas. Indeed, contemporary issues in ageing require complex theoretical perspectives and approaches that transcend former disciplinary boundaries and responses. As a result, the ‘critical’ theoretical perspectives used to understand and explore ageing are in a period of transition. Developments in the field have resulted in a new disciplinary boundary of ‘cultural gerontology’ (Gilleard et al, 2000; Featherstone et al, 2005; Katz, 2006) that brings questions of culture, the body, and new approaches into the studies of aging. Yet, questions about the relationships between critical perspectives, in particular those related to structure, meaning and culture have not yet been resolved (Baars, et al 2013). One suggestion, parallel to the blended approach suggested by non-representational theory, is the use of ‘critical perspectives to the study of aging’ - a language that moves away from a rigid application of theory, into drawing on and across various traditions where relevant (Grenier, 2012). ...
Healthy aging and where you live: community design relationships with physical activity and body weight in older Americans
2
2010
... (2) 基于体能活动的观点而迅速发展的新兴多学科交叉研究(Witten et al, 2008; Matthews et al, 2009),尤其是“可步行性”概念的提出及相关研究已成为当前研究热点.例如,该方面的研究已经特别关注到可步行城市环境的营造和形式(Ewing et al, 2009; Gehl, 2010),考虑了促进及阻碍可步行性的潜在社会和结构因素(Pouliou et al, 2010; Holt et al 2009),探讨了度量可步行性的方法或进行了可步行性的度量(Gebel et al, 2011; Van Dyck et al, 2011),并且就公众对可步行性的感知进行了量化和归纳(Loukaitou-Sideris, 2006; Weinstein Agrawal et al, 2008).研究关注步行活动的潜在可能性和动机(Andrews et al 2012),特别是聚焦于老年人研究步行活动与财富(King et al 2011)、心理健康(Berke et al 2007)和邻里住区设计(Takano et al 2002; Frank et al 2010; Weiss et al 2010)等因素关联. ...
... The second field of inquiry is a burgeoning multi-disciplinary literature on physical activity (Witten et al 2008; Matthews et al 2009) where specifically the concept of ‘walkability’, has recently dominated the literature. Here, for example, studies have focused practically on the production and form of walkable city environments (Ewing et al, 2009; Gehl, 2010), considered potential social and structural facilitators of, and barriers to, walkability (Pouliou et al, 2010; Holt et al 2009), discussed methods to measure walkability or have measured it (Gebel et al 2011; Van Dyck et al, 2011) and have quantified and generalized public perceptions of walkability (Loukaitou-Sideris, 2006; Weinstein Agrawal et al 2008). In this research, the potential of movement, motivates studies (Andrews et al 2012), the particular ageing focus being, for example, on older peoples’ walking as related to their affluence (King et al 2011), mental health (Berke et al 2007) and local neighbourhood design (Takano et al 2002; Frank et al 2010; Weiss et al 2010). ...
Elderly people, personal mobility and local environment
3
1997
... 另一个受到有限关注的移动特质是(跨越空间和所在地的)“动量”(momentum).例如,社会地理和健康地理的相关研究表明,跨空间的“行为动量”会由一种行为(如饮酒、服药或做临时工)导致另外的行为(如随意的性行为),并产生健康效应(如滥交、肝炎和艾滋病)(Luginaah, 2008; Mkandawire, et al, 2014).然而,有关老龄化的研究表明,老年人身体和精神健康状况的不断变化导致他们在不同护理机构的空间中主动或者被动的迁移,以及所需护理复杂性程度的增加,而这些过程中所产生的动量更多是受到环境的影响而非主动性行为的影响(尽管研究关注的是转变本身及其后果)(Magilvy et al, 2000; Reed et al, 2003; Lee et al, 2013).此外,慢性病患者的日常生活行为是社会地理和健康地理的研究热点(Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003).研究结果表明,在许多情况下,人们的生活可以更确切地被描述为“受困的”或“静态的”(缺乏动量)甚或是“退缩的”(反方向多余的负动量)(Dyck, 1995; Crooks, 2007).在老年的相关研究中,增加了对这些兴趣点的关注(Pain 2001).本文同样关注老年人如何依靠他们自身或者借助优秀的设计和干预措施来应对由于其身体和心理健康水平下降而产生的“动量”变化所带来的挑战(Kong et al 1996; Gant 1997; Rowles, 2000; Wiles et al 2009).老龄化问题的相关研究已增加了对这些兴趣点的关注(Pain, 2001).最后,景观与老年相关研究没有直接关系,社会地理和健康地理研究中还关注了“经济动量”,关注在空间和地方尺度上,其变化的速率和力度及其在服务拓展和形成契约的过程中是怎样受政策和市场机制影响的(Joseph et al, 1996; Andrews et al, 2002; Skinner et al, 2011; Hanlon et al, 2014). ...
... Elsewhere across social and health geography human movement has been engaged more directly and critically by three other substantive areas of inquiry that use predominantly qualitative methodologies. One is focused on impairment and disability, and mobility in these contexts, and the challenges facing and (non)acceptance of individuals affected (Butler et al, 1999; Gleeson, 1999; Crooks et al, 2008). The particular ageing focus in this literature includes, for example, the range and scope of older peoples’ mobility (Meyer et al, 1985; Schwanen et al, 2010), their unique urban and rural challenges (Mattson 2010) and policy implications (Mercado et al 2010). Another area of qualitative inquiry is focused on fitness activities, much of this research unpacking the meaning and identity of bodily movement, the places where it occurs, and the power relationships at play (Andrews et al, 2003; Bale, 2004; Vertinsky et al, 2004; Andrews et al, 2005). The ageing focus here has been only occasional but includes attention, for example, to older peoples’ active leisure and lifestyles (Mansvelt, 1997; McConatha et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). The final area - which being more of a broad approach, does incorporate some of the research in the first and second - can be broadly described as ‘new mobilities’. It conveys the motivations, meanings and implications of varied movement forms-such as in transport, leisure, respite, work and health and health care (Gatrell, 2011; Warf, 2010; Crooks et al 2011; Kingsbury et al 2012). The particular ageing focus here is varied but has been particularly attentive in recent years to older peoples’ tourism mobilities and wellbeing (Williams et al, 2000, 2002; Rodriguez, 2001; Schwanen et al, 2011). ...
... Another quality of movement that has received some limited attention is ‘momentum’ (across space and of/in place). Across social and health geography, studies illustrate, for example, ‘behavioural momentums’ whereby for example, one human activity (such as drinking alcohol, taking drugs or undertaking casual labour) leads onto another (such as casual sex) with health implications (such as Hepatitis or HIV transmission) (Luginaah 2008; Mkandawire, et al 2014). In studies of ageing, however, human momentums are typically less behavioural and more circumstantial, either about the momentums that build as older people move - or are moved - spatially between care settings and services of increasing comprehensiveness in line with their changing physical and mental health (although studies focus primarily on the transitions themselves and their consequences (Magilvy et al, 2000; Reed et al, 2003; Lee et al, 2013). Elsewhere the momentums in the daily lives of people with chronic health conditions are a popular concern of social and health geography (Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003), these studies conveying how, in many cases, people’s lives might be more appropriately characterized by being ‘stuck’ or ‘immobile’ (lacking in momentum) or indeed ‘shrinking’ (possessing momentum in an unwanted and reverse direction) (Dyck, 1995; Crooks 2007). These interests and observations arise in ageing studies (Pain 2001), although this research is equally concerned to illustrate how older people negotiate and deal with such challenges - including the ‘momentum’ of their own declining physical and mental health - either on their own or with the aid of good design and intervention (Kong et al 1996; Gant 1997; Rowles, 2000; Wiles et al 2009). Finally momentums in social and health geography arise as ‘economic momentums’ in considerations of the rate, and forcefulness, at which policies for people are developed, and/or markets developed and/or at which services expand or contract - in place and across space - this being a very common interest of ageing studies (Joseph et al, 1996; Andrews et al, 2002; Skinner et al, 2011; Hanlon et al, 2014). ...
1
... 此外,在社会地理和健康地理的研究中,另有3个研究领域通过以定性方法为主导的途径,对人类移动进行了更为直接和更具批判性的研究.第一个领域主要关注损伤、残疾及其相应情况下的移动性,以及受损个体因此所面临的挑战和社会接纳(Butler et al, 1999; Gleeson, 1999; Crooks et al, 2008).该领域的研究焦点在于老年人的移动空间与范围(Meyer et al, 1985; Schwanen et al, 2010)、城市和农村所面临的不同挑战(Mattson, 2010)和政策影响(Mercado et al, 2010).第二个领域关注健身活动,大多数研究关注身体运动的含义和特征、运动发生地,以及所涉及的权力关系(Andrews et al, 2003; Bale, 2004; Vertinsky et al, 2004; Andrews et al, 2005).尽管对该领域老龄化问题的关注较少,但也有对老年人积极休闲活动和生活方式的研究(Mansvelt, 1997; McConatha et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014).第三个领域的涉及面更广,且与第一、第二领域的部分研究有所结合,可被广义地描述为关于“新移动性”的研究,阐释了诸如交通、休闲活动、休息、工作、健康、健康护理等多种移动形式的动机、意义和影响(Gatrell, 2011; Warf, 2010; Crooks et al, 2011; Kingsbury et al, 2012).该领域老龄化的研究侧重点各异,但老年人旅游的移动性和幸福感成为近年关注的焦点(Williams et al, 2000, 2002; Rodriguez, 2001; Schwanen et al, 2011). ...
Mismatch between perceived and objectively assessed neighborhood walkability attributes: prospective relationships with walking and weight gain
2
2011
... (2) 基于体能活动的观点而迅速发展的新兴多学科交叉研究(Witten et al, 2008; Matthews et al, 2009),尤其是“可步行性”概念的提出及相关研究已成为当前研究热点.例如,该方面的研究已经特别关注到可步行城市环境的营造和形式(Ewing et al, 2009; Gehl, 2010),考虑了促进及阻碍可步行性的潜在社会和结构因素(Pouliou et al, 2010; Holt et al 2009),探讨了度量可步行性的方法或进行了可步行性的度量(Gebel et al, 2011; Van Dyck et al, 2011),并且就公众对可步行性的感知进行了量化和归纳(Loukaitou-Sideris, 2006; Weinstein Agrawal et al, 2008).研究关注步行活动的潜在可能性和动机(Andrews et al 2012),特别是聚焦于老年人研究步行活动与财富(King et al 2011)、心理健康(Berke et al 2007)和邻里住区设计(Takano et al 2002; Frank et al 2010; Weiss et al 2010)等因素关联. ...
... The second field of inquiry is a burgeoning multi-disciplinary literature on physical activity (Witten et al 2008; Matthews et al 2009) where specifically the concept of ‘walkability’, has recently dominated the literature. Here, for example, studies have focused practically on the production and form of walkable city environments (Ewing et al, 2009; Gehl, 2010), considered potential social and structural facilitators of, and barriers to, walkability (Pouliou et al, 2010; Holt et al 2009), discussed methods to measure walkability or have measured it (Gebel et al 2011; Van Dyck et al, 2011) and have quantified and generalized public perceptions of walkability (Loukaitou-Sideris, 2006; Weinstein Agrawal et al 2008). In this research, the potential of movement, motivates studies (Andrews et al 2012), the particular ageing focus being, for example, on older peoples’ walking as related to their affluence (King et al 2011), mental health (Berke et al 2007) and local neighbourhood design (Takano et al 2002; Frank et al 2010; Weiss et al 2010). ...
2
... (2) 基于体能活动的观点而迅速发展的新兴多学科交叉研究(Witten et al, 2008; Matthews et al, 2009),尤其是“可步行性”概念的提出及相关研究已成为当前研究热点.例如,该方面的研究已经特别关注到可步行城市环境的营造和形式(Ewing et al, 2009; Gehl, 2010),考虑了促进及阻碍可步行性的潜在社会和结构因素(Pouliou et al, 2010; Holt et al 2009),探讨了度量可步行性的方法或进行了可步行性的度量(Gebel et al, 2011; Van Dyck et al, 2011),并且就公众对可步行性的感知进行了量化和归纳(Loukaitou-Sideris, 2006; Weinstein Agrawal et al, 2008).研究关注步行活动的潜在可能性和动机(Andrews et al 2012),特别是聚焦于老年人研究步行活动与财富(King et al 2011)、心理健康(Berke et al 2007)和邻里住区设计(Takano et al 2002; Frank et al 2010; Weiss et al 2010)等因素关联. ...
... The second field of inquiry is a burgeoning multi-disciplinary literature on physical activity (Witten et al 2008; Matthews et al 2009) where specifically the concept of ‘walkability’, has recently dominated the literature. Here, for example, studies have focused practically on the production and form of walkable city environments (Ewing et al, 2009; Gehl, 2010), considered potential social and structural facilitators of, and barriers to, walkability (Pouliou et al, 2010; Holt et al 2009), discussed methods to measure walkability or have measured it (Gebel et al 2011; Van Dyck et al, 2011) and have quantified and generalized public perceptions of walkability (Loukaitou-Sideris, 2006; Weinstein Agrawal et al 2008). In this research, the potential of movement, motivates studies (Andrews et al 2012), the particular ageing focus being, for example, on older peoples’ walking as related to their affluence (King et al 2011), mental health (Berke et al 2007) and local neighbourhood design (Takano et al 2002; Frank et al 2010; Weiss et al 2010). ...
Cultures of ageing: self, citizen and the body
2
2000
... 与老年学的研究相结合,该领域明显地展现出理论的多元性,像喜鹊筑巢一样,从其他领域借鉴宏观或中观的理论来帮助形成自己的焦点思想.事实上,研究当前的老龄化问题,需要采用超越原有的学科界限与响应的复杂理论视角和方法.因此,批判性的理论观点成为过渡时期理解和探究老龄化问题的依据.该领域的发展导致了“文化老年学”这一将文化、身体、新方法等问题引入老龄化研究之中的新的学科方向的产生(Gilleard et al, 2000; Featherstone et al, 2005; Katz, 2006).然而,关于批判性观点之间的关系,尤其是与结构、意义和文化相关的批判性观点之间的关系尚未解决(Baars et al, 2013).与非表征理论所倡导的混合研究方法类似,建议使用“批判性视角来研究老龄化”,即借助各种相关的传统,从而摆脱对理论的死板应用(Grenier, 2012). ...
... In terms of alignment with gerontology, the field obviously shares in common a theoretical plurality, a ‘magpie’ tradition of taking what grand or mid-range theory fits from elsewhere to help formulate its own focused ideas. Indeed, contemporary issues in ageing require complex theoretical perspectives and approaches that transcend former disciplinary boundaries and responses. As a result, the ‘critical’ theoretical perspectives used to understand and explore ageing are in a period of transition. Developments in the field have resulted in a new disciplinary boundary of ‘cultural gerontology’ (Gilleard et al, 2000; Featherstone et al, 2005; Katz, 2006) that brings questions of culture, the body, and new approaches into the studies of aging. Yet, questions about the relationships between critical perspectives, in particular those related to structure, meaning and culture have not yet been resolved (Baars, et al 2013). One suggestion, parallel to the blended approach suggested by non-representational theory, is the use of ‘critical perspectives to the study of aging’ - a language that moves away from a rigid application of theory, into drawing on and across various traditions where relevant (Grenier, 2012). ...
Migration and household change in the population aged 65 and over, 1971-1991
2
1998
... (1) 人口的迁移.因为健康和卫生保健系统而导致的人口在国家内部或不同国家之间的移动(Boyle, 2004; Norman et al, 2005).在此方面老龄化研究的长期特别关注点是老年人的迁移目的地、动机、决策过程和迁移经历,以及对老龄化服务政策的影响(Wiseman et al, 1979; Warnes et al, 1984; Bentham, 1988; Joseph et al, 1991; Glaser et al, 1998; King et al, 2000; Silveira et al, 2001; Moore et al, 2004; Oliver, 2007).事实上,这些研究并不关注长距离迁移行为本身,而关注在总体和宏观尺度上已经完成的(过去的)迁移活动的状况、影响和结果.近年来,对时空尺度上人类生命历程所起作用和迁移的批判性思考和研究已有所增加.这些研究对生命的“历程”在微观尺度上的多次迁移和迁移的意义更为敏感(Bailey, 2009; Jarvis et al, 2011; Schwanen et al, 2012). ...
... Social and health geography, two sub-disciplines that historically have contributed the bulk of the geographical study of ageing, have engaged with movement variously over many years. As we shall see, certainly not in the same way as non-representational theory can, but a clear precedent exists. Most things move - whether being diseases, services, resources or people - so the literature is potentially vast. Nevertheless some concentrated areas of inquiry are identifiable in terms of the movement of the latter. Scholars have, for example, engaged empirically with human movement as a ‘social determinant’ (as loosely defined) of human health and wellbeing, this approach being common in three substantive fields of inquiry. The first focused on migration, whereby people move within or between countries with implications for their health and health care systems (Boyle 2004; Norman et al 2005). The particular ageing focus here being longstanding on the migration destinations, motivations, decisions and experiences of older people and the implications for ageing services and policy (Wiseman et al, 1979; Warnes et al, 1984; Bentham, 1988; Joseph et al, 1991; Glaser et al, 1998; King et al, 2000; Silveira et al, 2001; Moore et al, 2004; Oliver, 2007). Indeed this research is not focused on the act of moving long distances per-se, as much as the shape, impact and consequence of the completed/past movements at the collective and macro scale. Recently it has been augmented with more critical considerations and studies of the human lifecourse as played out, and moving, in space and time. This research being more sensitive to life’s ‘journey’ including multiple moves, moves at the micro-scale and their meaning (Bailey, 2009; Jarvis et al 2011; Schwanen et al 2012). ...
Geographies of disability
2
1999
... 此外,在社会地理和健康地理的研究中,另有3个研究领域通过以定性方法为主导的途径,对人类移动进行了更为直接和更具批判性的研究.第一个领域主要关注损伤、残疾及其相应情况下的移动性,以及受损个体因此所面临的挑战和社会接纳(Butler et al, 1999; Gleeson, 1999; Crooks et al, 2008).该领域的研究焦点在于老年人的移动空间与范围(Meyer et al, 1985; Schwanen et al, 2010)、城市和农村所面临的不同挑战(Mattson, 2010)和政策影响(Mercado et al, 2010).第二个领域关注健身活动,大多数研究关注身体运动的含义和特征、运动发生地,以及所涉及的权力关系(Andrews et al, 2003; Bale, 2004; Vertinsky et al, 2004; Andrews et al, 2005).尽管对该领域老龄化问题的关注较少,但也有对老年人积极休闲活动和生活方式的研究(Mansvelt, 1997; McConatha et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014).第三个领域的涉及面更广,且与第一、第二领域的部分研究有所结合,可被广义地描述为关于“新移动性”的研究,阐释了诸如交通、休闲活动、休息、工作、健康、健康护理等多种移动形式的动机、意义和影响(Gatrell, 2011; Warf, 2010; Crooks et al, 2011; Kingsbury et al, 2012).该领域老龄化的研究侧重点各异,但老年人旅游的移动性和幸福感成为近年关注的焦点(Williams et al, 2000, 2002; Rodriguez, 2001; Schwanen et al, 2011). ...
... Elsewhere across social and health geography human movement has been engaged more directly and critically by three other substantive areas of inquiry that use predominantly qualitative methodologies. One is focused on impairment and disability, and mobility in these contexts, and the challenges facing and (non)acceptance of individuals affected (Butler et al, 1999; Gleeson, 1999; Crooks et al, 2008). The particular ageing focus in this literature includes, for example, the range and scope of older peoples’ mobility (Meyer et al, 1985; Schwanen et al, 2010), their unique urban and rural challenges (Mattson 2010) and policy implications (Mercado et al 2010). Another area of qualitative inquiry is focused on fitness activities, much of this research unpacking the meaning and identity of bodily movement, the places where it occurs, and the power relationships at play (Andrews et al, 2003; Bale, 2004; Vertinsky et al, 2004; Andrews et al, 2005). The ageing focus here has been only occasional but includes attention, for example, to older peoples’ active leisure and lifestyles (Mansvelt, 1997; McConatha et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). The final area - which being more of a broad approach, does incorporate some of the research in the first and second - can be broadly described as ‘new mobilities’. It conveys the motivations, meanings and implications of varied movement forms-such as in transport, leisure, respite, work and health and health care (Gatrell, 2011; Warf, 2010; Crooks et al 2011; Kingsbury et al 2012). The particular ageing focus here is varied but has been particularly attentive in recent years to older peoples’ tourism mobilities and wellbeing (Williams et al, 2000, 2002; Rodriguez, 2001; Schwanen et al, 2011). ...
Conceptualizing time and behavior in environmental gerontology: a pair of old issues deserving new thought
2
2003
... 本文将非表征理论引入现有理论工具之中,这将是对当前老龄化地理学在概念、理论和实证方面的有益补充(Andrews et al, 2007, 2009, 2013; Golant, 2003; Hopkins et al, 2007; Skinner et al, 2015).该理论的提出将有助于对老年移动(movement)进行全面和即时的探讨.在介绍非表征理论的关键层面(及其与社会老年学中现有视角和观点的关联)之前,首先对老龄化移动研究如何在社会地理学和健康地理学(包括老龄问题研究)中产生进行两个方面的文献回顾,这将引出本文的主要观点:非表征理论的应用,一是可以将研究重心从关注老年人有意识的移动,以及希望老年人以特定方式移动的有意识的动机和行动中抽离出来,从而将重心放到无意识和不完全意识的移动上;二是可以从对特定、有限范围的移动的关注,扩展到对包括构成时空的所有移动类型、移动形式、参与者和行动者的关注;最后,还可以从对过去发生的移动类型、机制及其意义的描述和解释,扩展到对正在发生的移动及其特征和感知的关注. ...
... Adding to ongoing debates on the conceptual, theoretical and empirical advancement of the geographical study of ageing (Andrews et al, 2007, 2009, 2013; Golant, 2003; Hopkins et al, 2007; Skinner et al, 2015) this paper argues for the incorporation of non-representational theory into the current theoretical toolkit used by scholars. This, it is posited, might facilitate a fuller and more immediate engagement with movement than exists at present. The paper starts with a broad two-part review of how movement conventionally arises in social and health geography, including in ageing-focused studies, before moving on to introduce the key facets of non-representational theory (to locate each, noting connections to existing perspectives and concerns in social gerontology). The main thrust of the paper’s argument is that the deployment of non-representational theory could, at one level, take some of the emphasis in research off the conscious movement of older persons and conscious motivations and actions of those who want them to move in particular ways, and place it on non- and less-than-fully conscious movements. At another level, take some emphasis off a specified and often narrow range of movement activities, and incorporate all forms of movement and all actors and movers that constitute space-time. Finally, it could take some emphasis off what movement has happened in the past, how it happened and what it meant, and place it on what movement is happening, how it appears and feels. ...
The slow plague: a geography of the AIDS pandemic
2
1993
... 从社会与科学的立场来看,移动具有某些特性(移动也由这些特性构成).现有文献对这些特性的探讨关乎但也超出了人的范畴.因此社会和健康地理学已对移动的“节律”进行了初步探索(跨越空间和所在地),这体现在长期以来对一系列现象所进行的时间序列和时空分析的实证研究中(Meade et al, 2010),包括疾病的发生和传播(Smallman-Raynor et al, 1991; Gould, 1993; Rogers et al, 2000; Robertson et al, 2014)和对特定疾病的诊治和住院治疗(Crighton et al, 2001, 2008; Leong et al, 2006).借助详细的计算机辅助制图和地理信息系统(GIS)等分析工具,本文展现了发生在宏观尺度上诸现象的序列化“节律”.尽管此类研究对老龄化的关注较少,学者们对老龄化和传染病,包括HIV的研究却越来越感兴趣(Yoshikawa, 2000; High et al, 2008).与此同时,在人口学等其他研究中,已经关注到人口变化的长期时空节律,这与人口健康的规律以及特定地区政府和健康部门面临的挑战相关.有关老年人口的研究成为关注的焦点(Moore et al, 1997; Rosenberg et al, 1997; Smallman-Raynor et al, 1999; Phillips, 2002; McCracken et al, 2005; Lin et al, 2007).事实上,这些研究更应归入人口老龄化和国际/全球健康的范畴. ...
... From both social and scientific standpoints movement possesses, and is composed of, certain qualities, and these have been explored in the literature in regard to, and also beyond, the human. In social and health geography one can thus observe a rudimentary engagement with the ‘rhythm’ of movement (across space and of/in place). This arises, for example, in a positivistic research tradition where time-series and spatial-temporal analysis has been applied to a range of phenomenon (Meade et al, 2010) including occurrences and spread of diseases (Smallman-Raynor et al, 1991; Gould, 1993; Rogers et al, 2000; Robertson et al, 2014), and treatments and hospitalizations for specific diseases (Crighton et al 2001; 2008x; Leong et al 2006). This research presents-often with detailed computer-aided illustration/GIS-a sequenced ‘rhythm’ of phenomenon collectively occurring over macro-scales. Although the ageing focus in this research has been sporadic at best, scholars have become interested in ageing and infectious disease more broadly, including HIV (Yoshikawa 2000; High et al 2008). Meanwhile, in other research, demographic studies have conveyed and displayed the long-term spatial and temporal ‘rhythms’ of population changes, as they themselves relate to the rhythms of population health, and the challenges for governments and health sectors in particular places. The ageing focus here being particularly central (Moore et al, 1997; Rosenberg et al, 1997; Smallman-Raynor et al, 1999; Phillips, 2002; McCracken et al, 2005; Lin et al, 2007). Indeed, this research flows into more general disciplinary concerns for ageing and international/global health. ...
2
... 与老年学的研究相结合,该领域明显地展现出理论的多元性,像喜鹊筑巢一样,从其他领域借鉴宏观或中观的理论来帮助形成自己的焦点思想.事实上,研究当前的老龄化问题,需要采用超越原有的学科界限与响应的复杂理论视角和方法.因此,批判性的理论观点成为过渡时期理解和探究老龄化问题的依据.该领域的发展导致了“文化老年学”这一将文化、身体、新方法等问题引入老龄化研究之中的新的学科方向的产生(Gilleard et al, 2000; Featherstone et al, 2005; Katz, 2006).然而,关于批判性观点之间的关系,尤其是与结构、意义和文化相关的批判性观点之间的关系尚未解决(Baars et al, 2013).与非表征理论所倡导的混合研究方法类似,建议使用“批判性视角来研究老龄化”,即借助各种相关的传统,从而摆脱对理论的死板应用(Grenier, 2012). ...
... In terms of alignment with gerontology, the field obviously shares in common a theoretical plurality, a ‘magpie’ tradition of taking what grand or mid-range theory fits from elsewhere to help formulate its own focused ideas. Indeed, contemporary issues in ageing require complex theoretical perspectives and approaches that transcend former disciplinary boundaries and responses. As a result, the ‘critical’ theoretical perspectives used to understand and explore ageing are in a period of transition. Developments in the field have resulted in a new disciplinary boundary of ‘cultural gerontology’ (Gilleard et al, 2000; Featherstone et al, 2005; Katz, 2006) that brings questions of culture, the body, and new approaches into the studies of aging. Yet, questions about the relationships between critical perspectives, in particular those related to structure, meaning and culture have not yet been resolved (Baars, et al 2013). One suggestion, parallel to the blended approach suggested by non-representational theory, is the use of ‘critical perspectives to the study of aging’ - a language that moves away from a rigid application of theory, into drawing on and across various traditions where relevant (Grenier, 2012). ...
The contextual and social locations of older women’s experiences of disability and decline
2
2005
... 对老年学研究而言,研究者更加关注日常地点和空间在老年生活中的作用(Rowles, 1978; Wiles et al, 2011; Rowles et al, 2013), 特别是以浴室、公交车 (Grenier, 2005)、厨房 (Maguire et al, 2014)等为代表的、降低老年人移动性的微观空间中的日常经历.最近老年学的研究转向老年人对日常物品的使用,从而给该领域的研究增加了物质的维度. ...
... In terms of alignments in gerontology, researchers have focused more generally on the role of everyday places and spaces in older people’s lives (Rowles, 1978; Wiles et al, 2011; Rowles et al, 2013), and in particular on the everyday experiences in micro-locations where reduced mobility may feature most prominently such as the bathroom bus (Grenier, 2005) or kitchen (Maguire et al., 2014). There has also been a recent turn in gerontology towards the use of everyday items by older people, adding a material dimension to this field of research. ...
... The idea of onflow resonates with certain accounts and ideas in critical gerontology. At the practical level for example, the classic ethnographic work of Gubrium demonstrates how ageing unfolds in the everyday, throughout the minute, hour and day (Gubrium, 1997). However, while such illustrations parallel the idea of ‘onflow’, analysis in gerontology has focused primarily on the interpretive aspects of everyday activities and less on the actual unfolding of these events. At a theoretical level then, the idea of ‘onflow’ goes one step further and contains an implicit critique of the structure and experience of time. This aligns well in gerontology with Baars’ philosophical critique of time that attempts to unhinge understandings of time from chronometric or chronological models (Baars, 2012). Hence, in this line of thinking, recognition of immediate forms of temporality and movement are akin to the notion of onflow. ...
Morbid mixtures: hybridity, pain and transnational dying
4
2014
... 到目前为止,批判老年学中的“关系思维”已被清晰、明确地阐述了出来,尽管这与社会文化视角下有关老龄化的身体(Öberg, 1996; Katz, 2010),以及他们与护理的结构化、经验化和人际关系层面的认识略有不同(Twigg, 1997).Katz(2010)指出,“身体是结构化授权与协调这些授权的身份代理或实验形式的中心调节点”,但该理解并不只是个体层面的现象.身体和护理动态发生在跨多级实践层次和传统界限的情境中(Dean et al, 1999).事实上,身体和护理的“关联性”也确实通过跨国环境而被体验(Zhou, 2012),这不仅在家庭内外的时空尺度上产生了复杂的权力关系,同时产生了不同维度和类型的社会问题(Gunaratnam, 2014).概而言之,无论是非表征理论还是批判老年学,行为者网络理论提供了解释网络、关联性,以及生活事件中同等重要的人类和非人类因素的方法途径(Tatnall et al, 2003; Cutchin, 2005). ...
... 老年学研究的主要关注点,是由福祉的概念来引领的,而福祉又是通过身体行为、忙碌程度或生产能力,以及(或者)疼痛等特殊感觉来表达的(Katz, 2000; Dillaway et al, 2009).如上文提到的跨国护理的例子(Gunaratnum, 2014)一样,超个体或感觉分享的研究仅仅是一个开始,而有关“情感维度”和感知状况的大多数研究还是基于心理学的传统范式.比如,老年人通过有选择性地减少他们的社会交往和人际关系(Carstensen et al, 1999)以及(或者)获取“衰退”补偿(Baltes et al, 1990)来使他们的积极体验最大化.与非表征理论关联更为密切的老龄化的情感方面议题,目前尚未实现较好地理论化研究.因此,在推动老龄化研究朝着身体相关性感觉发展方面,的确存在较大潜力,尤其是在老年人的居住和护理存在大量群体性或集体性情况的背景下. ...
... To date, in critical gerontology ‘relational thinking’ has perhaps been best articulated, albeit slightly differently, through socio-cultural perspectives on ageing bodies (Öberg, 1996; Katz, 2010) and their relationship to the structured, experienced, and interpersonal aspects of care (Twigg, 1997). As Katz (2010: 367) outlines, ‘the body is a central mediation point between structured mandates and the agential or experimental forms of identity used to negotiate these mandates’. Yet, such understandings are not only individual level phenomena. Body and care dynamics are understood to take place across levels of practice (Dean et al, 1999) and across traditional boundaries. Indeed ‘relationality’ of the body and care is experienced across transnational settings (Zhou, 2012), producing not only complicated power relations within and across families in space-time, but also dimensions and types of social pain (Gunaratnam, 2014). More generally, in both non-representational theory and critical gerontology, actor-network-theory presents an approach that can explain the networking, relationality and equal importance of humans and non-humans in life’s events (Tatnall et al, 2003; Cutchin, 2005). ...
... While much attention in gerontology is guided by notions of well-being, these have tended to be approached through physical acts, ‘busyness’ or productivity, and/or through particular sensations such as pain (Katz, 2000; Dillaway et al, 2009). Analysis of the trans-personal or shared sensations are only beginning (as illustrated in the above example of trans-national care (Gunaratnam, 2014)). Instead, the main body of work on ‘affective dimensions’ or feeling states, is articulated from within the psychological tradition. Here older people are considered to maximize their positive experiences through selectively narrowing their social interactions and relationships (Carstensen et al, 1999) and/or compensating for ‘decline’ (Baltes et al, 1990). The affective aspects of ageing that would more closely align with non-representational theory are much less well theorized. Indeed there is potential to move, in research, towards bodily sensations that can be relational, particularly as so many group/collective situations exist for older people in residence and care. ...
Place integration through efforts to support healthy aging in resource frontier communities: the role of voluntary sector leadership
2
2014
... 另一个受到有限关注的移动特质是(跨越空间和所在地的)“动量”(momentum).例如,社会地理和健康地理的相关研究表明,跨空间的“行为动量”会由一种行为(如饮酒、服药或做临时工)导致另外的行为(如随意的性行为),并产生健康效应(如滥交、肝炎和艾滋病)(Luginaah, 2008; Mkandawire, et al, 2014).然而,有关老龄化的研究表明,老年人身体和精神健康状况的不断变化导致他们在不同护理机构的空间中主动或者被动的迁移,以及所需护理复杂性程度的增加,而这些过程中所产生的动量更多是受到环境的影响而非主动性行为的影响(尽管研究关注的是转变本身及其后果)(Magilvy et al, 2000; Reed et al, 2003; Lee et al, 2013).此外,慢性病患者的日常生活行为是社会地理和健康地理的研究热点(Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003).研究结果表明,在许多情况下,人们的生活可以更确切地被描述为“受困的”或“静态的”(缺乏动量)甚或是“退缩的”(反方向多余的负动量)(Dyck, 1995; Crooks, 2007).在老年的相关研究中,增加了对这些兴趣点的关注(Pain 2001).本文同样关注老年人如何依靠他们自身或者借助优秀的设计和干预措施来应对由于其身体和心理健康水平下降而产生的“动量”变化所带来的挑战(Kong et al 1996; Gant 1997; Rowles, 2000; Wiles et al 2009).老龄化问题的相关研究已增加了对这些兴趣点的关注(Pain, 2001).最后,景观与老年相关研究没有直接关系,社会地理和健康地理研究中还关注了“经济动量”,关注在空间和地方尺度上,其变化的速率和力度及其在服务拓展和形成契约的过程中是怎样受政策和市场机制影响的(Joseph et al, 1996; Andrews et al, 2002; Skinner et al, 2011; Hanlon et al, 2014). ...
... Another quality of movement that has received some limited attention is ‘momentum’ (across space and of/in place). Across social and health geography, studies illustrate, for example, ‘behavioural momentums’ whereby for example, one human activity (such as drinking alcohol, taking drugs or undertaking casual labour) leads onto another (such as casual sex) with health implications (such as Hepatitis or HIV transmission) (Luginaah 2008; Mkandawire, et al 2014). In studies of ageing, however, human momentums are typically less behavioural and more circumstantial, either about the momentums that build as older people move - or are moved - spatially between care settings and services of increasing comprehensiveness in line with their changing physical and mental health (although studies focus primarily on the transitions themselves and their consequences (Magilvy et al, 2000; Reed et al, 2003; Lee et al, 2013). Elsewhere the momentums in the daily lives of people with chronic health conditions are a popular concern of social and health geography (Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003), these studies conveying how, in many cases, people’s lives might be more appropriately characterized by being ‘stuck’ or ‘immobile’ (lacking in momentum) or indeed ‘shrinking’ (possessing momentum in an unwanted and reverse direction) (Dyck, 1995; Crooks 2007). These interests and observations arise in ageing studies (Pain 2001), although this research is equally concerned to illustrate how older people negotiate and deal with such challenges - including the ‘momentum’ of their own declining physical and mental health - either on their own or with the aid of good design and intervention (Kong et al 1996; Gant 1997; Rowles, 2000; Wiles et al 2009). Finally momentums in social and health geography arise as ‘economic momentums’ in considerations of the rate, and forcefulness, at which policies for people are developed, and/or markets developed and/or at which services expand or contract - in place and across space - this being a very common interest of ageing studies (Joseph et al, 1996; Andrews et al, 2002; Skinner et al, 2011; Hanlon et al, 2014). ...
Workshop on HIV infection and aging: what is known and future research directions
1
2008
... 从社会与科学的立场来看,移动具有某些特性(移动也由这些特性构成).现有文献对这些特性的探讨关乎但也超出了人的范畴.因此社会和健康地理学已对移动的“节律”进行了初步探索(跨越空间和所在地),这体现在长期以来对一系列现象所进行的时间序列和时空分析的实证研究中(Meade et al, 2010),包括疾病的发生和传播(Smallman-Raynor et al, 1991; Gould, 1993; Rogers et al, 2000; Robertson et al, 2014)和对特定疾病的诊治和住院治疗(Crighton et al, 2001, 2008; Leong et al, 2006).借助详细的计算机辅助制图和地理信息系统(GIS)等分析工具,本文展现了发生在宏观尺度上诸现象的序列化“节律”.尽管此类研究对老龄化的关注较少,学者们对老龄化和传染病,包括HIV的研究却越来越感兴趣(Yoshikawa, 2000; High et al, 2008).与此同时,在人口学等其他研究中,已经关注到人口变化的长期时空节律,这与人口健康的规律以及特定地区政府和健康部门面临的挑战相关.有关老年人口的研究成为关注的焦点(Moore et al, 1997; Rosenberg et al, 1997; Smallman-Raynor et al, 1999; Phillips, 2002; McCracken et al, 2005; Lin et al, 2007).事实上,这些研究更应归入人口老龄化和国际/全球健康的范畴. ...
Geographies of age: thinking relationally
2
2007
... 本文将非表征理论引入现有理论工具之中,这将是对当前老龄化地理学在概念、理论和实证方面的有益补充(Andrews et al, 2007, 2009, 2013; Golant, 2003; Hopkins et al, 2007; Skinner et al, 2015).该理论的提出将有助于对老年移动(movement)进行全面和即时的探讨.在介绍非表征理论的关键层面(及其与社会老年学中现有视角和观点的关联)之前,首先对老龄化移动研究如何在社会地理学和健康地理学(包括老龄问题研究)中产生进行两个方面的文献回顾,这将引出本文的主要观点:非表征理论的应用,一是可以将研究重心从关注老年人有意识的移动,以及希望老年人以特定方式移动的有意识的动机和行动中抽离出来,从而将重心放到无意识和不完全意识的移动上;二是可以从对特定、有限范围的移动的关注,扩展到对包括构成时空的所有移动类型、移动形式、参与者和行动者的关注;最后,还可以从对过去发生的移动类型、机制及其意义的描述和解释,扩展到对正在发生的移动及其特征和感知的关注. ...
... Adding to ongoing debates on the conceptual, theoretical and empirical advancement of the geographical study of ageing (Andrews et al, 2007, 2009, 2013; Golant, 2003; Hopkins et al, 2007; Skinner et al, 2015) this paper argues for the incorporation of non-representational theory into the current theoretical toolkit used by scholars. This, it is posited, might facilitate a fuller and more immediate engagement with movement than exists at present. The paper starts with a broad two-part review of how movement conventionally arises in social and health geography, including in ageing-focused studies, before moving on to introduce the key facets of non-representational theory (to locate each, noting connections to existing perspectives and concerns in social gerontology). The main thrust of the paper’s argument is that the deployment of non-representational theory could, at one level, take some of the emphasis in research off the conscious movement of older persons and conscious motivations and actions of those who want them to move in particular ways, and place it on non- and less-than-fully conscious movements. At another level, take some emphasis off a specified and often narrow range of movement activities, and incorporate all forms of movement and all actors and movers that constitute space-time. Finally, it could take some emphasis off what movement has happened in the past, how it happened and what it meant, and place it on what movement is happening, how it appears and feels. ...
Forward
0
2014
Too little, too much: cultural feminist geographies
... Finally, as Colls (2012) argues, some scholars have taken great issue with what they see as the universalist nature of non-representational theory particularly in terms of its relationality (Tolia-Kelly, 2006). It, they argue, fails to differentiate bodies and recognise persons through important social and demographic categories - such as gender, ethnicity, disability and age - that impact upon people and constitute the ways in which they understand themselves and their lives (Bondi, 2005). Moreover, critics argue that non-representational theory fails to recognize political power and intent (Jacobs et al, 2003; Pain, 2006), is masculinist, technocratic and abstract (Bondi, 2005; Thien, 2005), and distances deep feelings and emotions (Thien, 2005). Like Colls (2012) however, we argue that these problems and shortfalls need not arise, because non-representational theory does not require that existing approaches and areas of research be shelved. We consider there to be plenty of room for both old and new in geographies of ageing. Indeed, like Colls (2012), we see potential in developing a ‘nomadic consciousness’, between the representational and non-representational both between studies and even within single studies where subject matter allows. This approach reflects the reality that in life much that is active, less-than-fully conscious and non-representational eventually flows into the conscious representable realm where power, meaning, identity and such things come into play (and also fits Lorimer’s ‘more-than-representational’ descriptor noted above). ...
Multiple scales of time-space and lifecourse
2
2011
... (1) 人口的迁移.因为健康和卫生保健系统而导致的人口在国家内部或不同国家之间的移动(Boyle, 2004; Norman et al, 2005).在此方面老龄化研究的长期特别关注点是老年人的迁移目的地、动机、决策过程和迁移经历,以及对老龄化服务政策的影响(Wiseman et al, 1979; Warnes et al, 1984; Bentham, 1988; Joseph et al, 1991; Glaser et al, 1998; King et al, 2000; Silveira et al, 2001; Moore et al, 2004; Oliver, 2007).事实上,这些研究并不关注长距离迁移行为本身,而关注在总体和宏观尺度上已经完成的(过去的)迁移活动的状况、影响和结果.近年来,对时空尺度上人类生命历程所起作用和迁移的批判性思考和研究已有所增加.这些研究对生命的“历程”在微观尺度上的多次迁移和迁移的意义更为敏感(Bailey, 2009; Jarvis et al, 2011; Schwanen et al, 2012). ...
... Social and health geography, two sub-disciplines that historically have contributed the bulk of the geographical study of ageing, have engaged with movement variously over many years. As we shall see, certainly not in the same way as non-representational theory can, but a clear precedent exists. Most things move - whether being diseases, services, resources or people - so the literature is potentially vast. Nevertheless some concentrated areas of inquiry are identifiable in terms of the movement of the latter. Scholars have, for example, engaged empirically with human movement as a ‘social determinant’ (as loosely defined) of human health and wellbeing, this approach being common in three substantive fields of inquiry. The first focused on migration, whereby people move within or between countries with implications for their health and health care systems (Boyle 2004; Norman et al 2005). The particular ageing focus here being longstanding on the migration destinations, motivations, decisions and experiences of older people and the implications for ageing services and policy (Wiseman et al, 1979; Warnes et al, 1984; Bentham, 1988; Joseph et al, 1991; Glaser et al, 1998; King et al, 2000; Silveira et al, 2001; Moore et al, 2004; Oliver, 2007). Indeed this research is not focused on the act of moving long distances per-se, as much as the shape, impact and consequence of the completed/past movements at the collective and macro scale. Recently it has been augmented with more critical considerations and studies of the human lifecourse as played out, and moving, in space and time. This research being more sensitive to life’s ‘journey’ including multiple moves, moves at the micro-scale and their meaning (Bailey, 2009; Jarvis et al 2011; Schwanen et al 2012). ...
Restructuring long-term care and the geography of ageing: a view from rural New Zealand
2
1996
... 另一个受到有限关注的移动特质是(跨越空间和所在地的)“动量”(momentum).例如,社会地理和健康地理的相关研究表明,跨空间的“行为动量”会由一种行为(如饮酒、服药或做临时工)导致另外的行为(如随意的性行为),并产生健康效应(如滥交、肝炎和艾滋病)(Luginaah, 2008; Mkandawire, et al, 2014).然而,有关老龄化的研究表明,老年人身体和精神健康状况的不断变化导致他们在不同护理机构的空间中主动或者被动的迁移,以及所需护理复杂性程度的增加,而这些过程中所产生的动量更多是受到环境的影响而非主动性行为的影响(尽管研究关注的是转变本身及其后果)(Magilvy et al, 2000; Reed et al, 2003; Lee et al, 2013).此外,慢性病患者的日常生活行为是社会地理和健康地理的研究热点(Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003).研究结果表明,在许多情况下,人们的生活可以更确切地被描述为“受困的”或“静态的”(缺乏动量)甚或是“退缩的”(反方向多余的负动量)(Dyck, 1995; Crooks, 2007).在老年的相关研究中,增加了对这些兴趣点的关注(Pain 2001).本文同样关注老年人如何依靠他们自身或者借助优秀的设计和干预措施来应对由于其身体和心理健康水平下降而产生的“动量”变化所带来的挑战(Kong et al 1996; Gant 1997; Rowles, 2000; Wiles et al 2009).老龄化问题的相关研究已增加了对这些兴趣点的关注(Pain, 2001).最后,景观与老年相关研究没有直接关系,社会地理和健康地理研究中还关注了“经济动量”,关注在空间和地方尺度上,其变化的速率和力度及其在服务拓展和形成契约的过程中是怎样受政策和市场机制影响的(Joseph et al, 1996; Andrews et al, 2002; Skinner et al, 2011; Hanlon et al, 2014). ...
... Another quality of movement that has received some limited attention is ‘momentum’ (across space and of/in place). Across social and health geography, studies illustrate, for example, ‘behavioural momentums’ whereby for example, one human activity (such as drinking alcohol, taking drugs or undertaking casual labour) leads onto another (such as casual sex) with health implications (such as Hepatitis or HIV transmission) (Luginaah 2008; Mkandawire, et al 2014). In studies of ageing, however, human momentums are typically less behavioural and more circumstantial, either about the momentums that build as older people move - or are moved - spatially between care settings and services of increasing comprehensiveness in line with their changing physical and mental health (although studies focus primarily on the transitions themselves and their consequences (Magilvy et al, 2000; Reed et al, 2003; Lee et al, 2013). Elsewhere the momentums in the daily lives of people with chronic health conditions are a popular concern of social and health geography (Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003), these studies conveying how, in many cases, people’s lives might be more appropriately characterized by being ‘stuck’ or ‘immobile’ (lacking in momentum) or indeed ‘shrinking’ (possessing momentum in an unwanted and reverse direction) (Dyck, 1995; Crooks 2007). These interests and observations arise in ageing studies (Pain 2001), although this research is equally concerned to illustrate how older people negotiate and deal with such challenges - including the ‘momentum’ of their own declining physical and mental health - either on their own or with the aid of good design and intervention (Kong et al 1996; Gant 1997; Rowles, 2000; Wiles et al 2009). Finally momentums in social and health geography arise as ‘economic momentums’ in considerations of the rate, and forcefulness, at which policies for people are developed, and/or markets developed and/or at which services expand or contract - in place and across space - this being a very common interest of ageing studies (Joseph et al, 1996; Andrews et al, 2002; Skinner et al, 2011; Hanlon et al, 2014). ...
Elderly migration and its implications for service provision in rural communities: an Ontario perspective
2
1991
... (1) 人口的迁移.因为健康和卫生保健系统而导致的人口在国家内部或不同国家之间的移动(Boyle, 2004; Norman et al, 2005).在此方面老龄化研究的长期特别关注点是老年人的迁移目的地、动机、决策过程和迁移经历,以及对老龄化服务政策的影响(Wiseman et al, 1979; Warnes et al, 1984; Bentham, 1988; Joseph et al, 1991; Glaser et al, 1998; King et al, 2000; Silveira et al, 2001; Moore et al, 2004; Oliver, 2007).事实上,这些研究并不关注长距离迁移行为本身,而关注在总体和宏观尺度上已经完成的(过去的)迁移活动的状况、影响和结果.近年来,对时空尺度上人类生命历程所起作用和迁移的批判性思考和研究已有所增加.这些研究对生命的“历程”在微观尺度上的多次迁移和迁移的意义更为敏感(Bailey, 2009; Jarvis et al, 2011; Schwanen et al, 2012). ...
... Social and health geography, two sub-disciplines that historically have contributed the bulk of the geographical study of ageing, have engaged with movement variously over many years. As we shall see, certainly not in the same way as non-representational theory can, but a clear precedent exists. Most things move - whether being diseases, services, resources or people - so the literature is potentially vast. Nevertheless some concentrated areas of inquiry are identifiable in terms of the movement of the latter. Scholars have, for example, engaged empirically with human movement as a ‘social determinant’ (as loosely defined) of human health and wellbeing, this approach being common in three substantive fields of inquiry. The first focused on migration, whereby people move within or between countries with implications for their health and health care systems (Boyle 2004; Norman et al 2005). The particular ageing focus here being longstanding on the migration destinations, motivations, decisions and experiences of older people and the implications for ageing services and policy (Wiseman et al, 1979; Warnes et al, 1984; Bentham, 1988; Joseph et al, 1991; Glaser et al, 1998; King et al, 2000; Silveira et al, 2001; Moore et al, 2004; Oliver, 2007). Indeed this research is not focused on the act of moving long distances per-se, as much as the shape, impact and consequence of the completed/past movements at the collective and macro scale. Recently it has been augmented with more critical considerations and studies of the human lifecourse as played out, and moving, in space and time. This research being more sensitive to life’s ‘journey’ including multiple moves, moves at the micro-scale and their meaning (Bailey, 2009; Jarvis et al 2011; Schwanen et al 2012). ...
Over the hill and far away: distance as a barrier to the provision of assistance to elderly relatives
2
1998
... (3) 基于活动是健康的关联因素的认识,探讨健康和社会照护服务者与需求者之间的空间距离.这些研究也归属健康地理学关于“可达性及其使用行为”的研究领域(Joseph et al, 1984);通常强调服务使用行为的距离衰减效应(随着距离的增加,对服务的使用频率下降),及其对健康所产生的影响.对老年人口相关的研究,不仅考虑服务的使用行为,也关注“非行动”因素,包括老年人住址与服务设施、居住距离较远的子女和其他照护者的邻近度(Joseph et al, 1998; Nemet et al, 2000) ...
... The third field of inquiry where human movement is considered to be a loose determinant of health, is on the distances between health and social care providers and those in need. Incorporated into health geography under the general theme of ‘accessibility and utilization’ (Joseph et al, 1984), often highlighted in this literature is a ‘distance decay’ in use (increasing distance lower usage) and the concurrent impact upon population health. Focused then as much on ‘non-movements’ as movements the ageing interest has been on both older peoples proximity to centralized facilities, children and other carers who live away from them (Joseph et al, 1998; Nemet et al, 2000). ...
Accessibility and utilization: geographical perspectives on health care delivery
2
1984
... (3) 基于活动是健康的关联因素的认识,探讨健康和社会照护服务者与需求者之间的空间距离.这些研究也归属健康地理学关于“可达性及其使用行为”的研究领域(Joseph et al, 1984);通常强调服务使用行为的距离衰减效应(随着距离的增加,对服务的使用频率下降),及其对健康所产生的影响.对老年人口相关的研究,不仅考虑服务的使用行为,也关注“非行动”因素,包括老年人住址与服务设施、居住距离较远的子女和其他照护者的邻近度(Joseph et al, 1998; Nemet et al, 2000) ...
... The third field of inquiry where human movement is considered to be a loose determinant of health, is on the distances between health and social care providers and those in need. Incorporated into health geography under the general theme of ‘accessibility and utilization’ (Joseph et al, 1984), often highlighted in this literature is a ‘distance decay’ in use (increasing distance lower usage) and the concurrent impact upon population health. Focused then as much on ‘non-movements’ as movements the ageing interest has been on both older peoples proximity to centralized facilities, children and other carers who live away from them (Joseph et al, 1998; Nemet et al, 2000). ...
Busy bodies: activity, aging, and the management of everyday life
2
2000
... 老年学研究的主要关注点,是由福祉的概念来引领的,而福祉又是通过身体行为、忙碌程度或生产能力,以及(或者)疼痛等特殊感觉来表达的(Katz, 2000; Dillaway et al, 2009).如上文提到的跨国护理的例子(Gunaratnum, 2014)一样,超个体或感觉分享的研究仅仅是一个开始,而有关“情感维度”和感知状况的大多数研究还是基于心理学的传统范式.比如,老年人通过有选择性地减少他们的社会交往和人际关系(Carstensen et al, 1999)以及(或者)获取“衰退”补偿(Baltes et al, 1990)来使他们的积极体验最大化.与非表征理论关联更为密切的老龄化的情感方面议题,目前尚未实现较好地理论化研究.因此,在推动老龄化研究朝着身体相关性感觉发展方面,的确存在较大潜力,尤其是在老年人的居住和护理存在大量群体性或集体性情况的背景下. ...
... While much attention in gerontology is guided by notions of well-being, these have tended to be approached through physical acts, ‘busyness’ or productivity, and/or through particular sensations such as pain (Katz, 2000; Dillaway et al, 2009). Analysis of the trans-personal or shared sensations are only beginning (as illustrated in the above example of trans-national care (Gunaratnam, 2014)). Instead, the main body of work on ‘affective dimensions’ or feeling states, is articulated from within the psychological tradition. Here older people are considered to maximize their positive experiences through selectively narrowing their social interactions and relationships (Carstensen et al, 1999) and/or compensating for ‘decline’ (Baltes et al, 1990). The affective aspects of ageing that would more closely align with non-representational theory are much less well theorized. Indeed there is potential to move, in research, towards bodily sensations that can be relational, particularly as so many group/collective situations exist for older people in residence and care. ...
2
... 与老年学的研究相结合,该领域明显地展现出理论的多元性,像喜鹊筑巢一样,从其他领域借鉴宏观或中观的理论来帮助形成自己的焦点思想.事实上,研究当前的老龄化问题,需要采用超越原有的学科界限与响应的复杂理论视角和方法.因此,批判性的理论观点成为过渡时期理解和探究老龄化问题的依据.该领域的发展导致了“文化老年学”这一将文化、身体、新方法等问题引入老龄化研究之中的新的学科方向的产生(Gilleard et al, 2000; Featherstone et al, 2005; Katz, 2006).然而,关于批判性观点之间的关系,尤其是与结构、意义和文化相关的批判性观点之间的关系尚未解决(Baars et al, 2013).与非表征理论所倡导的混合研究方法类似,建议使用“批判性视角来研究老龄化”,即借助各种相关的传统,从而摆脱对理论的死板应用(Grenier, 2012). ...
... In terms of alignment with gerontology, the field obviously shares in common a theoretical plurality, a ‘magpie’ tradition of taking what grand or mid-range theory fits from elsewhere to help formulate its own focused ideas. Indeed, contemporary issues in ageing require complex theoretical perspectives and approaches that transcend former disciplinary boundaries and responses. As a result, the ‘critical’ theoretical perspectives used to understand and explore ageing are in a period of transition. Developments in the field have resulted in a new disciplinary boundary of ‘cultural gerontology’ (Gilleard et al, 2000; Featherstone et al, 2005; Katz, 2006) that brings questions of culture, the body, and new approaches into the studies of aging. Yet, questions about the relationships between critical perspectives, in particular those related to structure, meaning and culture have not yet been resolved (Baars, et al 2013). One suggestion, parallel to the blended approach suggested by non-representational theory, is the use of ‘critical perspectives to the study of aging’ - a language that moves away from a rigid application of theory, into drawing on and across various traditions where relevant (Grenier, 2012). ...
Sociocultural perspectives on ageing bodies
2
2010
... 到目前为止,批判老年学中的“关系思维”已被清晰、明确地阐述了出来,尽管这与社会文化视角下有关老龄化的身体(Öberg, 1996; Katz, 2010),以及他们与护理的结构化、经验化和人际关系层面的认识略有不同(Twigg, 1997).Katz(2010)指出,“身体是结构化授权与协调这些授权的身份代理或实验形式的中心调节点”,但该理解并不只是个体层面的现象.身体和护理动态发生在跨多级实践层次和传统界限的情境中(Dean et al, 1999).事实上,身体和护理的“关联性”也确实通过跨国环境而被体验(Zhou, 2012),这不仅在家庭内外的时空尺度上产生了复杂的权力关系,同时产生了不同维度和类型的社会问题(Gunaratnam, 2014).概而言之,无论是非表征理论还是批判老年学,行为者网络理论提供了解释网络、关联性,以及生活事件中同等重要的人类和非人类因素的方法途径(Tatnall et al, 2003; Cutchin, 2005). ...
... To date, in critical gerontology ‘relational thinking’ has perhaps been best articulated, albeit slightly differently, through socio-cultural perspectives on ageing bodies (Öberg, 1996; Katz, 2010) and their relationship to the structured, experienced, and interpersonal aspects of care (Twigg, 1997). As Katz (2010: 367) outlines, ‘the body is a central mediation point between structured mandates and the agential or experimental forms of identity used to negotiate these mandates’. Yet, such understandings are not only individual level phenomena. Body and care dynamics are understood to take place across levels of practice (Dean et al, 1999) and across traditional boundaries. Indeed ‘relationality’ of the body and care is experienced across transnational settings (Zhou, 2012), producing not only complicated power relations within and across families in space-time, but also dimensions and types of social pain (Gunaratnam, 2014). More generally, in both non-representational theory and critical gerontology, actor-network-theory presents an approach that can explain the networking, relationality and equal importance of humans and non-humans in life’s events (Tatnall et al, 2003; Cutchin, 2005). ...
Feeling for the coast: the place of emotion in resistance to residential development
2
2012
... 社会地理和健康地理学运用质性研究方法开展的大量实证研究都涉及到“节律”的研究议题,大致可分为3个方面.第一,关注治疗、护理等行为的例行化、程式性、“节律”性及其发生地点.例如,在护理(Andrews et al, 2008)和戒毒(DeVerteuil et al, 2009; Wilton et al, 2014)等方面所开展的研究.该领域有关老年的研究主要关注非正式和正式的家庭和社区照护的惯例特征(Wiles, 2003).第二,探究身体如何与其周围广泛的节律相协调,而这种节律,像大海涨落的节律(Kearns et al, 2012),以及健身活动与环境的节律(Bale, 2004; Andrews, 2005),是疗养场所和个人体验的构成部分.健身活动与环境节律研究的兴趣点,在于将老龄化过程和健身结合起来(Paulson, 2005).第三,关注慢性病病人包括心理疾病患者(Dear et al, 1987; Parr, 1998, 2008)的日常活动范围(Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003).这些研究尤其关注老龄化和老年人的行为规律,该行为通常是在人们的健康状况和社会环境发生变化时,通过适应过程所形成的一种临时生存策略(Rowles, 2000; Antoninetti et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). ...
... Qualitative research in social and health geography meanwhile displays some consideration and representation of ‘rhythm’ across a wide-range of empirical subjects, fitting loosely into three broad categories. First, there are studies that convey the routinized, processional and ‘rhythmic’ nature of treatments, caring practices and the places where they occur. For example in nursing (Andrews et al, 2008) and addiction detoxification (DeVerteuil et al, 2009; Wilton et al, 2014). The ageing focus here being mainly on the routinized nature of informal and formal home and community care (Wiles, 2003). Second, there are studies that explore how the body becomes synchronized with broader rhythms that surround it as part of therapeutic places and experiences, such as rhythms of the sea in coastal life (Kearns et al, 2012), and rhythms of fitness activities and environments (Bale, 2004; Andrews, 2005); this latter interest incorporating a sporadic concern for ageing and fitness (Paulson 2005). Third are studies that convey the daily geographies in the lives of people with chronic health conditions (Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003) including and mental illness (Dear et al, 1987; Parr, 1998, 2008). These studies pay particular attention to the embodied rhythms - oftentimes part of makeshift survival strategies - that arise as peoples’ health status and social contexts change, and regularly engage with ageing and older people (Rowles, 2000; Antoninetti et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). ...
Narrative gerontology: theory, research, and practice
2
2001
... 在老年学中,叙事研究展现了口头和书面交流的强大作用(Ray, 2000; Kenyon et al, 1999, 2001; Bornat, 2001).关注倾听和记录老年人的陈述被认为是听取合理诉求、将权力和能动性交还于那些诉求被专业人士掩盖或被社会边缘化的群体的一种方式(Bornat et al, 2004).与上述的新方法论相叠合,从研究老年人和学者的博客到摄影之声工程及电影,这些新方法都说明传统的学术写作方式是可以被挑战、被渗透、被提升的.给予研究者与研究对象同样自由表达的权利,是学术写作与非表征理论的关联之处. ...
... In gerontology, narrative research has drawn attention to the powerful acts of verbal and written communication (Ray, 2000; Kenyon et al, 1999, 2001; Bornat, 2001). Focus on hearing and documenting the accounts of older people are often characterized as a way to hear legitimate voices, and/or give back power and agency to groups whose voices have been overshadowed by professionals or as a result of marginal social locations (Bornat et al, 2004). Overlapping with the aforementioned turn toward new methodologies, new approaches ranging from blogs (both those created by older people and by researchers), to photo voice projects theatre and films are illustrative of the ways traditional forms of academic writing can be challenged, informed and augmented. The connection here to non-representational theory is that the same freedom of expression given to ‘subjects’ should also be afforded to researchers. ...
Elements of a narrative gerontology
2
1999
... 在老年学中,叙事研究展现了口头和书面交流的强大作用(Ray, 2000; Kenyon et al, 1999, 2001; Bornat, 2001).关注倾听和记录老年人的陈述被认为是听取合理诉求、将权力和能动性交还于那些诉求被专业人士掩盖或被社会边缘化的群体的一种方式(Bornat et al, 2004).与上述的新方法论相叠合,从研究老年人和学者的博客到摄影之声工程及电影,这些新方法都说明传统的学术写作方式是可以被挑战、被渗透、被提升的.给予研究者与研究对象同样自由表达的权利,是学术写作与非表征理论的关联之处. ...
... In gerontology, narrative research has drawn attention to the powerful acts of verbal and written communication (Ray, 2000; Kenyon et al, 1999, 2001; Bornat, 2001). Focus on hearing and documenting the accounts of older people are often characterized as a way to hear legitimate voices, and/or give back power and agency to groups whose voices have been overshadowed by professionals or as a result of marginal social locations (Bornat et al, 2004). Overlapping with the aforementioned turn toward new methodologies, new approaches ranging from blogs (both those created by older people and by researchers), to photo voice projects theatre and films are illustrative of the ways traditional forms of academic writing can be challenged, informed and augmented. The connection here to non-representational theory is that the same freedom of expression given to ‘subjects’ should also be afforded to researchers. ...
Aging in neighborhoods differing in walkability and income: associations with physical activity and obesity in older adults
2
2011
... (2) 基于体能活动的观点而迅速发展的新兴多学科交叉研究(Witten et al, 2008; Matthews et al, 2009),尤其是“可步行性”概念的提出及相关研究已成为当前研究热点.例如,该方面的研究已经特别关注到可步行城市环境的营造和形式(Ewing et al, 2009; Gehl, 2010),考虑了促进及阻碍可步行性的潜在社会和结构因素(Pouliou et al, 2010; Holt et al 2009),探讨了度量可步行性的方法或进行了可步行性的度量(Gebel et al, 2011; Van Dyck et al, 2011),并且就公众对可步行性的感知进行了量化和归纳(Loukaitou-Sideris, 2006; Weinstein Agrawal et al, 2008).研究关注步行活动的潜在可能性和动机(Andrews et al 2012),特别是聚焦于老年人研究步行活动与财富(King et al 2011)、心理健康(Berke et al 2007)和邻里住区设计(Takano et al 2002; Frank et al 2010; Weiss et al 2010)等因素关联. ...
... The second field of inquiry is a burgeoning multi-disciplinary literature on physical activity (Witten et al 2008; Matthews et al 2009) where specifically the concept of ‘walkability’, has recently dominated the literature. Here, for example, studies have focused practically on the production and form of walkable city environments (Ewing et al, 2009; Gehl, 2010), considered potential social and structural facilitators of, and barriers to, walkability (Pouliou et al, 2010; Holt et al 2009), discussed methods to measure walkability or have measured it (Gebel et al 2011; Van Dyck et al, 2011) and have quantified and generalized public perceptions of walkability (Loukaitou-Sideris, 2006; Weinstein Agrawal et al 2008). In this research, the potential of movement, motivates studies (Andrews et al 2012), the particular ageing focus being, for example, on older peoples’ walking as related to their affluence (King et al 2011), mental health (Berke et al 2007) and local neighbourhood design (Takano et al 2002; Frank et al 2010; Weiss et al 2010). ...
Sunset lives: British retirement migration to the Mediterranean
2
2000
... (1) 人口的迁移.因为健康和卫生保健系统而导致的人口在国家内部或不同国家之间的移动(Boyle, 2004; Norman et al, 2005).在此方面老龄化研究的长期特别关注点是老年人的迁移目的地、动机、决策过程和迁移经历,以及对老龄化服务政策的影响(Wiseman et al, 1979; Warnes et al, 1984; Bentham, 1988; Joseph et al, 1991; Glaser et al, 1998; King et al, 2000; Silveira et al, 2001; Moore et al, 2004; Oliver, 2007).事实上,这些研究并不关注长距离迁移行为本身,而关注在总体和宏观尺度上已经完成的(过去的)迁移活动的状况、影响和结果.近年来,对时空尺度上人类生命历程所起作用和迁移的批判性思考和研究已有所增加.这些研究对生命的“历程”在微观尺度上的多次迁移和迁移的意义更为敏感(Bailey, 2009; Jarvis et al, 2011; Schwanen et al, 2012). ...
... Social and health geography, two sub-disciplines that historically have contributed the bulk of the geographical study of ageing, have engaged with movement variously over many years. As we shall see, certainly not in the same way as non-representational theory can, but a clear precedent exists. Most things move - whether being diseases, services, resources or people - so the literature is potentially vast. Nevertheless some concentrated areas of inquiry are identifiable in terms of the movement of the latter. Scholars have, for example, engaged empirically with human movement as a ‘social determinant’ (as loosely defined) of human health and wellbeing, this approach being common in three substantive fields of inquiry. The first focused on migration, whereby people move within or between countries with implications for their health and health care systems (Boyle 2004; Norman et al 2005). The particular ageing focus here being longstanding on the migration destinations, motivations, decisions and experiences of older people and the implications for ageing services and policy (Wiseman et al, 1979; Warnes et al, 1984; Bentham, 1988; Joseph et al, 1991; Glaser et al, 1998; King et al, 2000; Silveira et al, 2001; Moore et al, 2004; Oliver, 2007). Indeed this research is not focused on the act of moving long distances per-se, as much as the shape, impact and consequence of the completed/past movements at the collective and macro scale. Recently it has been augmented with more critical considerations and studies of the human lifecourse as played out, and moving, in space and time. This research being more sensitive to life’s ‘journey’ including multiple moves, moves at the micro-scale and their meaning (Bailey, 2009; Jarvis et al 2011; Schwanen et al 2012). ...
Narratives of emotion and anxiety in medical tourism: on State of the Heart and Larry's Kidney
2
2012
... 此外,在社会地理和健康地理的研究中,另有3个研究领域通过以定性方法为主导的途径,对人类移动进行了更为直接和更具批判性的研究.第一个领域主要关注损伤、残疾及其相应情况下的移动性,以及受损个体因此所面临的挑战和社会接纳(Butler et al, 1999; Gleeson, 1999; Crooks et al, 2008).该领域的研究焦点在于老年人的移动空间与范围(Meyer et al, 1985; Schwanen et al, 2010)、城市和农村所面临的不同挑战(Mattson, 2010)和政策影响(Mercado et al, 2010).第二个领域关注健身活动,大多数研究关注身体运动的含义和特征、运动发生地,以及所涉及的权力关系(Andrews et al, 2003; Bale, 2004; Vertinsky et al, 2004; Andrews et al, 2005).尽管对该领域老龄化问题的关注较少,但也有对老年人积极休闲活动和生活方式的研究(Mansvelt, 1997; McConatha et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014).第三个领域的涉及面更广,且与第一、第二领域的部分研究有所结合,可被广义地描述为关于“新移动性”的研究,阐释了诸如交通、休闲活动、休息、工作、健康、健康护理等多种移动形式的动机、意义和影响(Gatrell, 2011; Warf, 2010; Crooks et al, 2011; Kingsbury et al, 2012).该领域老龄化的研究侧重点各异,但老年人旅游的移动性和幸福感成为近年关注的焦点(Williams et al, 2000, 2002; Rodriguez, 2001; Schwanen et al, 2011). ...
... Elsewhere across social and health geography human movement has been engaged more directly and critically by three other substantive areas of inquiry that use predominantly qualitative methodologies. One is focused on impairment and disability, and mobility in these contexts, and the challenges facing and (non)acceptance of individuals affected (Butler et al, 1999; Gleeson, 1999; Crooks et al, 2008). The particular ageing focus in this literature includes, for example, the range and scope of older peoples’ mobility (Meyer et al, 1985; Schwanen et al, 2010), their unique urban and rural challenges (Mattson 2010) and policy implications (Mercado et al 2010). Another area of qualitative inquiry is focused on fitness activities, much of this research unpacking the meaning and identity of bodily movement, the places where it occurs, and the power relationships at play (Andrews et al, 2003; Bale, 2004; Vertinsky et al, 2004; Andrews et al, 2005). The ageing focus here has been only occasional but includes attention, for example, to older peoples’ active leisure and lifestyles (Mansvelt, 1997; McConatha et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). The final area - which being more of a broad approach, does incorporate some of the research in the first and second - can be broadly described as ‘new mobilities’. It conveys the motivations, meanings and implications of varied movement forms-such as in transport, leisure, respite, work and health and health care (Gatrell, 2011; Warf, 2010; Crooks et al 2011; Kingsbury et al 2012). The particular ageing focus here is varied but has been particularly attentive in recent years to older peoples’ tourism mobilities and wellbeing (Williams et al, 2000, 2002; Rodriguez, 2001; Schwanen et al, 2011). ...
Singapore and the experience of place in old age
2
1996
... 另一个受到有限关注的移动特质是(跨越空间和所在地的)“动量”(momentum).例如,社会地理和健康地理的相关研究表明,跨空间的“行为动量”会由一种行为(如饮酒、服药或做临时工)导致另外的行为(如随意的性行为),并产生健康效应(如滥交、肝炎和艾滋病)(Luginaah, 2008; Mkandawire, et al, 2014).然而,有关老龄化的研究表明,老年人身体和精神健康状况的不断变化导致他们在不同护理机构的空间中主动或者被动的迁移,以及所需护理复杂性程度的增加,而这些过程中所产生的动量更多是受到环境的影响而非主动性行为的影响(尽管研究关注的是转变本身及其后果)(Magilvy et al, 2000; Reed et al, 2003; Lee et al, 2013).此外,慢性病患者的日常生活行为是社会地理和健康地理的研究热点(Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003).研究结果表明,在许多情况下,人们的生活可以更确切地被描述为“受困的”或“静态的”(缺乏动量)甚或是“退缩的”(反方向多余的负动量)(Dyck, 1995; Crooks, 2007).在老年的相关研究中,增加了对这些兴趣点的关注(Pain 2001).本文同样关注老年人如何依靠他们自身或者借助优秀的设计和干预措施来应对由于其身体和心理健康水平下降而产生的“动量”变化所带来的挑战(Kong et al 1996; Gant 1997; Rowles, 2000; Wiles et al 2009).老龄化问题的相关研究已增加了对这些兴趣点的关注(Pain, 2001).最后,景观与老年相关研究没有直接关系,社会地理和健康地理研究中还关注了“经济动量”,关注在空间和地方尺度上,其变化的速率和力度及其在服务拓展和形成契约的过程中是怎样受政策和市场机制影响的(Joseph et al, 1996; Andrews et al, 2002; Skinner et al, 2011; Hanlon et al, 2014). ...
... Another quality of movement that has received some limited attention is ‘momentum’ (across space and of/in place). Across social and health geography, studies illustrate, for example, ‘behavioural momentums’ whereby for example, one human activity (such as drinking alcohol, taking drugs or undertaking casual labour) leads onto another (such as casual sex) with health implications (such as Hepatitis or HIV transmission) (Luginaah 2008; Mkandawire, et al 2014). In studies of ageing, however, human momentums are typically less behavioural and more circumstantial, either about the momentums that build as older people move - or are moved - spatially between care settings and services of increasing comprehensiveness in line with their changing physical and mental health (although studies focus primarily on the transitions themselves and their consequences (Magilvy et al, 2000; Reed et al, 2003; Lee et al, 2013). Elsewhere the momentums in the daily lives of people with chronic health conditions are a popular concern of social and health geography (Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003), these studies conveying how, in many cases, people’s lives might be more appropriately characterized by being ‘stuck’ or ‘immobile’ (lacking in momentum) or indeed ‘shrinking’ (possessing momentum in an unwanted and reverse direction) (Dyck, 1995; Crooks 2007). These interests and observations arise in ageing studies (Pain 2001), although this research is equally concerned to illustrate how older people negotiate and deal with such challenges - including the ‘momentum’ of their own declining physical and mental health - either on their own or with the aid of good design and intervention (Kong et al 1996; Gant 1997; Rowles, 2000; Wiles et al 2009). Finally momentums in social and health geography arise as ‘economic momentums’ in considerations of the rate, and forcefulness, at which policies for people are developed, and/or markets developed and/or at which services expand or contract - in place and across space - this being a very common interest of ageing studies (Joseph et al, 1996; Andrews et al, 2002; Skinner et al, 2011; Hanlon et al, 2014). ...
Expressions of personhood in Alzheimer's disease: an evaluation of research-based theatre as a pedagogical tool
2
2007
... 在老年学研究中,我们看到了基于戏剧活动(Mitchell et al, 2011; Kontos et al, 2007)、激进主义方法论(Minkler et al, 2008; Estes, 2008),以及有声照片和纪录片使用增加的先验综合研究(Kontos et al, 2013; Putney et al, 2005; Raymond et al 2015; Swinnen et al, 2013).这些案例都对知识转化的传统方法论和标准实践提出了挑战.事实上,这是一个研究者与老年人密切合作、共同创造故事和实施改变的过程.与更为常见的学术出版和报告不同,知识交流的形式采用基于社区的表演和公共活动等传播方式.例如,剧院演员将老龄化和老年痴呆的具体表现和经历表演出来,在这个过程中,改变了他们的日常关系,挑战了记忆中想当然的假设,并唤起了参与到表演之中的社区和个人的敏感性(例如,加拿大多伦多Julia Gray的工作).这些学者和艺术家铺设的路径,正是非表征理论在老年学研究中应当继承和发展的. ...
... In gerontology we see precedent and alignment in research based theatre initiatives (Mitchell et al, 2011; Kontos et al, 2007), activist methodologies (Minkler et al, 2008; Estes, 2008), and a general increase in the use of photovoice methods, and documentary film (Kontos et al, 2013; Putney et al, 2005; Raymond et al, 2015; Swinnen et al, 2013). Each of these examples challenges traditional methodologies and standard practices of knowledge translation. Indeed, the process is collaborative, with researchers working closely with older people to co-produce stories and enact change. The forms of knowledge exchange also differ from the more known mediums of academic publication and reports to community based performances and/or public events. Theatre groups for example, have acted out their experiences of ageing and dementia, and in this process, altered everyday relationships, challenged taken-for-granted assumptions about memory, and sensitized communities and individuals who take part in their performances (for example the work of Julia Gray in Toronto, Canada). Indeed these scholars and artists have forged a path that gerontology informed by non-representational theory might continue to follow. ...
Embodiment and dementia: exploring critical narratives of selfhood, surveillance, and dementia care
2
2013
... 在老年学研究中,我们看到了基于戏剧活动(Mitchell et al, 2011; Kontos et al, 2007)、激进主义方法论(Minkler et al, 2008; Estes, 2008),以及有声照片和纪录片使用增加的先验综合研究(Kontos et al, 2013; Putney et al, 2005; Raymond et al 2015; Swinnen et al, 2013).这些案例都对知识转化的传统方法论和标准实践提出了挑战.事实上,这是一个研究者与老年人密切合作、共同创造故事和实施改变的过程.与更为常见的学术出版和报告不同,知识交流的形式采用基于社区的表演和公共活动等传播方式.例如,剧院演员将老龄化和老年痴呆的具体表现和经历表演出来,在这个过程中,改变了他们的日常关系,挑战了记忆中想当然的假设,并唤起了参与到表演之中的社区和个人的敏感性(例如,加拿大多伦多Julia Gray的工作).这些学者和艺术家铺设的路径,正是非表征理论在老年学研究中应当继承和发展的. ...
... In gerontology we see precedent and alignment in research based theatre initiatives (Mitchell et al, 2011; Kontos et al, 2007), activist methodologies (Minkler et al, 2008; Estes, 2008), and a general increase in the use of photovoice methods, and documentary film (Kontos et al, 2013; Putney et al, 2005; Raymond et al, 2015; Swinnen et al, 2013). Each of these examples challenges traditional methodologies and standard practices of knowledge translation. Indeed, the process is collaborative, with researchers working closely with older people to co-produce stories and enact change. The forms of knowledge exchange also differ from the more known mediums of academic publication and reports to community based performances and/or public events. Theatre groups for example, have acted out their experiences of ageing and dementia, and in this process, altered everyday relationships, challenged taken-for-granted assumptions about memory, and sensitized communities and individuals who take part in their performances (for example the work of Julia Gray in Toronto, Canada). Indeed these scholars and artists have forged a path that gerontology informed by non-representational theory might continue to follow. ...
A narrative exploration of older people’s transitions into residential care
2
2013
... 另一个受到有限关注的移动特质是(跨越空间和所在地的)“动量”(momentum).例如,社会地理和健康地理的相关研究表明,跨空间的“行为动量”会由一种行为(如饮酒、服药或做临时工)导致另外的行为(如随意的性行为),并产生健康效应(如滥交、肝炎和艾滋病)(Luginaah, 2008; Mkandawire, et al, 2014).然而,有关老龄化的研究表明,老年人身体和精神健康状况的不断变化导致他们在不同护理机构的空间中主动或者被动的迁移,以及所需护理复杂性程度的增加,而这些过程中所产生的动量更多是受到环境的影响而非主动性行为的影响(尽管研究关注的是转变本身及其后果)(Magilvy et al, 2000; Reed et al, 2003; Lee et al, 2013).此外,慢性病患者的日常生活行为是社会地理和健康地理的研究热点(Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003).研究结果表明,在许多情况下,人们的生活可以更确切地被描述为“受困的”或“静态的”(缺乏动量)甚或是“退缩的”(反方向多余的负动量)(Dyck, 1995; Crooks, 2007).在老年的相关研究中,增加了对这些兴趣点的关注(Pain 2001).本文同样关注老年人如何依靠他们自身或者借助优秀的设计和干预措施来应对由于其身体和心理健康水平下降而产生的“动量”变化所带来的挑战(Kong et al 1996; Gant 1997; Rowles, 2000; Wiles et al 2009).老龄化问题的相关研究已增加了对这些兴趣点的关注(Pain, 2001).最后,景观与老年相关研究没有直接关系,社会地理和健康地理研究中还关注了“经济动量”,关注在空间和地方尺度上,其变化的速率和力度及其在服务拓展和形成契约的过程中是怎样受政策和市场机制影响的(Joseph et al, 1996; Andrews et al, 2002; Skinner et al, 2011; Hanlon et al, 2014). ...
... Another quality of movement that has received some limited attention is ‘momentum’ (across space and of/in place). Across social and health geography, studies illustrate, for example, ‘behavioural momentums’ whereby for example, one human activity (such as drinking alcohol, taking drugs or undertaking casual labour) leads onto another (such as casual sex) with health implications (such as Hepatitis or HIV transmission) (Luginaah 2008; Mkandawire, et al 2014). In studies of ageing, however, human momentums are typically less behavioural and more circumstantial, either about the momentums that build as older people move - or are moved - spatially between care settings and services of increasing comprehensiveness in line with their changing physical and mental health (although studies focus primarily on the transitions themselves and their consequences (Magilvy et al, 2000; Reed et al, 2003; Lee et al, 2013). Elsewhere the momentums in the daily lives of people with chronic health conditions are a popular concern of social and health geography (Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003), these studies conveying how, in many cases, people’s lives might be more appropriately characterized by being ‘stuck’ or ‘immobile’ (lacking in momentum) or indeed ‘shrinking’ (possessing momentum in an unwanted and reverse direction) (Dyck, 1995; Crooks 2007). These interests and observations arise in ageing studies (Pain 2001), although this research is equally concerned to illustrate how older people negotiate and deal with such challenges - including the ‘momentum’ of their own declining physical and mental health - either on their own or with the aid of good design and intervention (Kong et al 1996; Gant 1997; Rowles, 2000; Wiles et al 2009). Finally momentums in social and health geography arise as ‘economic momentums’ in considerations of the rate, and forcefulness, at which policies for people are developed, and/or markets developed and/or at which services expand or contract - in place and across space - this being a very common interest of ageing studies (Joseph et al, 1996; Andrews et al, 2002; Skinner et al, 2011; Hanlon et al, 2014). ...
Time series analysis of age related cataract hospitalizations and phacoemulsification
2
2006
... 从社会与科学的立场来看,移动具有某些特性(移动也由这些特性构成).现有文献对这些特性的探讨关乎但也超出了人的范畴.因此社会和健康地理学已对移动的“节律”进行了初步探索(跨越空间和所在地),这体现在长期以来对一系列现象所进行的时间序列和时空分析的实证研究中(Meade et al, 2010),包括疾病的发生和传播(Smallman-Raynor et al, 1991; Gould, 1993; Rogers et al, 2000; Robertson et al, 2014)和对特定疾病的诊治和住院治疗(Crighton et al, 2001, 2008; Leong et al, 2006).借助详细的计算机辅助制图和地理信息系统(GIS)等分析工具,本文展现了发生在宏观尺度上诸现象的序列化“节律”.尽管此类研究对老龄化的关注较少,学者们对老龄化和传染病,包括HIV的研究却越来越感兴趣(Yoshikawa, 2000; High et al, 2008).与此同时,在人口学等其他研究中,已经关注到人口变化的长期时空节律,这与人口健康的规律以及特定地区政府和健康部门面临的挑战相关.有关老年人口的研究成为关注的焦点(Moore et al, 1997; Rosenberg et al, 1997; Smallman-Raynor et al, 1999; Phillips, 2002; McCracken et al, 2005; Lin et al, 2007).事实上,这些研究更应归入人口老龄化和国际/全球健康的范畴. ...
... From both social and scientific standpoints movement possesses, and is composed of, certain qualities, and these have been explored in the literature in regard to, and also beyond, the human. In social and health geography one can thus observe a rudimentary engagement with the ‘rhythm’ of movement (across space and of/in place). This arises, for example, in a positivistic research tradition where time-series and spatial-temporal analysis has been applied to a range of phenomenon (Meade et al, 2010) including occurrences and spread of diseases (Smallman-Raynor et al, 1991; Gould, 1993; Rogers et al, 2000; Robertson et al, 2014), and treatments and hospitalizations for specific diseases (Crighton et al 2001; 2008x; Leong et al 2006). This research presents-often with detailed computer-aided illustration/GIS-a sequenced ‘rhythm’ of phenomenon collectively occurring over macro-scales. Although the ageing focus in this research has been sporadic at best, scholars have become interested in ageing and infectious disease more broadly, including HIV (Yoshikawa 2000; High et al 2008). Meanwhile, in other research, demographic studies have conveyed and displayed the long-term spatial and temporal ‘rhythms’ of population changes, as they themselves relate to the rhythms of population health, and the challenges for governments and health sectors in particular places. The ageing focus here being particularly central (Moore et al, 1997; Rosenberg et al, 1997; Smallman-Raynor et al, 1999; Phillips, 2002; McCracken et al, 2005; Lin et al, 2007). Indeed, this research flows into more general disciplinary concerns for ageing and international/global health. ...
Spatial distribution and trends of the aging of population in Guangzhou
2
2007
... 从社会与科学的立场来看,移动具有某些特性(移动也由这些特性构成).现有文献对这些特性的探讨关乎但也超出了人的范畴.因此社会和健康地理学已对移动的“节律”进行了初步探索(跨越空间和所在地),这体现在长期以来对一系列现象所进行的时间序列和时空分析的实证研究中(Meade et al, 2010),包括疾病的发生和传播(Smallman-Raynor et al, 1991; Gould, 1993; Rogers et al, 2000; Robertson et al, 2014)和对特定疾病的诊治和住院治疗(Crighton et al, 2001, 2008; Leong et al, 2006).借助详细的计算机辅助制图和地理信息系统(GIS)等分析工具,本文展现了发生在宏观尺度上诸现象的序列化“节律”.尽管此类研究对老龄化的关注较少,学者们对老龄化和传染病,包括HIV的研究却越来越感兴趣(Yoshikawa, 2000; High et al, 2008).与此同时,在人口学等其他研究中,已经关注到人口变化的长期时空节律,这与人口健康的规律以及特定地区政府和健康部门面临的挑战相关.有关老年人口的研究成为关注的焦点(Moore et al, 1997; Rosenberg et al, 1997; Smallman-Raynor et al, 1999; Phillips, 2002; McCracken et al, 2005; Lin et al, 2007).事实上,这些研究更应归入人口老龄化和国际/全球健康的范畴. ...
... From both social and scientific standpoints movement possesses, and is composed of, certain qualities, and these have been explored in the literature in regard to, and also beyond, the human. In social and health geography one can thus observe a rudimentary engagement with the ‘rhythm’ of movement (across space and of/in place). This arises, for example, in a positivistic research tradition where time-series and spatial-temporal analysis has been applied to a range of phenomenon (Meade et al, 2010) including occurrences and spread of diseases (Smallman-Raynor et al, 1991; Gould, 1993; Rogers et al, 2000; Robertson et al, 2014), and treatments and hospitalizations for specific diseases (Crighton et al 2001; 2008x; Leong et al 2006). This research presents-often with detailed computer-aided illustration/GIS-a sequenced ‘rhythm’ of phenomenon collectively occurring over macro-scales. Although the ageing focus in this research has been sporadic at best, scholars have become interested in ageing and infectious disease more broadly, including HIV (Yoshikawa 2000; High et al 2008). Meanwhile, in other research, demographic studies have conveyed and displayed the long-term spatial and temporal ‘rhythms’ of population changes, as they themselves relate to the rhythms of population health, and the challenges for governments and health sectors in particular places. The ageing focus here being particularly central (Moore et al, 1997; Rosenberg et al, 1997; Smallman-Raynor et al, 1999; Phillips, 2002; McCracken et al, 2005; Lin et al, 2007). Indeed, this research flows into more general disciplinary concerns for ageing and international/global health. ...
Cultural geography: the busyness of being ‘more-than-representational’
1
2005
... 非表征理论由人文地理学家于20世纪90年代中期提出(Thrift, 1996, 1997),特别是在过去10年里受到认可并得到了广泛应用(Lorimer, 2005, 2008; Thrift, 2008; Anderson et al, 2010; Vannini, 2014a).正如Thrift(2008)所言,运动是它的“主旋律”,这也反映在上述引用他的语录中.基于对生活的观察,当前的地理学研究中忽视了很多生活的“主观能动性”和“亲密度”,即时空的即时性和连续性.有学者认为,实证主义空间科学的核心在于定量计算和发现一般性规律,而社会建构主义的核心是对解释的理论贡献;深入挖掘以发现事物的作用机制、情感和意义.相比之下,非表征理论并非用于寻求对世界的解释和理论化.它的思想是:世界的持续性、发展性和表现性等方面应该成为研究的核心,包括它们所涉及的许多隐性且通常是无意的行为.正如Thrift(2008)所阐释的,非表征理论应该与现实世界中事件发生的地理环境和场景相融合.一系列的关键特征共同构建了非表征理论的总体“风格”.这不是一种审美风格,而是深入研究核心需要关注的基本要素,以及理解和参与世界的方式.此外,正如其名所示,非表征理论的目标是尽可能地呈现而不是再现世界,尽管这一点存在困难.因此,非表征“风格”是进行研究的一种特殊方式,它通过随后列示的各种描述,将特定类型的生活进行反射.有关其他类型的研究参见相关文献(Cadman, 2009; Thrift, 2000; Dewsbury et al, 2002; Vannini, 2009, 2014a; Skinner et al, 2015) ...
Cultural geography: non-representational conditions and concerns
1
2008
... 非表征理论由人文地理学家于20世纪90年代中期提出(Thrift, 1996, 1997),特别是在过去10年里受到认可并得到了广泛应用(Lorimer, 2005, 2008; Thrift, 2008; Anderson et al, 2010; Vannini, 2014a).正如Thrift(2008)所言,运动是它的“主旋律”,这也反映在上述引用他的语录中.基于对生活的观察,当前的地理学研究中忽视了很多生活的“主观能动性”和“亲密度”,即时空的即时性和连续性.有学者认为,实证主义空间科学的核心在于定量计算和发现一般性规律,而社会建构主义的核心是对解释的理论贡献;深入挖掘以发现事物的作用机制、情感和意义.相比之下,非表征理论并非用于寻求对世界的解释和理论化.它的思想是:世界的持续性、发展性和表现性等方面应该成为研究的核心,包括它们所涉及的许多隐性且通常是无意的行为.正如Thrift(2008)所阐释的,非表征理论应该与现实世界中事件发生的地理环境和场景相融合.一系列的关键特征共同构建了非表征理论的总体“风格”.这不是一种审美风格,而是深入研究核心需要关注的基本要素,以及理解和参与世界的方式.此外,正如其名所示,非表征理论的目标是尽可能地呈现而不是再现世界,尽管这一点存在困难.因此,非表征“风格”是进行研究的一种特殊方式,它通过随后列示的各种描述,将特定类型的生活进行反射.有关其他类型的研究参见相关文献(Cadman, 2009; Thrift, 2000; Dewsbury et al, 2002; Vannini, 2009, 2014a; Skinner et al, 2015) ...
Is it safe to walk?1 neighborhood safety and security considerations and their effects on walking
2
2006
... (2) 基于体能活动的观点而迅速发展的新兴多学科交叉研究(Witten et al, 2008; Matthews et al, 2009),尤其是“可步行性”概念的提出及相关研究已成为当前研究热点.例如,该方面的研究已经特别关注到可步行城市环境的营造和形式(Ewing et al, 2009; Gehl, 2010),考虑了促进及阻碍可步行性的潜在社会和结构因素(Pouliou et al, 2010; Holt et al 2009),探讨了度量可步行性的方法或进行了可步行性的度量(Gebel et al, 2011; Van Dyck et al, 2011),并且就公众对可步行性的感知进行了量化和归纳(Loukaitou-Sideris, 2006; Weinstein Agrawal et al, 2008).研究关注步行活动的潜在可能性和动机(Andrews et al 2012),特别是聚焦于老年人研究步行活动与财富(King et al 2011)、心理健康(Berke et al 2007)和邻里住区设计(Takano et al 2002; Frank et al 2010; Weiss et al 2010)等因素关联. ...
... The second field of inquiry is a burgeoning multi-disciplinary literature on physical activity (Witten et al 2008; Matthews et al 2009) where specifically the concept of ‘walkability’, has recently dominated the literature. Here, for example, studies have focused practically on the production and form of walkable city environments (Ewing et al, 2009; Gehl, 2010), considered potential social and structural facilitators of, and barriers to, walkability (Pouliou et al, 2010; Holt et al 2009), discussed methods to measure walkability or have measured it (Gebel et al 2011; Van Dyck et al, 2011) and have quantified and generalized public perceptions of walkability (Loukaitou-Sideris, 2006; Weinstein Agrawal et al 2008). In this research, the potential of movement, motivates studies (Andrews et al 2012), the particular ageing focus being, for example, on older peoples’ walking as related to their affluence (King et al 2011), mental health (Berke et al 2007) and local neighbourhood design (Takano et al 2002; Frank et al 2010; Weiss et al 2010). ...
Local gin (akpeteshie) and HIV/AIDS in the Upper West Region of Ghana: the need for preventive health policy
2
2008
... 另一个受到有限关注的移动特质是(跨越空间和所在地的)“动量”(momentum).例如,社会地理和健康地理的相关研究表明,跨空间的“行为动量”会由一种行为(如饮酒、服药或做临时工)导致另外的行为(如随意的性行为),并产生健康效应(如滥交、肝炎和艾滋病)(Luginaah, 2008; Mkandawire, et al, 2014).然而,有关老龄化的研究表明,老年人身体和精神健康状况的不断变化导致他们在不同护理机构的空间中主动或者被动的迁移,以及所需护理复杂性程度的增加,而这些过程中所产生的动量更多是受到环境的影响而非主动性行为的影响(尽管研究关注的是转变本身及其后果)(Magilvy et al, 2000; Reed et al, 2003; Lee et al, 2013).此外,慢性病患者的日常生活行为是社会地理和健康地理的研究热点(Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003).研究结果表明,在许多情况下,人们的生活可以更确切地被描述为“受困的”或“静态的”(缺乏动量)甚或是“退缩的”(反方向多余的负动量)(Dyck, 1995; Crooks, 2007).在老年的相关研究中,增加了对这些兴趣点的关注(Pain 2001).本文同样关注老年人如何依靠他们自身或者借助优秀的设计和干预措施来应对由于其身体和心理健康水平下降而产生的“动量”变化所带来的挑战(Kong et al 1996; Gant 1997; Rowles, 2000; Wiles et al 2009).老龄化问题的相关研究已增加了对这些兴趣点的关注(Pain, 2001).最后,景观与老年相关研究没有直接关系,社会地理和健康地理研究中还关注了“经济动量”,关注在空间和地方尺度上,其变化的速率和力度及其在服务拓展和形成契约的过程中是怎样受政策和市场机制影响的(Joseph et al, 1996; Andrews et al, 2002; Skinner et al, 2011; Hanlon et al, 2014). ...
... Another quality of movement that has received some limited attention is ‘momentum’ (across space and of/in place). Across social and health geography, studies illustrate, for example, ‘behavioural momentums’ whereby for example, one human activity (such as drinking alcohol, taking drugs or undertaking casual labour) leads onto another (such as casual sex) with health implications (such as Hepatitis or HIV transmission) (Luginaah 2008; Mkandawire, et al 2014). In studies of ageing, however, human momentums are typically less behavioural and more circumstantial, either about the momentums that build as older people move - or are moved - spatially between care settings and services of increasing comprehensiveness in line with their changing physical and mental health (although studies focus primarily on the transitions themselves and their consequences (Magilvy et al, 2000; Reed et al, 2003; Lee et al, 2013). Elsewhere the momentums in the daily lives of people with chronic health conditions are a popular concern of social and health geography (Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003), these studies conveying how, in many cases, people’s lives might be more appropriately characterized by being ‘stuck’ or ‘immobile’ (lacking in momentum) or indeed ‘shrinking’ (possessing momentum in an unwanted and reverse direction) (Dyck, 1995; Crooks 2007). These interests and observations arise in ageing studies (Pain 2001), although this research is equally concerned to illustrate how older people negotiate and deal with such challenges - including the ‘momentum’ of their own declining physical and mental health - either on their own or with the aid of good design and intervention (Kong et al 1996; Gant 1997; Rowles, 2000; Wiles et al 2009). Finally momentums in social and health geography arise as ‘economic momentums’ in considerations of the rate, and forcefulness, at which policies for people are developed, and/or markets developed and/or at which services expand or contract - in place and across space - this being a very common interest of ageing studies (Joseph et al, 1996; Andrews et al, 2002; Skinner et al, 2011; Hanlon et al, 2014). ...
The crisis nature of health care transitions for rural older adults
2
2000
... 另一个受到有限关注的移动特质是(跨越空间和所在地的)“动量”(momentum).例如,社会地理和健康地理的相关研究表明,跨空间的“行为动量”会由一种行为(如饮酒、服药或做临时工)导致另外的行为(如随意的性行为),并产生健康效应(如滥交、肝炎和艾滋病)(Luginaah, 2008; Mkandawire, et al, 2014).然而,有关老龄化的研究表明,老年人身体和精神健康状况的不断变化导致他们在不同护理机构的空间中主动或者被动的迁移,以及所需护理复杂性程度的增加,而这些过程中所产生的动量更多是受到环境的影响而非主动性行为的影响(尽管研究关注的是转变本身及其后果)(Magilvy et al, 2000; Reed et al, 2003; Lee et al, 2013).此外,慢性病患者的日常生活行为是社会地理和健康地理的研究热点(Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003).研究结果表明,在许多情况下,人们的生活可以更确切地被描述为“受困的”或“静态的”(缺乏动量)甚或是“退缩的”(反方向多余的负动量)(Dyck, 1995; Crooks, 2007).在老年的相关研究中,增加了对这些兴趣点的关注(Pain 2001).本文同样关注老年人如何依靠他们自身或者借助优秀的设计和干预措施来应对由于其身体和心理健康水平下降而产生的“动量”变化所带来的挑战(Kong et al 1996; Gant 1997; Rowles, 2000; Wiles et al 2009).老龄化问题的相关研究已增加了对这些兴趣点的关注(Pain, 2001).最后,景观与老年相关研究没有直接关系,社会地理和健康地理研究中还关注了“经济动量”,关注在空间和地方尺度上,其变化的速率和力度及其在服务拓展和形成契约的过程中是怎样受政策和市场机制影响的(Joseph et al, 1996; Andrews et al, 2002; Skinner et al, 2011; Hanlon et al, 2014). ...
... Another quality of movement that has received some limited attention is ‘momentum’ (across space and of/in place). Across social and health geography, studies illustrate, for example, ‘behavioural momentums’ whereby for example, one human activity (such as drinking alcohol, taking drugs or undertaking casual labour) leads onto another (such as casual sex) with health implications (such as Hepatitis or HIV transmission) (Luginaah 2008; Mkandawire, et al 2014). In studies of ageing, however, human momentums are typically less behavioural and more circumstantial, either about the momentums that build as older people move - or are moved - spatially between care settings and services of increasing comprehensiveness in line with their changing physical and mental health (although studies focus primarily on the transitions themselves and their consequences (Magilvy et al, 2000; Reed et al, 2003; Lee et al, 2013). Elsewhere the momentums in the daily lives of people with chronic health conditions are a popular concern of social and health geography (Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003), these studies conveying how, in many cases, people’s lives might be more appropriately characterized by being ‘stuck’ or ‘immobile’ (lacking in momentum) or indeed ‘shrinking’ (possessing momentum in an unwanted and reverse direction) (Dyck, 1995; Crooks 2007). These interests and observations arise in ageing studies (Pain 2001), although this research is equally concerned to illustrate how older people negotiate and deal with such challenges - including the ‘momentum’ of their own declining physical and mental health - either on their own or with the aid of good design and intervention (Kong et al 1996; Gant 1997; Rowles, 2000; Wiles et al 2009). Finally momentums in social and health geography arise as ‘economic momentums’ in considerations of the rate, and forcefulness, at which policies for people are developed, and/or markets developed and/or at which services expand or contract - in place and across space - this being a very common interest of ageing studies (Joseph et al, 1996; Andrews et al, 2002; Skinner et al, 2011; Hanlon et al, 2014). ...
Kitchen living in later life: exploring ergonomic problems, coping strategies and design solutions
2
2014
... 对老年学研究而言,研究者更加关注日常地点和空间在老年生活中的作用(Rowles, 1978; Wiles et al, 2011; Rowles et al, 2013), 特别是以浴室、公交车 (Grenier, 2005)、厨房 (Maguire et al, 2014)等为代表的、降低老年人移动性的微观空间中的日常经历.最近老年学的研究转向老年人对日常物品的使用,从而给该领域的研究增加了物质的维度. ...
... In terms of alignments in gerontology, researchers have focused more generally on the role of everyday places and spaces in older people’s lives (Rowles, 1978; Wiles et al, 2011; Rowles et al, 2013), and in particular on the everyday experiences in micro-locations where reduced mobility may feature most prominently such as the bathroom bus (Grenier, 2005) or kitchen (Maguire et al., 2014). There has also been a recent turn in gerontology towards the use of everyday items by older people, adding a material dimension to this field of research. ...
Working at leisure: critical geographies of ageing
2
1997
... 此外,在社会地理和健康地理的研究中,另有3个研究领域通过以定性方法为主导的途径,对人类移动进行了更为直接和更具批判性的研究.第一个领域主要关注损伤、残疾及其相应情况下的移动性,以及受损个体因此所面临的挑战和社会接纳(Butler et al, 1999; Gleeson, 1999; Crooks et al, 2008).该领域的研究焦点在于老年人的移动空间与范围(Meyer et al, 1985; Schwanen et al, 2010)、城市和农村所面临的不同挑战(Mattson, 2010)和政策影响(Mercado et al, 2010).第二个领域关注健身活动,大多数研究关注身体运动的含义和特征、运动发生地,以及所涉及的权力关系(Andrews et al, 2003; Bale, 2004; Vertinsky et al, 2004; Andrews et al, 2005).尽管对该领域老龄化问题的关注较少,但也有对老年人积极休闲活动和生活方式的研究(Mansvelt, 1997; McConatha et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014).第三个领域的涉及面更广,且与第一、第二领域的部分研究有所结合,可被广义地描述为关于“新移动性”的研究,阐释了诸如交通、休闲活动、休息、工作、健康、健康护理等多种移动形式的动机、意义和影响(Gatrell, 2011; Warf, 2010; Crooks et al, 2011; Kingsbury et al, 2012).该领域老龄化的研究侧重点各异,但老年人旅游的移动性和幸福感成为近年关注的焦点(Williams et al, 2000, 2002; Rodriguez, 2001; Schwanen et al, 2011). ...
... Elsewhere across social and health geography human movement has been engaged more directly and critically by three other substantive areas of inquiry that use predominantly qualitative methodologies. One is focused on impairment and disability, and mobility in these contexts, and the challenges facing and (non)acceptance of individuals affected (Butler et al, 1999; Gleeson, 1999; Crooks et al, 2008). The particular ageing focus in this literature includes, for example, the range and scope of older peoples’ mobility (Meyer et al, 1985; Schwanen et al, 2010), their unique urban and rural challenges (Mattson 2010) and policy implications (Mercado et al 2010). Another area of qualitative inquiry is focused on fitness activities, much of this research unpacking the meaning and identity of bodily movement, the places where it occurs, and the power relationships at play (Andrews et al, 2003; Bale, 2004; Vertinsky et al, 2004; Andrews et al, 2005). The ageing focus here has been only occasional but includes attention, for example, to older peoples’ active leisure and lifestyles (Mansvelt, 1997; McConatha et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). The final area - which being more of a broad approach, does incorporate some of the research in the first and second - can be broadly described as ‘new mobilities’. It conveys the motivations, meanings and implications of varied movement forms-such as in transport, leisure, respite, work and health and health care (Gatrell, 2011; Warf, 2010; Crooks et al 2011; Kingsbury et al 2012). The particular ageing focus here is varied but has been particularly attentive in recent years to older peoples’ tourism mobilities and wellbeing (Williams et al, 2000, 2002; Rodriguez, 2001; Schwanen et al, 2011). ...
... A fifth facet of non-representational theory is to focus on bodily sensation, but not as an individual or personal experience, as something ‘transpersonal’; being produced through, and shared between, many bodies (Andrews 2014). This particular facet has led to the study of ‘affect’ as an elucidatory concept in research (Anderson 2006; Thrift 2004; 2008). In basic terms, affect is the transition of the body and the process whereby the body is affected, modifies and affects other bodies. ‘Affective environments’ are thus the collective manifestation of affects and their transpersonal working out in space-time (affected bodies interacting with other bodies and objects, provoking further affects and further affects occurring). They are experienced less-than-fully consciously by people but possess a ‘feel’ that reveals on a somatic register as a powerful yet non-descript atmosphere (Massumi, 2002; Thrift, 2004; Anderson, 2009). The transition from one experiential state of the body to another in affect, often involves changes in peoples’ energy - it being either boosted or sapped. Thus affect impacts upon peoples’ broader capacity for engagement and involvement in life and has the potential to increase or decrease their immediate feelings, and general state, of wellbeing (Andrews, 2014). The interest in sensation and affect informs a broader interest in non-representational theory in the ‘atmospheres’ of places; their making, happening and experience (Anderson 2009). ...
Work group II: using geographic information systems for enhancing research relevant to policy on diet, physical activity, and weight
2
2009
... (2) 基于体能活动的观点而迅速发展的新兴多学科交叉研究(Witten et al, 2008; Matthews et al, 2009),尤其是“可步行性”概念的提出及相关研究已成为当前研究热点.例如,该方面的研究已经特别关注到可步行城市环境的营造和形式(Ewing et al, 2009; Gehl, 2010),考虑了促进及阻碍可步行性的潜在社会和结构因素(Pouliou et al, 2010; Holt et al 2009),探讨了度量可步行性的方法或进行了可步行性的度量(Gebel et al, 2011; Van Dyck et al, 2011),并且就公众对可步行性的感知进行了量化和归纳(Loukaitou-Sideris, 2006; Weinstein Agrawal et al, 2008).研究关注步行活动的潜在可能性和动机(Andrews et al 2012),特别是聚焦于老年人研究步行活动与财富(King et al 2011)、心理健康(Berke et al 2007)和邻里住区设计(Takano et al 2002; Frank et al 2010; Weiss et al 2010)等因素关联. ...
... The second field of inquiry is a burgeoning multi-disciplinary literature on physical activity (Witten et al 2008; Matthews et al 2009) where specifically the concept of ‘walkability’, has recently dominated the literature. Here, for example, studies have focused practically on the production and form of walkable city environments (Ewing et al, 2009; Gehl, 2010), considered potential social and structural facilitators of, and barriers to, walkability (Pouliou et al, 2010; Holt et al 2009), discussed methods to measure walkability or have measured it (Gebel et al 2011; Van Dyck et al, 2011) and have quantified and generalized public perceptions of walkability (Loukaitou-Sideris, 2006; Weinstein Agrawal et al 2008). In this research, the potential of movement, motivates studies (Andrews et al 2012), the particular ageing focus being, for example, on older peoples’ walking as related to their affluence (King et al 2011), mental health (Berke et al 2007) and local neighbourhood design (Takano et al 2002; Frank et al 2010; Weiss et al 2010). ...
Aging and mobility in rural and small urban areas: a survey of North Dakota
2
2010
... 此外,在社会地理和健康地理的研究中,另有3个研究领域通过以定性方法为主导的途径,对人类移动进行了更为直接和更具批判性的研究.第一个领域主要关注损伤、残疾及其相应情况下的移动性,以及受损个体因此所面临的挑战和社会接纳(Butler et al, 1999; Gleeson, 1999; Crooks et al, 2008).该领域的研究焦点在于老年人的移动空间与范围(Meyer et al, 1985; Schwanen et al, 2010)、城市和农村所面临的不同挑战(Mattson, 2010)和政策影响(Mercado et al, 2010).第二个领域关注健身活动,大多数研究关注身体运动的含义和特征、运动发生地,以及所涉及的权力关系(Andrews et al, 2003; Bale, 2004; Vertinsky et al, 2004; Andrews et al, 2005).尽管对该领域老龄化问题的关注较少,但也有对老年人积极休闲活动和生活方式的研究(Mansvelt, 1997; McConatha et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014).第三个领域的涉及面更广,且与第一、第二领域的部分研究有所结合,可被广义地描述为关于“新移动性”的研究,阐释了诸如交通、休闲活动、休息、工作、健康、健康护理等多种移动形式的动机、意义和影响(Gatrell, 2011; Warf, 2010; Crooks et al, 2011; Kingsbury et al, 2012).该领域老龄化的研究侧重点各异,但老年人旅游的移动性和幸福感成为近年关注的焦点(Williams et al, 2000, 2002; Rodriguez, 2001; Schwanen et al, 2011). ...
... Elsewhere across social and health geography human movement has been engaged more directly and critically by three other substantive areas of inquiry that use predominantly qualitative methodologies. One is focused on impairment and disability, and mobility in these contexts, and the challenges facing and (non)acceptance of individuals affected (Butler et al, 1999; Gleeson, 1999; Crooks et al, 2008). The particular ageing focus in this literature includes, for example, the range and scope of older peoples’ mobility (Meyer et al, 1985; Schwanen et al, 2010), their unique urban and rural challenges (Mattson 2010) and policy implications (Mercado et al 2010). Another area of qualitative inquiry is focused on fitness activities, much of this research unpacking the meaning and identity of bodily movement, the places where it occurs, and the power relationships at play (Andrews et al, 2003; Bale, 2004; Vertinsky et al, 2004; Andrews et al, 2005). The ageing focus here has been only occasional but includes attention, for example, to older peoples’ active leisure and lifestyles (Mansvelt, 1997; McConatha et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). The final area - which being more of a broad approach, does incorporate some of the research in the first and second - can be broadly described as ‘new mobilities’. It conveys the motivations, meanings and implications of varied movement forms-such as in transport, leisure, respite, work and health and health care (Gatrell, 2011; Warf, 2010; Crooks et al 2011; Kingsbury et al 2012). The particular ageing focus here is varied but has been particularly attentive in recent years to older peoples’ tourism mobilities and wellbeing (Williams et al, 2000, 2002; Rodriguez, 2001; Schwanen et al, 2011). ...
The social geography of healthy aging
2
2012
... 此外,在社会地理和健康地理的研究中,另有3个研究领域通过以定性方法为主导的途径,对人类移动进行了更为直接和更具批判性的研究.第一个领域主要关注损伤、残疾及其相应情况下的移动性,以及受损个体因此所面临的挑战和社会接纳(Butler et al, 1999; Gleeson, 1999; Crooks et al, 2008).该领域的研究焦点在于老年人的移动空间与范围(Meyer et al, 1985; Schwanen et al, 2010)、城市和农村所面临的不同挑战(Mattson, 2010)和政策影响(Mercado et al, 2010).第二个领域关注健身活动,大多数研究关注身体运动的含义和特征、运动发生地,以及所涉及的权力关系(Andrews et al, 2003; Bale, 2004; Vertinsky et al, 2004; Andrews et al, 2005).尽管对该领域老龄化问题的关注较少,但也有对老年人积极休闲活动和生活方式的研究(Mansvelt, 1997; McConatha et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014).第三个领域的涉及面更广,且与第一、第二领域的部分研究有所结合,可被广义地描述为关于“新移动性”的研究,阐释了诸如交通、休闲活动、休息、工作、健康、健康护理等多种移动形式的动机、意义和影响(Gatrell, 2011; Warf, 2010; Crooks et al, 2011; Kingsbury et al, 2012).该领域老龄化的研究侧重点各异,但老年人旅游的移动性和幸福感成为近年关注的焦点(Williams et al, 2000, 2002; Rodriguez, 2001; Schwanen et al, 2011). ...
... Elsewhere across social and health geography human movement has been engaged more directly and critically by three other substantive areas of inquiry that use predominantly qualitative methodologies. One is focused on impairment and disability, and mobility in these contexts, and the challenges facing and (non)acceptance of individuals affected (Butler et al, 1999; Gleeson, 1999; Crooks et al, 2008). The particular ageing focus in this literature includes, for example, the range and scope of older peoples’ mobility (Meyer et al, 1985; Schwanen et al, 2010), their unique urban and rural challenges (Mattson 2010) and policy implications (Mercado et al 2010). Another area of qualitative inquiry is focused on fitness activities, much of this research unpacking the meaning and identity of bodily movement, the places where it occurs, and the power relationships at play (Andrews et al, 2003; Bale, 2004; Vertinsky et al, 2004; Andrews et al, 2005). The ageing focus here has been only occasional but includes attention, for example, to older peoples’ active leisure and lifestyles (Mansvelt, 1997; McConatha et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). The final area - which being more of a broad approach, does incorporate some of the research in the first and second - can be broadly described as ‘new mobilities’. It conveys the motivations, meanings and implications of varied movement forms-such as in transport, leisure, respite, work and health and health care (Gatrell, 2011; Warf, 2010; Crooks et al 2011; Kingsbury et al 2012). The particular ageing focus here is varied but has been particularly attentive in recent years to older peoples’ tourism mobilities and wellbeing (Williams et al, 2000, 2002; Rodriguez, 2001; Schwanen et al, 2011). ...
International demographic transitions
2
2005
... 从社会与科学的立场来看,移动具有某些特性(移动也由这些特性构成).现有文献对这些特性的探讨关乎但也超出了人的范畴.因此社会和健康地理学已对移动的“节律”进行了初步探索(跨越空间和所在地),这体现在长期以来对一系列现象所进行的时间序列和时空分析的实证研究中(Meade et al, 2010),包括疾病的发生和传播(Smallman-Raynor et al, 1991; Gould, 1993; Rogers et al, 2000; Robertson et al, 2014)和对特定疾病的诊治和住院治疗(Crighton et al, 2001, 2008; Leong et al, 2006).借助详细的计算机辅助制图和地理信息系统(GIS)等分析工具,本文展现了发生在宏观尺度上诸现象的序列化“节律”.尽管此类研究对老龄化的关注较少,学者们对老龄化和传染病,包括HIV的研究却越来越感兴趣(Yoshikawa, 2000; High et al, 2008).与此同时,在人口学等其他研究中,已经关注到人口变化的长期时空节律,这与人口健康的规律以及特定地区政府和健康部门面临的挑战相关.有关老年人口的研究成为关注的焦点(Moore et al, 1997; Rosenberg et al, 1997; Smallman-Raynor et al, 1999; Phillips, 2002; McCracken et al, 2005; Lin et al, 2007).事实上,这些研究更应归入人口老龄化和国际/全球健康的范畴. ...
... From both social and scientific standpoints movement possesses, and is composed of, certain qualities, and these have been explored in the literature in regard to, and also beyond, the human. In social and health geography one can thus observe a rudimentary engagement with the ‘rhythm’ of movement (across space and of/in place). This arises, for example, in a positivistic research tradition where time-series and spatial-temporal analysis has been applied to a range of phenomenon (Meade et al, 2010) including occurrences and spread of diseases (Smallman-Raynor et al, 1991; Gould, 1993; Rogers et al, 2000; Robertson et al, 2014), and treatments and hospitalizations for specific diseases (Crighton et al 2001; 2008x; Leong et al 2006). This research presents-often with detailed computer-aided illustration/GIS-a sequenced ‘rhythm’ of phenomenon collectively occurring over macro-scales. Although the ageing focus in this research has been sporadic at best, scholars have become interested in ageing and infectious disease more broadly, including HIV (Yoshikawa 2000; High et al 2008). Meanwhile, in other research, demographic studies have conveyed and displayed the long-term spatial and temporal ‘rhythms’ of population changes, as they themselves relate to the rhythms of population health, and the challenges for governments and health sectors in particular places. The ageing focus here being particularly central (Moore et al, 1997; Rosenberg et al, 1997; Smallman-Raynor et al, 1999; Phillips, 2002; McCracken et al, 2005; Lin et al, 2007). Indeed, this research flows into more general disciplinary concerns for ageing and international/global health. ...
Movement, memory, landscape: an excursion in non-representational thought
2
2009
... 从批判的角度来看,尽管目前与老年移动相关的研究多变而深刻,但对移动的定义仍然狭隘而片面.同时,定量研究揭示了长期时间框架下集体宏观移动的总体趋势,而定性的位置敏感的社会建构则主要关注移动的意义,以及所涉及的权力.然而,无论哪类研究,都应真正关注移动的过程要素,以及移动是如何在时空中发生的.事实上,我们认为将非表征理论应用于移动的基本构成、即时性、身体性和感知性的研究中具有独特的优势(McHugh, 2009; Andrews et al, 2013; Skinner et al, 2015). ...
... In terms of critique, whilst current research engagements with movements are varied and insightful, movement remains rather narrowly defined and only partially conveyed. Whilst quantitative studies show general trends in collective macro-scale movements over long timeframes, qualitative place-sensitive studies are concerned, for the most part, with what it means to move or not move, and/or the powers involved. Neither group of studies, however, really engages with the process elements of movement, and how movement happens as space-time. Indeed, non-representational theory, we argue, might be well-placed to shed light on the fundamental making, immediacy, physicality and feel of movement (McHugh, 2009; Andrews et al, 2013; Skinner et al, 2015). ...
2
... 从社会与科学的立场来看,移动具有某些特性(移动也由这些特性构成).现有文献对这些特性的探讨关乎但也超出了人的范畴.因此社会和健康地理学已对移动的“节律”进行了初步探索(跨越空间和所在地),这体现在长期以来对一系列现象所进行的时间序列和时空分析的实证研究中(Meade et al, 2010),包括疾病的发生和传播(Smallman-Raynor et al, 1991; Gould, 1993; Rogers et al, 2000; Robertson et al, 2014)和对特定疾病的诊治和住院治疗(Crighton et al, 2001, 2008; Leong et al, 2006).借助详细的计算机辅助制图和地理信息系统(GIS)等分析工具,本文展现了发生在宏观尺度上诸现象的序列化“节律”.尽管此类研究对老龄化的关注较少,学者们对老龄化和传染病,包括HIV的研究却越来越感兴趣(Yoshikawa, 2000; High et al, 2008).与此同时,在人口学等其他研究中,已经关注到人口变化的长期时空节律,这与人口健康的规律以及特定地区政府和健康部门面临的挑战相关.有关老年人口的研究成为关注的焦点(Moore et al, 1997; Rosenberg et al, 1997; Smallman-Raynor et al, 1999; Phillips, 2002; McCracken et al, 2005; Lin et al, 2007).事实上,这些研究更应归入人口老龄化和国际/全球健康的范畴. ...
... From both social and scientific standpoints movement possesses, and is composed of, certain qualities, and these have been explored in the literature in regard to, and also beyond, the human. In social and health geography one can thus observe a rudimentary engagement with the ‘rhythm’ of movement (across space and of/in place). This arises, for example, in a positivistic research tradition where time-series and spatial-temporal analysis has been applied to a range of phenomenon (Meade et al, 2010) including occurrences and spread of diseases (Smallman-Raynor et al, 1991; Gould, 1993; Rogers et al, 2000; Robertson et al, 2014), and treatments and hospitalizations for specific diseases (Crighton et al 2001; 2008x; Leong et al 2006). This research presents-often with detailed computer-aided illustration/GIS-a sequenced ‘rhythm’ of phenomenon collectively occurring over macro-scales. Although the ageing focus in this research has been sporadic at best, scholars have become interested in ageing and infectious disease more broadly, including HIV (Yoshikawa 2000; High et al 2008). Meanwhile, in other research, demographic studies have conveyed and displayed the long-term spatial and temporal ‘rhythms’ of population changes, as they themselves relate to the rhythms of population health, and the challenges for governments and health sectors in particular places. The ageing focus here being particularly central (Moore et al, 1997; Rosenberg et al, 1997; Smallman-Raynor et al, 1999; Phillips, 2002; McCracken et al, 2005; Lin et al, 2007). Indeed, this research flows into more general disciplinary concerns for ageing and international/global health. ...
Transport policy and the provision of mobility options in an aging society: a case study of Ontario, Canada
2
2010
... 此外,在社会地理和健康地理的研究中,另有3个研究领域通过以定性方法为主导的途径,对人类移动进行了更为直接和更具批判性的研究.第一个领域主要关注损伤、残疾及其相应情况下的移动性,以及受损个体因此所面临的挑战和社会接纳(Butler et al, 1999; Gleeson, 1999; Crooks et al, 2008).该领域的研究焦点在于老年人的移动空间与范围(Meyer et al, 1985; Schwanen et al, 2010)、城市和农村所面临的不同挑战(Mattson, 2010)和政策影响(Mercado et al, 2010).第二个领域关注健身活动,大多数研究关注身体运动的含义和特征、运动发生地,以及所涉及的权力关系(Andrews et al, 2003; Bale, 2004; Vertinsky et al, 2004; Andrews et al, 2005).尽管对该领域老龄化问题的关注较少,但也有对老年人积极休闲活动和生活方式的研究(Mansvelt, 1997; McConatha et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014).第三个领域的涉及面更广,且与第一、第二领域的部分研究有所结合,可被广义地描述为关于“新移动性”的研究,阐释了诸如交通、休闲活动、休息、工作、健康、健康护理等多种移动形式的动机、意义和影响(Gatrell, 2011; Warf, 2010; Crooks et al, 2011; Kingsbury et al, 2012).该领域老龄化的研究侧重点各异,但老年人旅游的移动性和幸福感成为近年关注的焦点(Williams et al, 2000, 2002; Rodriguez, 2001; Schwanen et al, 2011). ...
... Elsewhere across social and health geography human movement has been engaged more directly and critically by three other substantive areas of inquiry that use predominantly qualitative methodologies. One is focused on impairment and disability, and mobility in these contexts, and the challenges facing and (non)acceptance of individuals affected (Butler et al, 1999; Gleeson, 1999; Crooks et al, 2008). The particular ageing focus in this literature includes, for example, the range and scope of older peoples’ mobility (Meyer et al, 1985; Schwanen et al, 2010), their unique urban and rural challenges (Mattson 2010) and policy implications (Mercado et al 2010). Another area of qualitative inquiry is focused on fitness activities, much of this research unpacking the meaning and identity of bodily movement, the places where it occurs, and the power relationships at play (Andrews et al, 2003; Bale, 2004; Vertinsky et al, 2004; Andrews et al, 2005). The ageing focus here has been only occasional but includes attention, for example, to older peoples’ active leisure and lifestyles (Mansvelt, 1997; McConatha et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). The final area - which being more of a broad approach, does incorporate some of the research in the first and second - can be broadly described as ‘new mobilities’. It conveys the motivations, meanings and implications of varied movement forms-such as in transport, leisure, respite, work and health and health care (Gatrell, 2011; Warf, 2010; Crooks et al 2011; Kingsbury et al 2012). The particular ageing focus here is varied but has been particularly attentive in recent years to older peoples’ tourism mobilities and wellbeing (Williams et al, 2000, 2002; Rodriguez, 2001; Schwanen et al, 2011). ...
Distinctively elderly mobility: types and determinants
2
1985
... 此外,在社会地理和健康地理的研究中,另有3个研究领域通过以定性方法为主导的途径,对人类移动进行了更为直接和更具批判性的研究.第一个领域主要关注损伤、残疾及其相应情况下的移动性,以及受损个体因此所面临的挑战和社会接纳(Butler et al, 1999; Gleeson, 1999; Crooks et al, 2008).该领域的研究焦点在于老年人的移动空间与范围(Meyer et al, 1985; Schwanen et al, 2010)、城市和农村所面临的不同挑战(Mattson, 2010)和政策影响(Mercado et al, 2010).第二个领域关注健身活动,大多数研究关注身体运动的含义和特征、运动发生地,以及所涉及的权力关系(Andrews et al, 2003; Bale, 2004; Vertinsky et al, 2004; Andrews et al, 2005).尽管对该领域老龄化问题的关注较少,但也有对老年人积极休闲活动和生活方式的研究(Mansvelt, 1997; McConatha et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014).第三个领域的涉及面更广,且与第一、第二领域的部分研究有所结合,可被广义地描述为关于“新移动性”的研究,阐释了诸如交通、休闲活动、休息、工作、健康、健康护理等多种移动形式的动机、意义和影响(Gatrell, 2011; Warf, 2010; Crooks et al, 2011; Kingsbury et al, 2012).该领域老龄化的研究侧重点各异,但老年人旅游的移动性和幸福感成为近年关注的焦点(Williams et al, 2000, 2002; Rodriguez, 2001; Schwanen et al, 2011). ...
... Elsewhere across social and health geography human movement has been engaged more directly and critically by three other substantive areas of inquiry that use predominantly qualitative methodologies. One is focused on impairment and disability, and mobility in these contexts, and the challenges facing and (non)acceptance of individuals affected (Butler et al, 1999; Gleeson, 1999; Crooks et al, 2008). The particular ageing focus in this literature includes, for example, the range and scope of older peoples’ mobility (Meyer et al, 1985; Schwanen et al, 2010), their unique urban and rural challenges (Mattson 2010) and policy implications (Mercado et al 2010). Another area of qualitative inquiry is focused on fitness activities, much of this research unpacking the meaning and identity of bodily movement, the places where it occurs, and the power relationships at play (Andrews et al, 2003; Bale, 2004; Vertinsky et al, 2004; Andrews et al, 2005). The ageing focus here has been only occasional but includes attention, for example, to older peoples’ active leisure and lifestyles (Mansvelt, 1997; McConatha et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). The final area - which being more of a broad approach, does incorporate some of the research in the first and second - can be broadly described as ‘new mobilities’. It conveys the motivations, meanings and implications of varied movement forms-such as in transport, leisure, respite, work and health and health care (Gatrell, 2011; Warf, 2010; Crooks et al 2011; Kingsbury et al 2012). The particular ageing focus here is varied but has been particularly attentive in recent years to older peoples’ tourism mobilities and wellbeing (Williams et al, 2000, 2002; Rodriguez, 2001; Schwanen et al, 2011). ...
From civil rights to … civic engagement? concerns of two older critical gerontologists about a “new social movement” and what it portends
2
2008
... 在老年学研究中,我们看到了基于戏剧活动(Mitchell et al, 2011; Kontos et al, 2007)、激进主义方法论(Minkler et al, 2008; Estes, 2008),以及有声照片和纪录片使用增加的先验综合研究(Kontos et al, 2013; Putney et al, 2005; Raymond et al 2015; Swinnen et al, 2013).这些案例都对知识转化的传统方法论和标准实践提出了挑战.事实上,这是一个研究者与老年人密切合作、共同创造故事和实施改变的过程.与更为常见的学术出版和报告不同,知识交流的形式采用基于社区的表演和公共活动等传播方式.例如,剧院演员将老龄化和老年痴呆的具体表现和经历表演出来,在这个过程中,改变了他们的日常关系,挑战了记忆中想当然的假设,并唤起了参与到表演之中的社区和个人的敏感性(例如,加拿大多伦多Julia Gray的工作).这些学者和艺术家铺设的路径,正是非表征理论在老年学研究中应当继承和发展的. ...
... In gerontology we see precedent and alignment in research based theatre initiatives (Mitchell et al, 2011; Kontos et al, 2007), activist methodologies (Minkler et al, 2008; Estes, 2008), and a general increase in the use of photovoice methods, and documentary film (Kontos et al, 2013; Putney et al, 2005; Raymond et al, 2015; Swinnen et al, 2013). Each of these examples challenges traditional methodologies and standard practices of knowledge translation. Indeed, the process is collaborative, with researchers working closely with older people to co-produce stories and enact change. The forms of knowledge exchange also differ from the more known mediums of academic publication and reports to community based performances and/or public events. Theatre groups for example, have acted out their experiences of ageing and dementia, and in this process, altered everyday relationships, challenged taken-for-granted assumptions about memory, and sensitized communities and individuals who take part in their performances (for example the work of Julia Gray in Toronto, Canada). Indeed these scholars and artists have forged a path that gerontology informed by non-representational theory might continue to follow. ...
Countering stigma with understanding: the role of theatre in social change and transformation
2
2011
... 在老年学研究中,我们看到了基于戏剧活动(Mitchell et al, 2011; Kontos et al, 2007)、激进主义方法论(Minkler et al, 2008; Estes, 2008),以及有声照片和纪录片使用增加的先验综合研究(Kontos et al, 2013; Putney et al, 2005; Raymond et al 2015; Swinnen et al, 2013).这些案例都对知识转化的传统方法论和标准实践提出了挑战.事实上,这是一个研究者与老年人密切合作、共同创造故事和实施改变的过程.与更为常见的学术出版和报告不同,知识交流的形式采用基于社区的表演和公共活动等传播方式.例如,剧院演员将老龄化和老年痴呆的具体表现和经历表演出来,在这个过程中,改变了他们的日常关系,挑战了记忆中想当然的假设,并唤起了参与到表演之中的社区和个人的敏感性(例如,加拿大多伦多Julia Gray的工作).这些学者和艺术家铺设的路径,正是非表征理论在老年学研究中应当继承和发展的. ...
... In gerontology we see precedent and alignment in research based theatre initiatives (Mitchell et al, 2011; Kontos et al, 2007), activist methodologies (Minkler et al, 2008; Estes, 2008), and a general increase in the use of photovoice methods, and documentary film (Kontos et al, 2013; Putney et al, 2005; Raymond et al, 2015; Swinnen et al, 2013). Each of these examples challenges traditional methodologies and standard practices of knowledge translation. Indeed, the process is collaborative, with researchers working closely with older people to co-produce stories and enact change. The forms of knowledge exchange also differ from the more known mediums of academic publication and reports to community based performances and/or public events. Theatre groups for example, have acted out their experiences of ageing and dementia, and in this process, altered everyday relationships, challenged taken-for-granted assumptions about memory, and sensitized communities and individuals who take part in their performances (for example the work of Julia Gray in Toronto, Canada). Indeed these scholars and artists have forged a path that gerontology informed by non-representational theory might continue to follow. ...
Growing up an orphan: vulnerability of adolescent girls to HIV in Malawi
2
2014
... 另一个受到有限关注的移动特质是(跨越空间和所在地的)“动量”(momentum).例如,社会地理和健康地理的相关研究表明,跨空间的“行为动量”会由一种行为(如饮酒、服药或做临时工)导致另外的行为(如随意的性行为),并产生健康效应(如滥交、肝炎和艾滋病)(Luginaah, 2008; Mkandawire, et al, 2014).然而,有关老龄化的研究表明,老年人身体和精神健康状况的不断变化导致他们在不同护理机构的空间中主动或者被动的迁移,以及所需护理复杂性程度的增加,而这些过程中所产生的动量更多是受到环境的影响而非主动性行为的影响(尽管研究关注的是转变本身及其后果)(Magilvy et al, 2000; Reed et al, 2003; Lee et al, 2013).此外,慢性病患者的日常生活行为是社会地理和健康地理的研究热点(Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003).研究结果表明,在许多情况下,人们的生活可以更确切地被描述为“受困的”或“静态的”(缺乏动量)甚或是“退缩的”(反方向多余的负动量)(Dyck, 1995; Crooks, 2007).在老年的相关研究中,增加了对这些兴趣点的关注(Pain 2001).本文同样关注老年人如何依靠他们自身或者借助优秀的设计和干预措施来应对由于其身体和心理健康水平下降而产生的“动量”变化所带来的挑战(Kong et al 1996; Gant 1997; Rowles, 2000; Wiles et al 2009).老龄化问题的相关研究已增加了对这些兴趣点的关注(Pain, 2001).最后,景观与老年相关研究没有直接关系,社会地理和健康地理研究中还关注了“经济动量”,关注在空间和地方尺度上,其变化的速率和力度及其在服务拓展和形成契约的过程中是怎样受政策和市场机制影响的(Joseph et al, 1996; Andrews et al, 2002; Skinner et al, 2011; Hanlon et al, 2014). ...
... Another quality of movement that has received some limited attention is ‘momentum’ (across space and of/in place). Across social and health geography, studies illustrate, for example, ‘behavioural momentums’ whereby for example, one human activity (such as drinking alcohol, taking drugs or undertaking casual labour) leads onto another (such as casual sex) with health implications (such as Hepatitis or HIV transmission) (Luginaah 2008; Mkandawire, et al 2014). In studies of ageing, however, human momentums are typically less behavioural and more circumstantial, either about the momentums that build as older people move - or are moved - spatially between care settings and services of increasing comprehensiveness in line with their changing physical and mental health (although studies focus primarily on the transitions themselves and their consequences (Magilvy et al, 2000; Reed et al, 2003; Lee et al, 2013). Elsewhere the momentums in the daily lives of people with chronic health conditions are a popular concern of social and health geography (Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003), these studies conveying how, in many cases, people’s lives might be more appropriately characterized by being ‘stuck’ or ‘immobile’ (lacking in momentum) or indeed ‘shrinking’ (possessing momentum in an unwanted and reverse direction) (Dyck, 1995; Crooks 2007). These interests and observations arise in ageing studies (Pain 2001), although this research is equally concerned to illustrate how older people negotiate and deal with such challenges - including the ‘momentum’ of their own declining physical and mental health - either on their own or with the aid of good design and intervention (Kong et al 1996; Gant 1997; Rowles, 2000; Wiles et al 2009). Finally momentums in social and health geography arise as ‘economic momentums’ in considerations of the rate, and forcefulness, at which policies for people are developed, and/or markets developed and/or at which services expand or contract - in place and across space - this being a very common interest of ageing studies (Joseph et al, 1996; Andrews et al, 2002; Skinner et al, 2011; Hanlon et al, 2014). ...
Geographic dimensions of aging in Canada, 1991-2001
2
2004
... (1) 人口的迁移.因为健康和卫生保健系统而导致的人口在国家内部或不同国家之间的移动(Boyle, 2004; Norman et al, 2005).在此方面老龄化研究的长期特别关注点是老年人的迁移目的地、动机、决策过程和迁移经历,以及对老龄化服务政策的影响(Wiseman et al, 1979; Warnes et al, 1984; Bentham, 1988; Joseph et al, 1991; Glaser et al, 1998; King et al, 2000; Silveira et al, 2001; Moore et al, 2004; Oliver, 2007).事实上,这些研究并不关注长距离迁移行为本身,而关注在总体和宏观尺度上已经完成的(过去的)迁移活动的状况、影响和结果.近年来,对时空尺度上人类生命历程所起作用和迁移的批判性思考和研究已有所增加.这些研究对生命的“历程”在微观尺度上的多次迁移和迁移的意义更为敏感(Bailey, 2009; Jarvis et al, 2011; Schwanen et al, 2012). ...
... Social and health geography, two sub-disciplines that historically have contributed the bulk of the geographical study of ageing, have engaged with movement variously over many years. As we shall see, certainly not in the same way as non-representational theory can, but a clear precedent exists. Most things move - whether being diseases, services, resources or people - so the literature is potentially vast. Nevertheless some concentrated areas of inquiry are identifiable in terms of the movement of the latter. Scholars have, for example, engaged empirically with human movement as a ‘social determinant’ (as loosely defined) of human health and wellbeing, this approach being common in three substantive fields of inquiry. The first focused on migration, whereby people move within or between countries with implications for their health and health care systems (Boyle 2004; Norman et al 2005). The particular ageing focus here being longstanding on the migration destinations, motivations, decisions and experiences of older people and the implications for ageing services and policy (Wiseman et al, 1979; Warnes et al, 1984; Bentham, 1988; Joseph et al, 1991; Glaser et al, 1998; King et al, 2000; Silveira et al, 2001; Moore et al, 2004; Oliver, 2007). Indeed this research is not focused on the act of moving long distances per-se, as much as the shape, impact and consequence of the completed/past movements at the collective and macro scale. Recently it has been augmented with more critical considerations and studies of the human lifecourse as played out, and moving, in space and time. This research being more sensitive to life’s ‘journey’ including multiple moves, moves at the micro-scale and their meaning (Bailey, 2009; Jarvis et al 2011; Schwanen et al 2012). ...
Growing old in Canada: demographic and geographic perspectives
2
1997
... 从社会与科学的立场来看,移动具有某些特性(移动也由这些特性构成).现有文献对这些特性的探讨关乎但也超出了人的范畴.因此社会和健康地理学已对移动的“节律”进行了初步探索(跨越空间和所在地),这体现在长期以来对一系列现象所进行的时间序列和时空分析的实证研究中(Meade et al, 2010),包括疾病的发生和传播(Smallman-Raynor et al, 1991; Gould, 1993; Rogers et al, 2000; Robertson et al, 2014)和对特定疾病的诊治和住院治疗(Crighton et al, 2001, 2008; Leong et al, 2006).借助详细的计算机辅助制图和地理信息系统(GIS)等分析工具,本文展现了发生在宏观尺度上诸现象的序列化“节律”.尽管此类研究对老龄化的关注较少,学者们对老龄化和传染病,包括HIV的研究却越来越感兴趣(Yoshikawa, 2000; High et al, 2008).与此同时,在人口学等其他研究中,已经关注到人口变化的长期时空节律,这与人口健康的规律以及特定地区政府和健康部门面临的挑战相关.有关老年人口的研究成为关注的焦点(Moore et al, 1997; Rosenberg et al, 1997; Smallman-Raynor et al, 1999; Phillips, 2002; McCracken et al, 2005; Lin et al, 2007).事实上,这些研究更应归入人口老龄化和国际/全球健康的范畴. ...
... From both social and scientific standpoints movement possesses, and is composed of, certain qualities, and these have been explored in the literature in regard to, and also beyond, the human. In social and health geography one can thus observe a rudimentary engagement with the ‘rhythm’ of movement (across space and of/in place). This arises, for example, in a positivistic research tradition where time-series and spatial-temporal analysis has been applied to a range of phenomenon (Meade et al, 2010) including occurrences and spread of diseases (Smallman-Raynor et al, 1991; Gould, 1993; Rogers et al, 2000; Robertson et al, 2014), and treatments and hospitalizations for specific diseases (Crighton et al 2001; 2008x; Leong et al 2006). This research presents-often with detailed computer-aided illustration/GIS-a sequenced ‘rhythm’ of phenomenon collectively occurring over macro-scales. Although the ageing focus in this research has been sporadic at best, scholars have become interested in ageing and infectious disease more broadly, including HIV (Yoshikawa 2000; High et al 2008). Meanwhile, in other research, demographic studies have conveyed and displayed the long-term spatial and temporal ‘rhythms’ of population changes, as they themselves relate to the rhythms of population health, and the challenges for governments and health sectors in particular places. The ageing focus here being particularly central (Moore et al, 1997; Rosenberg et al, 1997; Smallman-Raynor et al, 1999; Phillips, 2002; McCracken et al, 2005; Lin et al, 2007). Indeed, this research flows into more general disciplinary concerns for ageing and international/global health. ...
Negotiating spaces in home environments: older women living with arthritis
4
1997
... 社会地理和健康地理学运用质性研究方法开展的大量实证研究都涉及到“节律”的研究议题,大致可分为3个方面.第一,关注治疗、护理等行为的例行化、程式性、“节律”性及其发生地点.例如,在护理(Andrews et al, 2008)和戒毒(DeVerteuil et al, 2009; Wilton et al, 2014)等方面所开展的研究.该领域有关老年的研究主要关注非正式和正式的家庭和社区照护的惯例特征(Wiles, 2003).第二,探究身体如何与其周围广泛的节律相协调,而这种节律,像大海涨落的节律(Kearns et al, 2012),以及健身活动与环境的节律(Bale, 2004; Andrews, 2005),是疗养场所和个人体验的构成部分.健身活动与环境节律研究的兴趣点,在于将老龄化过程和健身结合起来(Paulson, 2005).第三,关注慢性病病人包括心理疾病患者(Dear et al, 1987; Parr, 1998, 2008)的日常活动范围(Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003).这些研究尤其关注老龄化和老年人的行为规律,该行为通常是在人们的健康状况和社会环境发生变化时,通过适应过程所形成的一种临时生存策略(Rowles, 2000; Antoninetti et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). ...
... 另一个受到有限关注的移动特质是(跨越空间和所在地的)“动量”(momentum).例如,社会地理和健康地理的相关研究表明,跨空间的“行为动量”会由一种行为(如饮酒、服药或做临时工)导致另外的行为(如随意的性行为),并产生健康效应(如滥交、肝炎和艾滋病)(Luginaah, 2008; Mkandawire, et al, 2014).然而,有关老龄化的研究表明,老年人身体和精神健康状况的不断变化导致他们在不同护理机构的空间中主动或者被动的迁移,以及所需护理复杂性程度的增加,而这些过程中所产生的动量更多是受到环境的影响而非主动性行为的影响(尽管研究关注的是转变本身及其后果)(Magilvy et al, 2000; Reed et al, 2003; Lee et al, 2013).此外,慢性病患者的日常生活行为是社会地理和健康地理的研究热点(Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003).研究结果表明,在许多情况下,人们的生活可以更确切地被描述为“受困的”或“静态的”(缺乏动量)甚或是“退缩的”(反方向多余的负动量)(Dyck, 1995; Crooks, 2007).在老年的相关研究中,增加了对这些兴趣点的关注(Pain 2001).本文同样关注老年人如何依靠他们自身或者借助优秀的设计和干预措施来应对由于其身体和心理健康水平下降而产生的“动量”变化所带来的挑战(Kong et al 1996; Gant 1997; Rowles, 2000; Wiles et al 2009).老龄化问题的相关研究已增加了对这些兴趣点的关注(Pain, 2001).最后,景观与老年相关研究没有直接关系,社会地理和健康地理研究中还关注了“经济动量”,关注在空间和地方尺度上,其变化的速率和力度及其在服务拓展和形成契约的过程中是怎样受政策和市场机制影响的(Joseph et al, 1996; Andrews et al, 2002; Skinner et al, 2011; Hanlon et al, 2014). ...
... Qualitative research in social and health geography meanwhile displays some consideration and representation of ‘rhythm’ across a wide-range of empirical subjects, fitting loosely into three broad categories. First, there are studies that convey the routinized, processional and ‘rhythmic’ nature of treatments, caring practices and the places where they occur. For example in nursing (Andrews et al, 2008) and addiction detoxification (DeVerteuil et al, 2009; Wilton et al, 2014). The ageing focus here being mainly on the routinized nature of informal and formal home and community care (Wiles, 2003). Second, there are studies that explore how the body becomes synchronized with broader rhythms that surround it as part of therapeutic places and experiences, such as rhythms of the sea in coastal life (Kearns et al, 2012), and rhythms of fitness activities and environments (Bale, 2004; Andrews, 2005); this latter interest incorporating a sporadic concern for ageing and fitness (Paulson 2005). Third are studies that convey the daily geographies in the lives of people with chronic health conditions (Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003) including and mental illness (Dear et al, 1987; Parr, 1998, 2008). These studies pay particular attention to the embodied rhythms - oftentimes part of makeshift survival strategies - that arise as peoples’ health status and social contexts change, and regularly engage with ageing and older people (Rowles, 2000; Antoninetti et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). ...
... Another quality of movement that has received some limited attention is ‘momentum’ (across space and of/in place). Across social and health geography, studies illustrate, for example, ‘behavioural momentums’ whereby for example, one human activity (such as drinking alcohol, taking drugs or undertaking casual labour) leads onto another (such as casual sex) with health implications (such as Hepatitis or HIV transmission) (Luginaah 2008; Mkandawire, et al 2014). In studies of ageing, however, human momentums are typically less behavioural and more circumstantial, either about the momentums that build as older people move - or are moved - spatially between care settings and services of increasing comprehensiveness in line with their changing physical and mental health (although studies focus primarily on the transitions themselves and their consequences (Magilvy et al, 2000; Reed et al, 2003; Lee et al, 2013). Elsewhere the momentums in the daily lives of people with chronic health conditions are a popular concern of social and health geography (Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003), these studies conveying how, in many cases, people’s lives might be more appropriately characterized by being ‘stuck’ or ‘immobile’ (lacking in momentum) or indeed ‘shrinking’ (possessing momentum in an unwanted and reverse direction) (Dyck, 1995; Crooks 2007). These interests and observations arise in ageing studies (Pain 2001), although this research is equally concerned to illustrate how older people negotiate and deal with such challenges - including the ‘momentum’ of their own declining physical and mental health - either on their own or with the aid of good design and intervention (Kong et al 1996; Gant 1997; Rowles, 2000; Wiles et al 2009). Finally momentums in social and health geography arise as ‘economic momentums’ in considerations of the rate, and forcefulness, at which policies for people are developed, and/or markets developed and/or at which services expand or contract - in place and across space - this being a very common interest of ageing studies (Joseph et al, 1996; Andrews et al, 2002; Skinner et al, 2011; Hanlon et al, 2014). ...
Women, body, illness: space and identity in the everyday lives of women with chronic illness
4
2003
... 社会地理和健康地理学运用质性研究方法开展的大量实证研究都涉及到“节律”的研究议题,大致可分为3个方面.第一,关注治疗、护理等行为的例行化、程式性、“节律”性及其发生地点.例如,在护理(Andrews et al, 2008)和戒毒(DeVerteuil et al, 2009; Wilton et al, 2014)等方面所开展的研究.该领域有关老年的研究主要关注非正式和正式的家庭和社区照护的惯例特征(Wiles, 2003).第二,探究身体如何与其周围广泛的节律相协调,而这种节律,像大海涨落的节律(Kearns et al, 2012),以及健身活动与环境的节律(Bale, 2004; Andrews, 2005),是疗养场所和个人体验的构成部分.健身活动与环境节律研究的兴趣点,在于将老龄化过程和健身结合起来(Paulson, 2005).第三,关注慢性病病人包括心理疾病患者(Dear et al, 1987; Parr, 1998, 2008)的日常活动范围(Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003).这些研究尤其关注老龄化和老年人的行为规律,该行为通常是在人们的健康状况和社会环境发生变化时,通过适应过程所形成的一种临时生存策略(Rowles, 2000; Antoninetti et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). ...
... 另一个受到有限关注的移动特质是(跨越空间和所在地的)“动量”(momentum).例如,社会地理和健康地理的相关研究表明,跨空间的“行为动量”会由一种行为(如饮酒、服药或做临时工)导致另外的行为(如随意的性行为),并产生健康效应(如滥交、肝炎和艾滋病)(Luginaah, 2008; Mkandawire, et al, 2014).然而,有关老龄化的研究表明,老年人身体和精神健康状况的不断变化导致他们在不同护理机构的空间中主动或者被动的迁移,以及所需护理复杂性程度的增加,而这些过程中所产生的动量更多是受到环境的影响而非主动性行为的影响(尽管研究关注的是转变本身及其后果)(Magilvy et al, 2000; Reed et al, 2003; Lee et al, 2013).此外,慢性病患者的日常生活行为是社会地理和健康地理的研究热点(Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003).研究结果表明,在许多情况下,人们的生活可以更确切地被描述为“受困的”或“静态的”(缺乏动量)甚或是“退缩的”(反方向多余的负动量)(Dyck, 1995; Crooks, 2007).在老年的相关研究中,增加了对这些兴趣点的关注(Pain 2001).本文同样关注老年人如何依靠他们自身或者借助优秀的设计和干预措施来应对由于其身体和心理健康水平下降而产生的“动量”变化所带来的挑战(Kong et al 1996; Gant 1997; Rowles, 2000; Wiles et al 2009).老龄化问题的相关研究已增加了对这些兴趣点的关注(Pain, 2001).最后,景观与老年相关研究没有直接关系,社会地理和健康地理研究中还关注了“经济动量”,关注在空间和地方尺度上,其变化的速率和力度及其在服务拓展和形成契约的过程中是怎样受政策和市场机制影响的(Joseph et al, 1996; Andrews et al, 2002; Skinner et al, 2011; Hanlon et al, 2014). ...
... Qualitative research in social and health geography meanwhile displays some consideration and representation of ‘rhythm’ across a wide-range of empirical subjects, fitting loosely into three broad categories. First, there are studies that convey the routinized, processional and ‘rhythmic’ nature of treatments, caring practices and the places where they occur. For example in nursing (Andrews et al, 2008) and addiction detoxification (DeVerteuil et al, 2009; Wilton et al, 2014). The ageing focus here being mainly on the routinized nature of informal and formal home and community care (Wiles, 2003). Second, there are studies that explore how the body becomes synchronized with broader rhythms that surround it as part of therapeutic places and experiences, such as rhythms of the sea in coastal life (Kearns et al, 2012), and rhythms of fitness activities and environments (Bale, 2004; Andrews, 2005); this latter interest incorporating a sporadic concern for ageing and fitness (Paulson 2005). Third are studies that convey the daily geographies in the lives of people with chronic health conditions (Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003) including and mental illness (Dear et al, 1987; Parr, 1998, 2008). These studies pay particular attention to the embodied rhythms - oftentimes part of makeshift survival strategies - that arise as peoples’ health status and social contexts change, and regularly engage with ageing and older people (Rowles, 2000; Antoninetti et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). ...
... Another quality of movement that has received some limited attention is ‘momentum’ (across space and of/in place). Across social and health geography, studies illustrate, for example, ‘behavioural momentums’ whereby for example, one human activity (such as drinking alcohol, taking drugs or undertaking casual labour) leads onto another (such as casual sex) with health implications (such as Hepatitis or HIV transmission) (Luginaah 2008; Mkandawire, et al 2014). In studies of ageing, however, human momentums are typically less behavioural and more circumstantial, either about the momentums that build as older people move - or are moved - spatially between care settings and services of increasing comprehensiveness in line with their changing physical and mental health (although studies focus primarily on the transitions themselves and their consequences (Magilvy et al, 2000; Reed et al, 2003; Lee et al, 2013). Elsewhere the momentums in the daily lives of people with chronic health conditions are a popular concern of social and health geography (Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003), these studies conveying how, in many cases, people’s lives might be more appropriately characterized by being ‘stuck’ or ‘immobile’ (lacking in momentum) or indeed ‘shrinking’ (possessing momentum in an unwanted and reverse direction) (Dyck, 1995; Crooks 2007). These interests and observations arise in ageing studies (Pain 2001), although this research is equally concerned to illustrate how older people negotiate and deal with such challenges - including the ‘momentum’ of their own declining physical and mental health - either on their own or with the aid of good design and intervention (Kong et al 1996; Gant 1997; Rowles, 2000; Wiles et al 2009). Finally momentums in social and health geography arise as ‘economic momentums’ in considerations of the rate, and forcefulness, at which policies for people are developed, and/or markets developed and/or at which services expand or contract - in place and across space - this being a very common interest of ageing studies (Joseph et al, 1996; Andrews et al, 2002; Skinner et al, 2011; Hanlon et al, 2014). ...
Distance and health care utilization among the rural elderly
2
2000
... (3) 基于活动是健康的关联因素的认识,探讨健康和社会照护服务者与需求者之间的空间距离.这些研究也归属健康地理学关于“可达性及其使用行为”的研究领域(Joseph et al, 1984);通常强调服务使用行为的距离衰减效应(随着距离的增加,对服务的使用频率下降),及其对健康所产生的影响.对老年人口相关的研究,不仅考虑服务的使用行为,也关注“非行动”因素,包括老年人住址与服务设施、居住距离较远的子女和其他照护者的邻近度(Joseph et al, 1998; Nemet et al, 2000) ...
... The third field of inquiry where human movement is considered to be a loose determinant of health, is on the distances between health and social care providers and those in need. Incorporated into health geography under the general theme of ‘accessibility and utilization’ (Joseph et al, 1984), often highlighted in this literature is a ‘distance decay’ in use (increasing distance lower usage) and the concurrent impact upon population health. Focused then as much on ‘non-movements’ as movements the ageing interest has been on both older peoples proximity to centralized facilities, children and other carers who live away from them (Joseph et al, 1998; Nemet et al, 2000). ...
Selective migration, health and deprivation: a longitudinal analysis
2
2005
... (1) 人口的迁移.因为健康和卫生保健系统而导致的人口在国家内部或不同国家之间的移动(Boyle, 2004; Norman et al, 2005).在此方面老龄化研究的长期特别关注点是老年人的迁移目的地、动机、决策过程和迁移经历,以及对老龄化服务政策的影响(Wiseman et al, 1979; Warnes et al, 1984; Bentham, 1988; Joseph et al, 1991; Glaser et al, 1998; King et al, 2000; Silveira et al, 2001; Moore et al, 2004; Oliver, 2007).事实上,这些研究并不关注长距离迁移行为本身,而关注在总体和宏观尺度上已经完成的(过去的)迁移活动的状况、影响和结果.近年来,对时空尺度上人类生命历程所起作用和迁移的批判性思考和研究已有所增加.这些研究对生命的“历程”在微观尺度上的多次迁移和迁移的意义更为敏感(Bailey, 2009; Jarvis et al, 2011; Schwanen et al, 2012). ...
... Social and health geography, two sub-disciplines that historically have contributed the bulk of the geographical study of ageing, have engaged with movement variously over many years. As we shall see, certainly not in the same way as non-representational theory can, but a clear precedent exists. Most things move - whether being diseases, services, resources or people - so the literature is potentially vast. Nevertheless some concentrated areas of inquiry are identifiable in terms of the movement of the latter. Scholars have, for example, engaged empirically with human movement as a ‘social determinant’ (as loosely defined) of human health and wellbeing, this approach being common in three substantive fields of inquiry. The first focused on migration, whereby people move within or between countries with implications for their health and health care systems (Boyle 2004; Norman et al 2005). The particular ageing focus here being longstanding on the migration destinations, motivations, decisions and experiences of older people and the implications for ageing services and policy (Wiseman et al, 1979; Warnes et al, 1984; Bentham, 1988; Joseph et al, 1991; Glaser et al, 1998; King et al, 2000; Silveira et al, 2001; Moore et al, 2004; Oliver, 2007). Indeed this research is not focused on the act of moving long distances per-se, as much as the shape, impact and consequence of the completed/past movements at the collective and macro scale. Recently it has been augmented with more critical considerations and studies of the human lifecourse as played out, and moving, in space and time. This research being more sensitive to life’s ‘journey’ including multiple moves, moves at the micro-scale and their meaning (Bailey, 2009; Jarvis et al 2011; Schwanen et al 2012). ...
The absent body: a social gerontological paradox
2
1996
... 到目前为止,批判老年学中的“关系思维”已被清晰、明确地阐述了出来,尽管这与社会文化视角下有关老龄化的身体(Öberg, 1996; Katz, 2010),以及他们与护理的结构化、经验化和人际关系层面的认识略有不同(Twigg, 1997).Katz(2010)指出,“身体是结构化授权与协调这些授权的身份代理或实验形式的中心调节点”,但该理解并不只是个体层面的现象.身体和护理动态发生在跨多级实践层次和传统界限的情境中(Dean et al, 1999).事实上,身体和护理的“关联性”也确实通过跨国环境而被体验(Zhou, 2012),这不仅在家庭内外的时空尺度上产生了复杂的权力关系,同时产生了不同维度和类型的社会问题(Gunaratnam, 2014).概而言之,无论是非表征理论还是批判老年学,行为者网络理论提供了解释网络、关联性,以及生活事件中同等重要的人类和非人类因素的方法途径(Tatnall et al, 2003; Cutchin, 2005). ...
... To date, in critical gerontology ‘relational thinking’ has perhaps been best articulated, albeit slightly differently, through socio-cultural perspectives on ageing bodies (Öberg, 1996; Katz, 2010) and their relationship to the structured, experienced, and interpersonal aspects of care (Twigg, 1997). As Katz (2010: 367) outlines, ‘the body is a central mediation point between structured mandates and the agential or experimental forms of identity used to negotiate these mandates’. Yet, such understandings are not only individual level phenomena. Body and care dynamics are understood to take place across levels of practice (Dean et al, 1999) and across traditional boundaries. Indeed ‘relationality’ of the body and care is experienced across transnational settings (Zhou, 2012), producing not only complicated power relations within and across families in space-time, but also dimensions and types of social pain (Gunaratnam, 2014). More generally, in both non-representational theory and critical gerontology, actor-network-theory presents an approach that can explain the networking, relationality and equal importance of humans and non-humans in life’s events (Tatnall et al, 2003; Cutchin, 2005). ...
Retirement migration: paradoxes of ageing
2
2007
... (1) 人口的迁移.因为健康和卫生保健系统而导致的人口在国家内部或不同国家之间的移动(Boyle, 2004; Norman et al, 2005).在此方面老龄化研究的长期特别关注点是老年人的迁移目的地、动机、决策过程和迁移经历,以及对老龄化服务政策的影响(Wiseman et al, 1979; Warnes et al, 1984; Bentham, 1988; Joseph et al, 1991; Glaser et al, 1998; King et al, 2000; Silveira et al, 2001; Moore et al, 2004; Oliver, 2007).事实上,这些研究并不关注长距离迁移行为本身,而关注在总体和宏观尺度上已经完成的(过去的)迁移活动的状况、影响和结果.近年来,对时空尺度上人类生命历程所起作用和迁移的批判性思考和研究已有所增加.这些研究对生命的“历程”在微观尺度上的多次迁移和迁移的意义更为敏感(Bailey, 2009; Jarvis et al, 2011; Schwanen et al, 2012). ...
... Social and health geography, two sub-disciplines that historically have contributed the bulk of the geographical study of ageing, have engaged with movement variously over many years. As we shall see, certainly not in the same way as non-representational theory can, but a clear precedent exists. Most things move - whether being diseases, services, resources or people - so the literature is potentially vast. Nevertheless some concentrated areas of inquiry are identifiable in terms of the movement of the latter. Scholars have, for example, engaged empirically with human movement as a ‘social determinant’ (as loosely defined) of human health and wellbeing, this approach being common in three substantive fields of inquiry. The first focused on migration, whereby people move within or between countries with implications for their health and health care systems (Boyle 2004; Norman et al 2005). The particular ageing focus here being longstanding on the migration destinations, motivations, decisions and experiences of older people and the implications for ageing services and policy (Wiseman et al, 1979; Warnes et al, 1984; Bentham, 1988; Joseph et al, 1991; Glaser et al, 1998; King et al, 2000; Silveira et al, 2001; Moore et al, 2004; Oliver, 2007). Indeed this research is not focused on the act of moving long distances per-se, as much as the shape, impact and consequence of the completed/past movements at the collective and macro scale. Recently it has been augmented with more critical considerations and studies of the human lifecourse as played out, and moving, in space and time. This research being more sensitive to life’s ‘journey’ including multiple moves, moves at the micro-scale and their meaning (Bailey, 2009; Jarvis et al 2011; Schwanen et al 2012). ...
Gender, race, age and fear in the city
2
2001
... 另一个受到有限关注的移动特质是(跨越空间和所在地的)“动量”(momentum).例如,社会地理和健康地理的相关研究表明,跨空间的“行为动量”会由一种行为(如饮酒、服药或做临时工)导致另外的行为(如随意的性行为),并产生健康效应(如滥交、肝炎和艾滋病)(Luginaah, 2008; Mkandawire, et al, 2014).然而,有关老龄化的研究表明,老年人身体和精神健康状况的不断变化导致他们在不同护理机构的空间中主动或者被动的迁移,以及所需护理复杂性程度的增加,而这些过程中所产生的动量更多是受到环境的影响而非主动性行为的影响(尽管研究关注的是转变本身及其后果)(Magilvy et al, 2000; Reed et al, 2003; Lee et al, 2013).此外,慢性病患者的日常生活行为是社会地理和健康地理的研究热点(Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003).研究结果表明,在许多情况下,人们的生活可以更确切地被描述为“受困的”或“静态的”(缺乏动量)甚或是“退缩的”(反方向多余的负动量)(Dyck, 1995; Crooks, 2007).在老年的相关研究中,增加了对这些兴趣点的关注(Pain 2001).本文同样关注老年人如何依靠他们自身或者借助优秀的设计和干预措施来应对由于其身体和心理健康水平下降而产生的“动量”变化所带来的挑战(Kong et al 1996; Gant 1997; Rowles, 2000; Wiles et al 2009).老龄化问题的相关研究已增加了对这些兴趣点的关注(Pain, 2001).最后,景观与老年相关研究没有直接关系,社会地理和健康地理研究中还关注了“经济动量”,关注在空间和地方尺度上,其变化的速率和力度及其在服务拓展和形成契约的过程中是怎样受政策和市场机制影响的(Joseph et al, 1996; Andrews et al, 2002; Skinner et al, 2011; Hanlon et al, 2014). ...
... Another quality of movement that has received some limited attention is ‘momentum’ (across space and of/in place). Across social and health geography, studies illustrate, for example, ‘behavioural momentums’ whereby for example, one human activity (such as drinking alcohol, taking drugs or undertaking casual labour) leads onto another (such as casual sex) with health implications (such as Hepatitis or HIV transmission) (Luginaah 2008; Mkandawire, et al 2014). In studies of ageing, however, human momentums are typically less behavioural and more circumstantial, either about the momentums that build as older people move - or are moved - spatially between care settings and services of increasing comprehensiveness in line with their changing physical and mental health (although studies focus primarily on the transitions themselves and their consequences (Magilvy et al, 2000; Reed et al, 2003; Lee et al, 2013). Elsewhere the momentums in the daily lives of people with chronic health conditions are a popular concern of social and health geography (Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003), these studies conveying how, in many cases, people’s lives might be more appropriately characterized by being ‘stuck’ or ‘immobile’ (lacking in momentum) or indeed ‘shrinking’ (possessing momentum in an unwanted and reverse direction) (Dyck, 1995; Crooks 2007). These interests and observations arise in ageing studies (Pain 2001), although this research is equally concerned to illustrate how older people negotiate and deal with such challenges - including the ‘momentum’ of their own declining physical and mental health - either on their own or with the aid of good design and intervention (Kong et al 1996; Gant 1997; Rowles, 2000; Wiles et al 2009). Finally momentums in social and health geography arise as ‘economic momentums’ in considerations of the rate, and forcefulness, at which policies for people are developed, and/or markets developed and/or at which services expand or contract - in place and across space - this being a very common interest of ageing studies (Joseph et al, 1996; Andrews et al, 2002; Skinner et al, 2011; Hanlon et al, 2014). ...
Paranoid parenting? rematerializing risk and fear for children
... Finally, as Colls (2012) argues, some scholars have taken great issue with what they see as the universalist nature of non-representational theory particularly in terms of its relationality (Tolia-Kelly, 2006). It, they argue, fails to differentiate bodies and recognise persons through important social and demographic categories - such as gender, ethnicity, disability and age - that impact upon people and constitute the ways in which they understand themselves and their lives (Bondi, 2005). Moreover, critics argue that non-representational theory fails to recognize political power and intent (Jacobs et al, 2003; Pain, 2006), is masculinist, technocratic and abstract (Bondi, 2005; Thien, 2005), and distances deep feelings and emotions (Thien, 2005). Like Colls (2012) however, we argue that these problems and shortfalls need not arise, because non-representational theory does not require that existing approaches and areas of research be shelved. We consider there to be plenty of room for both old and new in geographies of ageing. Indeed, like Colls (2012), we see potential in developing a ‘nomadic consciousness’, between the representational and non-representational both between studies and even within single studies where subject matter allows. This approach reflects the reality that in life much that is active, less-than-fully conscious and non-representational eventually flows into the conscious representable realm where power, meaning, identity and such things come into play (and also fits Lorimer’s ‘more-than-representational’ descriptor noted above). ...
Mental health, ethnography and the body
2
1998
... 社会地理和健康地理学运用质性研究方法开展的大量实证研究都涉及到“节律”的研究议题,大致可分为3个方面.第一,关注治疗、护理等行为的例行化、程式性、“节律”性及其发生地点.例如,在护理(Andrews et al, 2008)和戒毒(DeVerteuil et al, 2009; Wilton et al, 2014)等方面所开展的研究.该领域有关老年的研究主要关注非正式和正式的家庭和社区照护的惯例特征(Wiles, 2003).第二,探究身体如何与其周围广泛的节律相协调,而这种节律,像大海涨落的节律(Kearns et al, 2012),以及健身活动与环境的节律(Bale, 2004; Andrews, 2005),是疗养场所和个人体验的构成部分.健身活动与环境节律研究的兴趣点,在于将老龄化过程和健身结合起来(Paulson, 2005).第三,关注慢性病病人包括心理疾病患者(Dear et al, 1987; Parr, 1998, 2008)的日常活动范围(Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003).这些研究尤其关注老龄化和老年人的行为规律,该行为通常是在人们的健康状况和社会环境发生变化时,通过适应过程所形成的一种临时生存策略(Rowles, 2000; Antoninetti et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). ...
... Qualitative research in social and health geography meanwhile displays some consideration and representation of ‘rhythm’ across a wide-range of empirical subjects, fitting loosely into three broad categories. First, there are studies that convey the routinized, processional and ‘rhythmic’ nature of treatments, caring practices and the places where they occur. For example in nursing (Andrews et al, 2008) and addiction detoxification (DeVerteuil et al, 2009; Wilton et al, 2014). The ageing focus here being mainly on the routinized nature of informal and formal home and community care (Wiles, 2003). Second, there are studies that explore how the body becomes synchronized with broader rhythms that surround it as part of therapeutic places and experiences, such as rhythms of the sea in coastal life (Kearns et al, 2012), and rhythms of fitness activities and environments (Bale, 2004; Andrews, 2005); this latter interest incorporating a sporadic concern for ageing and fitness (Paulson 2005). Third are studies that convey the daily geographies in the lives of people with chronic health conditions (Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003) including and mental illness (Dear et al, 1987; Parr, 1998, 2008). These studies pay particular attention to the embodied rhythms - oftentimes part of makeshift survival strategies - that arise as peoples’ health status and social contexts change, and regularly engage with ageing and older people (Rowles, 2000; Antoninetti et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). ...
Mental health and social space: towards inclusionary geographies
2
2008
... 社会地理和健康地理学运用质性研究方法开展的大量实证研究都涉及到“节律”的研究议题,大致可分为3个方面.第一,关注治疗、护理等行为的例行化、程式性、“节律”性及其发生地点.例如,在护理(Andrews et al, 2008)和戒毒(DeVerteuil et al, 2009; Wilton et al, 2014)等方面所开展的研究.该领域有关老年的研究主要关注非正式和正式的家庭和社区照护的惯例特征(Wiles, 2003).第二,探究身体如何与其周围广泛的节律相协调,而这种节律,像大海涨落的节律(Kearns et al, 2012),以及健身活动与环境的节律(Bale, 2004; Andrews, 2005),是疗养场所和个人体验的构成部分.健身活动与环境节律研究的兴趣点,在于将老龄化过程和健身结合起来(Paulson, 2005).第三,关注慢性病病人包括心理疾病患者(Dear et al, 1987; Parr, 1998, 2008)的日常活动范围(Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003).这些研究尤其关注老龄化和老年人的行为规律,该行为通常是在人们的健康状况和社会环境发生变化时,通过适应过程所形成的一种临时生存策略(Rowles, 2000; Antoninetti et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). ...
... Qualitative research in social and health geography meanwhile displays some consideration and representation of ‘rhythm’ across a wide-range of empirical subjects, fitting loosely into three broad categories. First, there are studies that convey the routinized, processional and ‘rhythmic’ nature of treatments, caring practices and the places where they occur. For example in nursing (Andrews et al, 2008) and addiction detoxification (DeVerteuil et al, 2009; Wilton et al, 2014). The ageing focus here being mainly on the routinized nature of informal and formal home and community care (Wiles, 2003). Second, there are studies that explore how the body becomes synchronized with broader rhythms that surround it as part of therapeutic places and experiences, such as rhythms of the sea in coastal life (Kearns et al, 2012), and rhythms of fitness activities and environments (Bale, 2004; Andrews, 2005); this latter interest incorporating a sporadic concern for ageing and fitness (Paulson 2005). Third are studies that convey the daily geographies in the lives of people with chronic health conditions (Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003) including and mental illness (Dear et al, 1987; Parr, 1998, 2008). These studies pay particular attention to the embodied rhythms - oftentimes part of makeshift survival strategies - that arise as peoples’ health status and social contexts change, and regularly engage with ageing and older people (Rowles, 2000; Antoninetti et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). ...
How various ‘cultures of fitness’ shape subjective experiences of growing older
2
2005
... 社会地理和健康地理学运用质性研究方法开展的大量实证研究都涉及到“节律”的研究议题,大致可分为3个方面.第一,关注治疗、护理等行为的例行化、程式性、“节律”性及其发生地点.例如,在护理(Andrews et al, 2008)和戒毒(DeVerteuil et al, 2009; Wilton et al, 2014)等方面所开展的研究.该领域有关老年的研究主要关注非正式和正式的家庭和社区照护的惯例特征(Wiles, 2003).第二,探究身体如何与其周围广泛的节律相协调,而这种节律,像大海涨落的节律(Kearns et al, 2012),以及健身活动与环境的节律(Bale, 2004; Andrews, 2005),是疗养场所和个人体验的构成部分.健身活动与环境节律研究的兴趣点,在于将老龄化过程和健身结合起来(Paulson, 2005).第三,关注慢性病病人包括心理疾病患者(Dear et al, 1987; Parr, 1998, 2008)的日常活动范围(Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003).这些研究尤其关注老龄化和老年人的行为规律,该行为通常是在人们的健康状况和社会环境发生变化时,通过适应过程所形成的一种临时生存策略(Rowles, 2000; Antoninetti et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). ...
... Qualitative research in social and health geography meanwhile displays some consideration and representation of ‘rhythm’ across a wide-range of empirical subjects, fitting loosely into three broad categories. First, there are studies that convey the routinized, processional and ‘rhythmic’ nature of treatments, caring practices and the places where they occur. For example in nursing (Andrews et al, 2008) and addiction detoxification (DeVerteuil et al, 2009; Wilton et al, 2014). The ageing focus here being mainly on the routinized nature of informal and formal home and community care (Wiles, 2003). Second, there are studies that explore how the body becomes synchronized with broader rhythms that surround it as part of therapeutic places and experiences, such as rhythms of the sea in coastal life (Kearns et al, 2012), and rhythms of fitness activities and environments (Bale, 2004; Andrews, 2005); this latter interest incorporating a sporadic concern for ageing and fitness (Paulson 2005). Third are studies that convey the daily geographies in the lives of people with chronic health conditions (Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003) including and mental illness (Dear et al, 1987; Parr, 1998, 2008). These studies pay particular attention to the embodied rhythms - oftentimes part of makeshift survival strategies - that arise as peoples’ health status and social contexts change, and regularly engage with ageing and older people (Rowles, 2000; Antoninetti et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). ...
Ageing in the Asia-Pacific region: issues, policies and future trends
2
2002
... 从社会与科学的立场来看,移动具有某些特性(移动也由这些特性构成).现有文献对这些特性的探讨关乎但也超出了人的范畴.因此社会和健康地理学已对移动的“节律”进行了初步探索(跨越空间和所在地),这体现在长期以来对一系列现象所进行的时间序列和时空分析的实证研究中(Meade et al, 2010),包括疾病的发生和传播(Smallman-Raynor et al, 1991; Gould, 1993; Rogers et al, 2000; Robertson et al, 2014)和对特定疾病的诊治和住院治疗(Crighton et al, 2001, 2008; Leong et al, 2006).借助详细的计算机辅助制图和地理信息系统(GIS)等分析工具,本文展现了发生在宏观尺度上诸现象的序列化“节律”.尽管此类研究对老龄化的关注较少,学者们对老龄化和传染病,包括HIV的研究却越来越感兴趣(Yoshikawa, 2000; High et al, 2008).与此同时,在人口学等其他研究中,已经关注到人口变化的长期时空节律,这与人口健康的规律以及特定地区政府和健康部门面临的挑战相关.有关老年人口的研究成为关注的焦点(Moore et al, 1997; Rosenberg et al, 1997; Smallman-Raynor et al, 1999; Phillips, 2002; McCracken et al, 2005; Lin et al, 2007).事实上,这些研究更应归入人口老龄化和国际/全球健康的范畴. ...
... From both social and scientific standpoints movement possesses, and is composed of, certain qualities, and these have been explored in the literature in regard to, and also beyond, the human. In social and health geography one can thus observe a rudimentary engagement with the ‘rhythm’ of movement (across space and of/in place). This arises, for example, in a positivistic research tradition where time-series and spatial-temporal analysis has been applied to a range of phenomenon (Meade et al, 2010) including occurrences and spread of diseases (Smallman-Raynor et al, 1991; Gould, 1993; Rogers et al, 2000; Robertson et al, 2014), and treatments and hospitalizations for specific diseases (Crighton et al 2001; 2008x; Leong et al 2006). This research presents-often with detailed computer-aided illustration/GIS-a sequenced ‘rhythm’ of phenomenon collectively occurring over macro-scales. Although the ageing focus in this research has been sporadic at best, scholars have become interested in ageing and infectious disease more broadly, including HIV (Yoshikawa 2000; High et al 2008). Meanwhile, in other research, demographic studies have conveyed and displayed the long-term spatial and temporal ‘rhythms’ of population changes, as they themselves relate to the rhythms of population health, and the challenges for governments and health sectors in particular places. The ageing focus here being particularly central (Moore et al, 1997; Rosenberg et al, 1997; Smallman-Raynor et al, 1999; Phillips, 2002; McCracken et al, 2005; Lin et al, 2007). Indeed, this research flows into more general disciplinary concerns for ageing and international/global health. ...
A vitally human medical geography? introducing Georges Canguilhem to geographers
Expanding the agenda for research on the physically active aging body
2
2009
... 在老年学中,与行为和表现结合最好的研究是引入运动社会学的视角并将之用于对老年身体和老年运动员的研究(Wainwright et al, 2004; Tulle, 2008; Phoenix et al, 2009).在该研究领域中,研究者关注了老年人身体与身体的衰退、管理、重建或重构等文化话语之间的关系(Tulle, 2008; Wahidin, 2002).例如,有研究借鉴Bourdieu习惯(habitus)的概念,发现老年人身体的行为或表现与我们感兴趣的行为和表现密切相关(Dumas et al, 2005).在此,批判老年学和非表征理论的观点出现了明显的区别.批判老年学关注老年人的身体如何开展日常惯例行为,提供了可操作、适应或抵抗的一种文化框架;而非表征理论关注更多的是存在于框架内、框架间和框架周围可能存在的事物.尽管这两种观点所关注的兴趣点和结果不同,但为了更好地理解老龄化,两种方法在概述身体的文化参考和调节体验的过程上是互补的. ...
... In gerontology, perhaps the most notable well-aligned trend with regards to practice and performance is that of scholars drawing on insights from the sociology of sport and applying them to the study of older bodies and older athletes (Wainwright et al, 2004; Tulle, 2008; Phoenix et al, 2009). In this field of study, researchers focus on the relationship between older bodies and cultural discourses such as decline, and the management, reconstruction, or reconfiguration of older bodies (Tulle, 2008; Wahidin, 2002). Work drawing on Bourdieu’s notion of habitus, for example, and the practices and/or performances of older bodies closely aligns (Dumas et al, 2005). Here, a clear distinction emerges between critical perspectives on ageing and non-representational theory. Where critical gerontology tends to focus on how routinized practices carried out through the older body represent a cultural frame that can be managed, adapted or resisted, non-representational theory would focus more on what may exist within, between and around these frames. Although the point of interest and outcome of the two perspectives differ, the approaches are complementary in outlining the cultural references and processes of mediating experience through the body in order to better understand ageing. ...
... Non-representional theory is not only the latest ‘cutting edge’ approach in human geography, as this paper has described, it clearly aligns well with the existing range of approaches and research in gerontology. In terms of what it potentially brings to the geography of ageing, it could clearly help scholars present the immediate movements in age and ageing, a wider range of movements and a wider-range of movers. Like any approach, however, non-representational theory has its detractors, and a number of emerging critiques of the approach should be acknowledged as they have particular relevance to the future study of ageing. One line of criticism is based on the entire notion on non-representation. The argument is that any researcher must represent events no matter how hard they try not to, and no matter what field methods and knowledge translation strategies they employ. A related concern is the supposed impossibility of presenting, or even representing, certain events that are registered less-than-fully consciously (such as affects), because the consciousness of the researcher will act as a filter always producing a false consciousness of them (Pile, 2010). In response, in addition to finding creative and expressive ways to stay true to events that occurred , scholars have suggested adjustments to the title of non-representational theory, such as Lorimer (2005) who argues that ‘more-than-representational’ would be a better term to describe what is considered and conveyed. ...
Individual and socio-environmental determinants of overweight and obesity in Urban Canada
2
2010
... (2) 基于体能活动的观点而迅速发展的新兴多学科交叉研究(Witten et al, 2008; Matthews et al, 2009),尤其是“可步行性”概念的提出及相关研究已成为当前研究热点.例如,该方面的研究已经特别关注到可步行城市环境的营造和形式(Ewing et al, 2009; Gehl, 2010),考虑了促进及阻碍可步行性的潜在社会和结构因素(Pouliou et al, 2010; Holt et al 2009),探讨了度量可步行性的方法或进行了可步行性的度量(Gebel et al, 2011; Van Dyck et al, 2011),并且就公众对可步行性的感知进行了量化和归纳(Loukaitou-Sideris, 2006; Weinstein Agrawal et al, 2008).研究关注步行活动的潜在可能性和动机(Andrews et al 2012),特别是聚焦于老年人研究步行活动与财富(King et al 2011)、心理健康(Berke et al 2007)和邻里住区设计(Takano et al 2002; Frank et al 2010; Weiss et al 2010)等因素关联. ...
... The second field of inquiry is a burgeoning multi-disciplinary literature on physical activity (Witten et al 2008; Matthews et al 2009) where specifically the concept of ‘walkability’, has recently dominated the literature. Here, for example, studies have focused practically on the production and form of walkable city environments (Ewing et al, 2009; Gehl, 2010), considered potential social and structural facilitators of, and barriers to, walkability (Pouliou et al, 2010; Holt et al 2009), discussed methods to measure walkability or have measured it (Gebel et al 2011; Van Dyck et al, 2011) and have quantified and generalized public perceptions of walkability (Loukaitou-Sideris, 2006; Weinstein Agrawal et al 2008). In this research, the potential of movement, motivates studies (Andrews et al 2012), the particular ageing focus being, for example, on older peoples’ walking as related to their affluence (King et al 2011), mental health (Berke et al 2007) and local neighbourhood design (Takano et al 2002; Frank et al 2010; Weiss et al 2010). ...
... The first of non-representational theory’s facets is to present the ‘onflow’ of life; the raw, unrolling, forward moving, frontier of existence; the very edge at which new space-time is emerging (Pred, 2005; Thrift, 2008; Vannini, 2009, 2014a). Onflow is initial, thus often less than fully consciously witnessed and participated in, and certainly is non-verbal. Onflow is also continuous; existence does not stop, and the world is constantly becoming (thus, to view it as stopped, then to look for trends and/or meaning and represent it as stopped, like with much spatial science and social constructivism, misses most of what it is actually involving (Andrews 2014). ...
Social gerontology as public sociology in action
2
2005
... 在老年学研究中,我们看到了基于戏剧活动(Mitchell et al, 2011; Kontos et al, 2007)、激进主义方法论(Minkler et al, 2008; Estes, 2008),以及有声照片和纪录片使用增加的先验综合研究(Kontos et al, 2013; Putney et al, 2005; Raymond et al 2015; Swinnen et al, 2013).这些案例都对知识转化的传统方法论和标准实践提出了挑战.事实上,这是一个研究者与老年人密切合作、共同创造故事和实施改变的过程.与更为常见的学术出版和报告不同,知识交流的形式采用基于社区的表演和公共活动等传播方式.例如,剧院演员将老龄化和老年痴呆的具体表现和经历表演出来,在这个过程中,改变了他们的日常关系,挑战了记忆中想当然的假设,并唤起了参与到表演之中的社区和个人的敏感性(例如,加拿大多伦多Julia Gray的工作).这些学者和艺术家铺设的路径,正是非表征理论在老年学研究中应当继承和发展的. ...
... In gerontology we see precedent and alignment in research based theatre initiatives (Mitchell et al, 2011; Kontos et al, 2007), activist methodologies (Minkler et al, 2008; Estes, 2008), and a general increase in the use of photovoice methods, and documentary film (Kontos et al, 2013; Putney et al, 2005; Raymond et al, 2015; Swinnen et al, 2013). Each of these examples challenges traditional methodologies and standard practices of knowledge translation. Indeed, the process is collaborative, with researchers working closely with older people to co-produce stories and enact change. The forms of knowledge exchange also differ from the more known mediums of academic publication and reports to community based performances and/or public events. Theatre groups for example, have acted out their experiences of ageing and dementia, and in this process, altered everyday relationships, challenged taken-for-granted assumptions about memory, and sensitized communities and individuals who take part in their performances (for example the work of Julia Gray in Toronto, Canada). Indeed these scholars and artists have forged a path that gerontology informed by non-representational theory might continue to follow. ...
2
... 在老年学中,叙事研究展现了口头和书面交流的强大作用(Ray, 2000; Kenyon et al, 1999, 2001; Bornat, 2001).关注倾听和记录老年人的陈述被认为是听取合理诉求、将权力和能动性交还于那些诉求被专业人士掩盖或被社会边缘化的群体的一种方式(Bornat et al, 2004).与上述的新方法论相叠合,从研究老年人和学者的博客到摄影之声工程及电影,这些新方法都说明传统的学术写作方式是可以被挑战、被渗透、被提升的.给予研究者与研究对象同样自由表达的权利,是学术写作与非表征理论的关联之处. ...
... In gerontology, narrative research has drawn attention to the powerful acts of verbal and written communication (Ray, 2000; Kenyon et al, 1999, 2001; Bornat, 2001). Focus on hearing and documenting the accounts of older people are often characterized as a way to hear legitimate voices, and/or give back power and agency to groups whose voices have been overshadowed by professionals or as a result of marginal social locations (Bornat et al, 2004). Overlapping with the aforementioned turn toward new methodologies, new approaches ranging from blogs (both those created by older people and by researchers), to photo voice projects theatre and films are illustrative of the ways traditional forms of academic writing can be challenged, informed and augmented. The connection here to non-representational theory is that the same freedom of expression given to ‘subjects’ should also be afforded to researchers. ...
Social participation at the intersection of old age and lifelong disability: illustrations from a Photo-Novel Project
2
2015
... 在老年学研究中,我们看到了基于戏剧活动(Mitchell et al, 2011; Kontos et al, 2007)、激进主义方法论(Minkler et al, 2008; Estes, 2008),以及有声照片和纪录片使用增加的先验综合研究(Kontos et al, 2013; Putney et al, 2005; Raymond et al 2015; Swinnen et al, 2013).这些案例都对知识转化的传统方法论和标准实践提出了挑战.事实上,这是一个研究者与老年人密切合作、共同创造故事和实施改变的过程.与更为常见的学术出版和报告不同,知识交流的形式采用基于社区的表演和公共活动等传播方式.例如,剧院演员将老龄化和老年痴呆的具体表现和经历表演出来,在这个过程中,改变了他们的日常关系,挑战了记忆中想当然的假设,并唤起了参与到表演之中的社区和个人的敏感性(例如,加拿大多伦多Julia Gray的工作).这些学者和艺术家铺设的路径,正是非表征理论在老年学研究中应当继承和发展的. ...
... In gerontology we see precedent and alignment in research based theatre initiatives (Mitchell et al, 2011; Kontos et al, 2007), activist methodologies (Minkler et al, 2008; Estes, 2008), and a general increase in the use of photovoice methods, and documentary film (Kontos et al, 2013; Putney et al, 2005; Raymond et al, 2015; Swinnen et al, 2013). Each of these examples challenges traditional methodologies and standard practices of knowledge translation. Indeed, the process is collaborative, with researchers working closely with older people to co-produce stories and enact change. The forms of knowledge exchange also differ from the more known mediums of academic publication and reports to community based performances and/or public events. Theatre groups for example, have acted out their experiences of ageing and dementia, and in this process, altered everyday relationships, challenged taken-for-granted assumptions about memory, and sensitized communities and individuals who take part in their performances (for example the work of Julia Gray in Toronto, Canada). Indeed these scholars and artists have forged a path that gerontology informed by non-representational theory might continue to follow. ...
Making a move: care-home residents' experiences of relocation
2
2003
... 另一个受到有限关注的移动特质是(跨越空间和所在地的)“动量”(momentum).例如,社会地理和健康地理的相关研究表明,跨空间的“行为动量”会由一种行为(如饮酒、服药或做临时工)导致另外的行为(如随意的性行为),并产生健康效应(如滥交、肝炎和艾滋病)(Luginaah, 2008; Mkandawire, et al, 2014).然而,有关老龄化的研究表明,老年人身体和精神健康状况的不断变化导致他们在不同护理机构的空间中主动或者被动的迁移,以及所需护理复杂性程度的增加,而这些过程中所产生的动量更多是受到环境的影响而非主动性行为的影响(尽管研究关注的是转变本身及其后果)(Magilvy et al, 2000; Reed et al, 2003; Lee et al, 2013).此外,慢性病患者的日常生活行为是社会地理和健康地理的研究热点(Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003).研究结果表明,在许多情况下,人们的生活可以更确切地被描述为“受困的”或“静态的”(缺乏动量)甚或是“退缩的”(反方向多余的负动量)(Dyck, 1995; Crooks, 2007).在老年的相关研究中,增加了对这些兴趣点的关注(Pain 2001).本文同样关注老年人如何依靠他们自身或者借助优秀的设计和干预措施来应对由于其身体和心理健康水平下降而产生的“动量”变化所带来的挑战(Kong et al 1996; Gant 1997; Rowles, 2000; Wiles et al 2009).老龄化问题的相关研究已增加了对这些兴趣点的关注(Pain, 2001).最后,景观与老年相关研究没有直接关系,社会地理和健康地理研究中还关注了“经济动量”,关注在空间和地方尺度上,其变化的速率和力度及其在服务拓展和形成契约的过程中是怎样受政策和市场机制影响的(Joseph et al, 1996; Andrews et al, 2002; Skinner et al, 2011; Hanlon et al, 2014). ...
... Another quality of movement that has received some limited attention is ‘momentum’ (across space and of/in place). Across social and health geography, studies illustrate, for example, ‘behavioural momentums’ whereby for example, one human activity (such as drinking alcohol, taking drugs or undertaking casual labour) leads onto another (such as casual sex) with health implications (such as Hepatitis or HIV transmission) (Luginaah 2008; Mkandawire, et al 2014). In studies of ageing, however, human momentums are typically less behavioural and more circumstantial, either about the momentums that build as older people move - or are moved - spatially between care settings and services of increasing comprehensiveness in line with their changing physical and mental health (although studies focus primarily on the transitions themselves and their consequences (Magilvy et al, 2000; Reed et al, 2003; Lee et al, 2013). Elsewhere the momentums in the daily lives of people with chronic health conditions are a popular concern of social and health geography (Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003), these studies conveying how, in many cases, people’s lives might be more appropriately characterized by being ‘stuck’ or ‘immobile’ (lacking in momentum) or indeed ‘shrinking’ (possessing momentum in an unwanted and reverse direction) (Dyck, 1995; Crooks 2007). These interests and observations arise in ageing studies (Pain 2001), although this research is equally concerned to illustrate how older people negotiate and deal with such challenges - including the ‘momentum’ of their own declining physical and mental health - either on their own or with the aid of good design and intervention (Kong et al 1996; Gant 1997; Rowles, 2000; Wiles et al 2009). Finally momentums in social and health geography arise as ‘economic momentums’ in considerations of the rate, and forcefulness, at which policies for people are developed, and/or markets developed and/or at which services expand or contract - in place and across space - this being a very common interest of ageing studies (Joseph et al, 1996; Andrews et al, 2002; Skinner et al, 2011; Hanlon et al, 2014). ...
Mindfulness: reconnecting the body and mind in geriatric medicine and gerontology
... The notion of vitality as expressed in non-representational theory is about the world. In gerontology in contrast, the current notion of vitality is often connected with humans’ cognitive vitality (the maintenance of their cognitive function.) While non-representative theory could be used to broaden such interpretations of vitality (thus expanding interpretations to a sense of experience and life), a concept more closely connected with ‘vitality’ is perhaps gerotranscendance - a shift in meta perspective, from a materialistic and rational view of the world to a more cosmic and transcendent one, normally accompanied by an increase in enthusiasm for life and life satisfaction (Tornstam, 1996, 2005;Uppsala Universitet, 1997). This model offers contemplation, solitude, affinity with past generations, and a redefinition of time, space, life and death as a developmental model that extends beyond the dualism of activity and disengagement (Sherman, 2010). Although distinct from each other, both vitality and gerotranscendance offer alternate paradigms that are reflective, accepting of changes in late life, and speak to an experience of living. Notably, gerotranscendance also speaks to an interest in non-representational theory in the virtuality and multiplicity of space and time (their non-fixed, non-linear and ruptured nature) that might result, for example, in things that are ‘real’ to people, yet are not physical or fully actualized in space-time, and/or multiple happenings that are related in the world but emerge and co-exist in different spaces-times (Cadman, 2009), and also non-representational theory’s fundamental disposition and mindset - a real sense of ‘wonderment’ with the physicality of the world and one’s place in it (Andrews 2014) (which, illustrating multiple disciplinary linkages, itself draws close to the idea of ‘mindfulness’ in gerontology and gerontological practice (Rejeski, 2008)). ...
An overview of spatial analysis of emerging infectious diseases
2
2014
... 从社会与科学的立场来看,移动具有某些特性(移动也由这些特性构成).现有文献对这些特性的探讨关乎但也超出了人的范畴.因此社会和健康地理学已对移动的“节律”进行了初步探索(跨越空间和所在地),这体现在长期以来对一系列现象所进行的时间序列和时空分析的实证研究中(Meade et al, 2010),包括疾病的发生和传播(Smallman-Raynor et al, 1991; Gould, 1993; Rogers et al, 2000; Robertson et al, 2014)和对特定疾病的诊治和住院治疗(Crighton et al, 2001, 2008; Leong et al, 2006).借助详细的计算机辅助制图和地理信息系统(GIS)等分析工具,本文展现了发生在宏观尺度上诸现象的序列化“节律”.尽管此类研究对老龄化的关注较少,学者们对老龄化和传染病,包括HIV的研究却越来越感兴趣(Yoshikawa, 2000; High et al, 2008).与此同时,在人口学等其他研究中,已经关注到人口变化的长期时空节律,这与人口健康的规律以及特定地区政府和健康部门面临的挑战相关.有关老年人口的研究成为关注的焦点(Moore et al, 1997; Rosenberg et al, 1997; Smallman-Raynor et al, 1999; Phillips, 2002; McCracken et al, 2005; Lin et al, 2007).事实上,这些研究更应归入人口老龄化和国际/全球健康的范畴. ...
... From both social and scientific standpoints movement possesses, and is composed of, certain qualities, and these have been explored in the literature in regard to, and also beyond, the human. In social and health geography one can thus observe a rudimentary engagement with the ‘rhythm’ of movement (across space and of/in place). This arises, for example, in a positivistic research tradition where time-series and spatial-temporal analysis has been applied to a range of phenomenon (Meade et al, 2010) including occurrences and spread of diseases (Smallman-Raynor et al, 1991; Gould, 1993; Rogers et al, 2000; Robertson et al, 2014), and treatments and hospitalizations for specific diseases (Crighton et al 2001; 2008x; Leong et al 2006). This research presents-often with detailed computer-aided illustration/GIS-a sequenced ‘rhythm’ of phenomenon collectively occurring over macro-scales. Although the ageing focus in this research has been sporadic at best, scholars have become interested in ageing and infectious disease more broadly, including HIV (Yoshikawa 2000; High et al 2008). Meanwhile, in other research, demographic studies have conveyed and displayed the long-term spatial and temporal ‘rhythms’ of population changes, as they themselves relate to the rhythms of population health, and the challenges for governments and health sectors in particular places. The ageing focus here being particularly central (Moore et al, 1997; Rosenberg et al, 1997; Smallman-Raynor et al, 1999; Phillips, 2002; McCracken et al, 2005; Lin et al, 2007). Indeed, this research flows into more general disciplinary concerns for ageing and international/global health. ...
Tourism as a recruiting post for retirement migration
2
2001
... 此外,在社会地理和健康地理的研究中,另有3个研究领域通过以定性方法为主导的途径,对人类移动进行了更为直接和更具批判性的研究.第一个领域主要关注损伤、残疾及其相应情况下的移动性,以及受损个体因此所面临的挑战和社会接纳(Butler et al, 1999; Gleeson, 1999; Crooks et al, 2008).该领域的研究焦点在于老年人的移动空间与范围(Meyer et al, 1985; Schwanen et al, 2010)、城市和农村所面临的不同挑战(Mattson, 2010)和政策影响(Mercado et al, 2010).第二个领域关注健身活动,大多数研究关注身体运动的含义和特征、运动发生地,以及所涉及的权力关系(Andrews et al, 2003; Bale, 2004; Vertinsky et al, 2004; Andrews et al, 2005).尽管对该领域老龄化问题的关注较少,但也有对老年人积极休闲活动和生活方式的研究(Mansvelt, 1997; McConatha et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014).第三个领域的涉及面更广,且与第一、第二领域的部分研究有所结合,可被广义地描述为关于“新移动性”的研究,阐释了诸如交通、休闲活动、休息、工作、健康、健康护理等多种移动形式的动机、意义和影响(Gatrell, 2011; Warf, 2010; Crooks et al, 2011; Kingsbury et al, 2012).该领域老龄化的研究侧重点各异,但老年人旅游的移动性和幸福感成为近年关注的焦点(Williams et al, 2000, 2002; Rodriguez, 2001; Schwanen et al, 2011). ...
... Elsewhere across social and health geography human movement has been engaged more directly and critically by three other substantive areas of inquiry that use predominantly qualitative methodologies. One is focused on impairment and disability, and mobility in these contexts, and the challenges facing and (non)acceptance of individuals affected (Butler et al, 1999; Gleeson, 1999; Crooks et al, 2008). The particular ageing focus in this literature includes, for example, the range and scope of older peoples’ mobility (Meyer et al, 1985; Schwanen et al, 2010), their unique urban and rural challenges (Mattson 2010) and policy implications (Mercado et al 2010). Another area of qualitative inquiry is focused on fitness activities, much of this research unpacking the meaning and identity of bodily movement, the places where it occurs, and the power relationships at play (Andrews et al, 2003; Bale, 2004; Vertinsky et al, 2004; Andrews et al, 2005). The ageing focus here has been only occasional but includes attention, for example, to older peoples’ active leisure and lifestyles (Mansvelt, 1997; McConatha et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). The final area - which being more of a broad approach, does incorporate some of the research in the first and second - can be broadly described as ‘new mobilities’. It conveys the motivations, meanings and implications of varied movement forms-such as in transport, leisure, respite, work and health and health care (Gatrell, 2011; Warf, 2010; Crooks et al 2011; Kingsbury et al 2012). The particular ageing focus here is varied but has been particularly attentive in recent years to older peoples’ tourism mobilities and wellbeing (Williams et al, 2000, 2002; Rodriguez, 2001; Schwanen et al, 2011). ...
The global spread of malaria in a future, warmer world
2
2000
... 从社会与科学的立场来看,移动具有某些特性(移动也由这些特性构成).现有文献对这些特性的探讨关乎但也超出了人的范畴.因此社会和健康地理学已对移动的“节律”进行了初步探索(跨越空间和所在地),这体现在长期以来对一系列现象所进行的时间序列和时空分析的实证研究中(Meade et al, 2010),包括疾病的发生和传播(Smallman-Raynor et al, 1991; Gould, 1993; Rogers et al, 2000; Robertson et al, 2014)和对特定疾病的诊治和住院治疗(Crighton et al, 2001, 2008; Leong et al, 2006).借助详细的计算机辅助制图和地理信息系统(GIS)等分析工具,本文展现了发生在宏观尺度上诸现象的序列化“节律”.尽管此类研究对老龄化的关注较少,学者们对老龄化和传染病,包括HIV的研究却越来越感兴趣(Yoshikawa, 2000; High et al, 2008).与此同时,在人口学等其他研究中,已经关注到人口变化的长期时空节律,这与人口健康的规律以及特定地区政府和健康部门面临的挑战相关.有关老年人口的研究成为关注的焦点(Moore et al, 1997; Rosenberg et al, 1997; Smallman-Raynor et al, 1999; Phillips, 2002; McCracken et al, 2005; Lin et al, 2007).事实上,这些研究更应归入人口老龄化和国际/全球健康的范畴. ...
... From both social and scientific standpoints movement possesses, and is composed of, certain qualities, and these have been explored in the literature in regard to, and also beyond, the human. In social and health geography one can thus observe a rudimentary engagement with the ‘rhythm’ of movement (across space and of/in place). This arises, for example, in a positivistic research tradition where time-series and spatial-temporal analysis has been applied to a range of phenomenon (Meade et al, 2010) including occurrences and spread of diseases (Smallman-Raynor et al, 1991; Gould, 1993; Rogers et al, 2000; Robertson et al, 2014), and treatments and hospitalizations for specific diseases (Crighton et al 2001; 2008x; Leong et al 2006). This research presents-often with detailed computer-aided illustration/GIS-a sequenced ‘rhythm’ of phenomenon collectively occurring over macro-scales. Although the ageing focus in this research has been sporadic at best, scholars have become interested in ageing and infectious disease more broadly, including HIV (Yoshikawa 2000; High et al 2008). Meanwhile, in other research, demographic studies have conveyed and displayed the long-term spatial and temporal ‘rhythms’ of population changes, as they themselves relate to the rhythms of population health, and the challenges for governments and health sectors in particular places. The ageing focus here being particularly central (Moore et al, 1997; Rosenberg et al, 1997; Smallman-Raynor et al, 1999; Phillips, 2002; McCracken et al, 2005; Lin et al, 2007). Indeed, this research flows into more general disciplinary concerns for ageing and international/global health. ...
The health of Canada's elderly population: current status and future implications
2
1997
... 从社会与科学的立场来看,移动具有某些特性(移动也由这些特性构成).现有文献对这些特性的探讨关乎但也超出了人的范畴.因此社会和健康地理学已对移动的“节律”进行了初步探索(跨越空间和所在地),这体现在长期以来对一系列现象所进行的时间序列和时空分析的实证研究中(Meade et al, 2010),包括疾病的发生和传播(Smallman-Raynor et al, 1991; Gould, 1993; Rogers et al, 2000; Robertson et al, 2014)和对特定疾病的诊治和住院治疗(Crighton et al, 2001, 2008; Leong et al, 2006).借助详细的计算机辅助制图和地理信息系统(GIS)等分析工具,本文展现了发生在宏观尺度上诸现象的序列化“节律”.尽管此类研究对老龄化的关注较少,学者们对老龄化和传染病,包括HIV的研究却越来越感兴趣(Yoshikawa, 2000; High et al, 2008).与此同时,在人口学等其他研究中,已经关注到人口变化的长期时空节律,这与人口健康的规律以及特定地区政府和健康部门面临的挑战相关.有关老年人口的研究成为关注的焦点(Moore et al, 1997; Rosenberg et al, 1997; Smallman-Raynor et al, 1999; Phillips, 2002; McCracken et al, 2005; Lin et al, 2007).事实上,这些研究更应归入人口老龄化和国际/全球健康的范畴. ...
... From both social and scientific standpoints movement possesses, and is composed of, certain qualities, and these have been explored in the literature in regard to, and also beyond, the human. In social and health geography one can thus observe a rudimentary engagement with the ‘rhythm’ of movement (across space and of/in place). This arises, for example, in a positivistic research tradition where time-series and spatial-temporal analysis has been applied to a range of phenomenon (Meade et al, 2010) including occurrences and spread of diseases (Smallman-Raynor et al, 1991; Gould, 1993; Rogers et al, 2000; Robertson et al, 2014), and treatments and hospitalizations for specific diseases (Crighton et al 2001; 2008x; Leong et al 2006). This research presents-often with detailed computer-aided illustration/GIS-a sequenced ‘rhythm’ of phenomenon collectively occurring over macro-scales. Although the ageing focus in this research has been sporadic at best, scholars have become interested in ageing and infectious disease more broadly, including HIV (Yoshikawa 2000; High et al 2008). Meanwhile, in other research, demographic studies have conveyed and displayed the long-term spatial and temporal ‘rhythms’ of population changes, as they themselves relate to the rhythms of population health, and the challenges for governments and health sectors in particular places. The ageing focus here being particularly central (Moore et al, 1997; Rosenberg et al, 1997; Smallman-Raynor et al, 1999; Phillips, 2002; McCracken et al, 2005; Lin et al, 2007). Indeed, this research flows into more general disciplinary concerns for ageing and international/global health. ...
2
... 对老年学研究而言,研究者更加关注日常地点和空间在老年生活中的作用(Rowles, 1978; Wiles et al, 2011; Rowles et al, 2013), 特别是以浴室、公交车 (Grenier, 2005)、厨房 (Maguire et al, 2014)等为代表的、降低老年人移动性的微观空间中的日常经历.最近老年学的研究转向老年人对日常物品的使用,从而给该领域的研究增加了物质的维度. ...
... In terms of alignments in gerontology, researchers have focused more generally on the role of everyday places and spaces in older people’s lives (Rowles, 1978; Wiles et al, 2011; Rowles et al, 2013), and in particular on the everyday experiences in micro-locations where reduced mobility may feature most prominently such as the bathroom bus (Grenier, 2005) or kitchen (Maguire et al., 2014). There has also been a recent turn in gerontology towards the use of everyday items by older people, adding a material dimension to this field of research. ...
Habituation and being in place
4
2000
... 社会地理和健康地理学运用质性研究方法开展的大量实证研究都涉及到“节律”的研究议题,大致可分为3个方面.第一,关注治疗、护理等行为的例行化、程式性、“节律”性及其发生地点.例如,在护理(Andrews et al, 2008)和戒毒(DeVerteuil et al, 2009; Wilton et al, 2014)等方面所开展的研究.该领域有关老年的研究主要关注非正式和正式的家庭和社区照护的惯例特征(Wiles, 2003).第二,探究身体如何与其周围广泛的节律相协调,而这种节律,像大海涨落的节律(Kearns et al, 2012),以及健身活动与环境的节律(Bale, 2004; Andrews, 2005),是疗养场所和个人体验的构成部分.健身活动与环境节律研究的兴趣点,在于将老龄化过程和健身结合起来(Paulson, 2005).第三,关注慢性病病人包括心理疾病患者(Dear et al, 1987; Parr, 1998, 2008)的日常活动范围(Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003).这些研究尤其关注老龄化和老年人的行为规律,该行为通常是在人们的健康状况和社会环境发生变化时,通过适应过程所形成的一种临时生存策略(Rowles, 2000; Antoninetti et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). ...
... 另一个受到有限关注的移动特质是(跨越空间和所在地的)“动量”(momentum).例如,社会地理和健康地理的相关研究表明,跨空间的“行为动量”会由一种行为(如饮酒、服药或做临时工)导致另外的行为(如随意的性行为),并产生健康效应(如滥交、肝炎和艾滋病)(Luginaah, 2008; Mkandawire, et al, 2014).然而,有关老龄化的研究表明,老年人身体和精神健康状况的不断变化导致他们在不同护理机构的空间中主动或者被动的迁移,以及所需护理复杂性程度的增加,而这些过程中所产生的动量更多是受到环境的影响而非主动性行为的影响(尽管研究关注的是转变本身及其后果)(Magilvy et al, 2000; Reed et al, 2003; Lee et al, 2013).此外,慢性病患者的日常生活行为是社会地理和健康地理的研究热点(Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003).研究结果表明,在许多情况下,人们的生活可以更确切地被描述为“受困的”或“静态的”(缺乏动量)甚或是“退缩的”(反方向多余的负动量)(Dyck, 1995; Crooks, 2007).在老年的相关研究中,增加了对这些兴趣点的关注(Pain 2001).本文同样关注老年人如何依靠他们自身或者借助优秀的设计和干预措施来应对由于其身体和心理健康水平下降而产生的“动量”变化所带来的挑战(Kong et al 1996; Gant 1997; Rowles, 2000; Wiles et al 2009).老龄化问题的相关研究已增加了对这些兴趣点的关注(Pain, 2001).最后,景观与老年相关研究没有直接关系,社会地理和健康地理研究中还关注了“经济动量”,关注在空间和地方尺度上,其变化的速率和力度及其在服务拓展和形成契约的过程中是怎样受政策和市场机制影响的(Joseph et al, 1996; Andrews et al, 2002; Skinner et al, 2011; Hanlon et al, 2014). ...
... Qualitative research in social and health geography meanwhile displays some consideration and representation of ‘rhythm’ across a wide-range of empirical subjects, fitting loosely into three broad categories. First, there are studies that convey the routinized, processional and ‘rhythmic’ nature of treatments, caring practices and the places where they occur. For example in nursing (Andrews et al, 2008) and addiction detoxification (DeVerteuil et al, 2009; Wilton et al, 2014). The ageing focus here being mainly on the routinized nature of informal and formal home and community care (Wiles, 2003). Second, there are studies that explore how the body becomes synchronized with broader rhythms that surround it as part of therapeutic places and experiences, such as rhythms of the sea in coastal life (Kearns et al, 2012), and rhythms of fitness activities and environments (Bale, 2004; Andrews, 2005); this latter interest incorporating a sporadic concern for ageing and fitness (Paulson 2005). Third are studies that convey the daily geographies in the lives of people with chronic health conditions (Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003) including and mental illness (Dear et al, 1987; Parr, 1998, 2008). These studies pay particular attention to the embodied rhythms - oftentimes part of makeshift survival strategies - that arise as peoples’ health status and social contexts change, and regularly engage with ageing and older people (Rowles, 2000; Antoninetti et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). ...
... Another quality of movement that has received some limited attention is ‘momentum’ (across space and of/in place). Across social and health geography, studies illustrate, for example, ‘behavioural momentums’ whereby for example, one human activity (such as drinking alcohol, taking drugs or undertaking casual labour) leads onto another (such as casual sex) with health implications (such as Hepatitis or HIV transmission) (Luginaah 2008; Mkandawire, et al 2014). In studies of ageing, however, human momentums are typically less behavioural and more circumstantial, either about the momentums that build as older people move - or are moved - spatially between care settings and services of increasing comprehensiveness in line with their changing physical and mental health (although studies focus primarily on the transitions themselves and their consequences (Magilvy et al, 2000; Reed et al, 2003; Lee et al, 2013). Elsewhere the momentums in the daily lives of people with chronic health conditions are a popular concern of social and health geography (Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003), these studies conveying how, in many cases, people’s lives might be more appropriately characterized by being ‘stuck’ or ‘immobile’ (lacking in momentum) or indeed ‘shrinking’ (possessing momentum in an unwanted and reverse direction) (Dyck, 1995; Crooks 2007). These interests and observations arise in ageing studies (Pain 2001), although this research is equally concerned to illustrate how older people negotiate and deal with such challenges - including the ‘momentum’ of their own declining physical and mental health - either on their own or with the aid of good design and intervention (Kong et al 1996; Gant 1997; Rowles, 2000; Wiles et al 2009). Finally momentums in social and health geography arise as ‘economic momentums’ in considerations of the rate, and forcefulness, at which policies for people are developed, and/or markets developed and/or at which services expand or contract - in place and across space - this being a very common interest of ageing studies (Joseph et al, 1996; Andrews et al, 2002; Skinner et al, 2011; Hanlon et al, 2014). ...
2
... 对老年学研究而言,研究者更加关注日常地点和空间在老年生活中的作用(Rowles, 1978; Wiles et al, 2011; Rowles et al, 2013), 特别是以浴室、公交车 (Grenier, 2005)、厨房 (Maguire et al, 2014)等为代表的、降低老年人移动性的微观空间中的日常经历.最近老年学的研究转向老年人对日常物品的使用,从而给该领域的研究增加了物质的维度. ...
... In terms of alignments in gerontology, researchers have focused more generally on the role of everyday places and spaces in older people’s lives (Rowles, 1978; Wiles et al, 2011; Rowles et al, 2013), and in particular on the everyday experiences in micro-locations where reduced mobility may feature most prominently such as the bathroom bus (Grenier, 2005) or kitchen (Maguire et al., 2014). There has also been a recent turn in gerontology towards the use of everyday items by older people, adding a material dimension to this field of research. ...
The mobility of older people-an introduction
2
2010
... 此外,在社会地理和健康地理的研究中,另有3个研究领域通过以定性方法为主导的途径,对人类移动进行了更为直接和更具批判性的研究.第一个领域主要关注损伤、残疾及其相应情况下的移动性,以及受损个体因此所面临的挑战和社会接纳(Butler et al, 1999; Gleeson, 1999; Crooks et al, 2008).该领域的研究焦点在于老年人的移动空间与范围(Meyer et al, 1985; Schwanen et al, 2010)、城市和农村所面临的不同挑战(Mattson, 2010)和政策影响(Mercado et al, 2010).第二个领域关注健身活动,大多数研究关注身体运动的含义和特征、运动发生地,以及所涉及的权力关系(Andrews et al, 2003; Bale, 2004; Vertinsky et al, 2004; Andrews et al, 2005).尽管对该领域老龄化问题的关注较少,但也有对老年人积极休闲活动和生活方式的研究(Mansvelt, 1997; McConatha et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014).第三个领域的涉及面更广,且与第一、第二领域的部分研究有所结合,可被广义地描述为关于“新移动性”的研究,阐释了诸如交通、休闲活动、休息、工作、健康、健康护理等多种移动形式的动机、意义和影响(Gatrell, 2011; Warf, 2010; Crooks et al, 2011; Kingsbury et al, 2012).该领域老龄化的研究侧重点各异,但老年人旅游的移动性和幸福感成为近年关注的焦点(Williams et al, 2000, 2002; Rodriguez, 2001; Schwanen et al, 2011). ...
... Elsewhere across social and health geography human movement has been engaged more directly and critically by three other substantive areas of inquiry that use predominantly qualitative methodologies. One is focused on impairment and disability, and mobility in these contexts, and the challenges facing and (non)acceptance of individuals affected (Butler et al, 1999; Gleeson, 1999; Crooks et al, 2008). The particular ageing focus in this literature includes, for example, the range and scope of older peoples’ mobility (Meyer et al, 1985; Schwanen et al, 2010), their unique urban and rural challenges (Mattson 2010) and policy implications (Mercado et al 2010). Another area of qualitative inquiry is focused on fitness activities, much of this research unpacking the meaning and identity of bodily movement, the places where it occurs, and the power relationships at play (Andrews et al, 2003; Bale, 2004; Vertinsky et al, 2004; Andrews et al, 2005). The ageing focus here has been only occasional but includes attention, for example, to older peoples’ active leisure and lifestyles (Mansvelt, 1997; McConatha et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). The final area - which being more of a broad approach, does incorporate some of the research in the first and second - can be broadly described as ‘new mobilities’. It conveys the motivations, meanings and implications of varied movement forms-such as in transport, leisure, respite, work and health and health care (Gatrell, 2011; Warf, 2010; Crooks et al 2011; Kingsbury et al 2012). The particular ageing focus here is varied but has been particularly attentive in recent years to older peoples’ tourism mobilities and wellbeing (Williams et al, 2000, 2002; Rodriguez, 2001; Schwanen et al, 2011). ...
Wellbeing, independence and mobility: an introduction
2
2011
... 此外,在社会地理和健康地理的研究中,另有3个研究领域通过以定性方法为主导的途径,对人类移动进行了更为直接和更具批判性的研究.第一个领域主要关注损伤、残疾及其相应情况下的移动性,以及受损个体因此所面临的挑战和社会接纳(Butler et al, 1999; Gleeson, 1999; Crooks et al, 2008).该领域的研究焦点在于老年人的移动空间与范围(Meyer et al, 1985; Schwanen et al, 2010)、城市和农村所面临的不同挑战(Mattson, 2010)和政策影响(Mercado et al, 2010).第二个领域关注健身活动,大多数研究关注身体运动的含义和特征、运动发生地,以及所涉及的权力关系(Andrews et al, 2003; Bale, 2004; Vertinsky et al, 2004; Andrews et al, 2005).尽管对该领域老龄化问题的关注较少,但也有对老年人积极休闲活动和生活方式的研究(Mansvelt, 1997; McConatha et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014).第三个领域的涉及面更广,且与第一、第二领域的部分研究有所结合,可被广义地描述为关于“新移动性”的研究,阐释了诸如交通、休闲活动、休息、工作、健康、健康护理等多种移动形式的动机、意义和影响(Gatrell, 2011; Warf, 2010; Crooks et al, 2011; Kingsbury et al, 2012).该领域老龄化的研究侧重点各异,但老年人旅游的移动性和幸福感成为近年关注的焦点(Williams et al, 2000, 2002; Rodriguez, 2001; Schwanen et al, 2011). ...
... Elsewhere across social and health geography human movement has been engaged more directly and critically by three other substantive areas of inquiry that use predominantly qualitative methodologies. One is focused on impairment and disability, and mobility in these contexts, and the challenges facing and (non)acceptance of individuals affected (Butler et al, 1999; Gleeson, 1999; Crooks et al, 2008). The particular ageing focus in this literature includes, for example, the range and scope of older peoples’ mobility (Meyer et al, 1985; Schwanen et al, 2010), their unique urban and rural challenges (Mattson 2010) and policy implications (Mercado et al 2010). Another area of qualitative inquiry is focused on fitness activities, much of this research unpacking the meaning and identity of bodily movement, the places where it occurs, and the power relationships at play (Andrews et al, 2003; Bale, 2004; Vertinsky et al, 2004; Andrews et al, 2005). The ageing focus here has been only occasional but includes attention, for example, to older peoples’ active leisure and lifestyles (Mansvelt, 1997; McConatha et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). The final area - which being more of a broad approach, does incorporate some of the research in the first and second - can be broadly described as ‘new mobilities’. It conveys the motivations, meanings and implications of varied movement forms-such as in transport, leisure, respite, work and health and health care (Gatrell, 2011; Warf, 2010; Crooks et al 2011; Kingsbury et al 2012). The particular ageing focus here is varied but has been particularly attentive in recent years to older peoples’ tourism mobilities and wellbeing (Williams et al, 2000, 2002; Rodriguez, 2001; Schwanen et al, 2011). ...
Spatialities of ageing: the co-construction and co-evolution of old age and space
2
2012
... (1) 人口的迁移.因为健康和卫生保健系统而导致的人口在国家内部或不同国家之间的移动(Boyle, 2004; Norman et al, 2005).在此方面老龄化研究的长期特别关注点是老年人的迁移目的地、动机、决策过程和迁移经历,以及对老龄化服务政策的影响(Wiseman et al, 1979; Warnes et al, 1984; Bentham, 1988; Joseph et al, 1991; Glaser et al, 1998; King et al, 2000; Silveira et al, 2001; Moore et al, 2004; Oliver, 2007).事实上,这些研究并不关注长距离迁移行为本身,而关注在总体和宏观尺度上已经完成的(过去的)迁移活动的状况、影响和结果.近年来,对时空尺度上人类生命历程所起作用和迁移的批判性思考和研究已有所增加.这些研究对生命的“历程”在微观尺度上的多次迁移和迁移的意义更为敏感(Bailey, 2009; Jarvis et al, 2011; Schwanen et al, 2012). ...
... Social and health geography, two sub-disciplines that historically have contributed the bulk of the geographical study of ageing, have engaged with movement variously over many years. As we shall see, certainly not in the same way as non-representational theory can, but a clear precedent exists. Most things move - whether being diseases, services, resources or people - so the literature is potentially vast. Nevertheless some concentrated areas of inquiry are identifiable in terms of the movement of the latter. Scholars have, for example, engaged empirically with human movement as a ‘social determinant’ (as loosely defined) of human health and wellbeing, this approach being common in three substantive fields of inquiry. The first focused on migration, whereby people move within or between countries with implications for their health and health care systems (Boyle 2004; Norman et al 2005). The particular ageing focus here being longstanding on the migration destinations, motivations, decisions and experiences of older people and the implications for ageing services and policy (Wiseman et al, 1979; Warnes et al, 1984; Bentham, 1988; Joseph et al, 1991; Glaser et al, 1998; King et al, 2000; Silveira et al, 2001; Moore et al, 2004; Oliver, 2007). Indeed this research is not focused on the act of moving long distances per-se, as much as the shape, impact and consequence of the completed/past movements at the collective and macro scale. Recently it has been augmented with more critical considerations and studies of the human lifecourse as played out, and moving, in space and time. This research being more sensitive to life’s ‘journey’ including multiple moves, moves at the micro-scale and their meaning (Bailey, 2009; Jarvis et al 2011; Schwanen et al 2012). ...
... The notion of vitality as expressed in non-representational theory is about the world. In gerontology in contrast, the current notion of vitality is often connected with humans’ cognitive vitality (the maintenance of their cognitive function.) While non-representative theory could be used to broaden such interpretations of vitality (thus expanding interpretations to a sense of experience and life), a concept more closely connected with ‘vitality’ is perhaps gerotranscendance - a shift in meta perspective, from a materialistic and rational view of the world to a more cosmic and transcendent one, normally accompanied by an increase in enthusiasm for life and life satisfaction (Tornstam, 1996, 2005;Uppsala Universitet, 1997). This model offers contemplation, solitude, affinity with past generations, and a redefinition of time, space, life and death as a developmental model that extends beyond the dualism of activity and disengagement (Sherman, 2010). Although distinct from each other, both vitality and gerotranscendance offer alternate paradigms that are reflective, accepting of changes in late life, and speak to an experience of living. Notably, gerotranscendance also speaks to an interest in non-representational theory in the virtuality and multiplicity of space and time (their non-fixed, non-linear and ruptured nature) that might result, for example, in things that are ‘real’ to people, yet are not physical or fully actualized in space-time, and/or multiple happenings that are related in the world but emerge and co-exist in different spaces-times (Cadman, 2009), and also non-representational theory’s fundamental disposition and mindset - a real sense of ‘wonderment’ with the physicality of the world and one’s place in it (Andrews 2014) (which, illustrating multiple disciplinary linkages, itself draws close to the idea of ‘mindfulness’ in gerontology and gerontological practice (Rejeski, 2008)). ...
Migration, ageing and mental health: an ethnographic study on perceptions of life satisfaction, anxiety and depression in older Somali men in east London
2
2001
... (1) 人口的迁移.因为健康和卫生保健系统而导致的人口在国家内部或不同国家之间的移动(Boyle, 2004; Norman et al, 2005).在此方面老龄化研究的长期特别关注点是老年人的迁移目的地、动机、决策过程和迁移经历,以及对老龄化服务政策的影响(Wiseman et al, 1979; Warnes et al, 1984; Bentham, 1988; Joseph et al, 1991; Glaser et al, 1998; King et al, 2000; Silveira et al, 2001; Moore et al, 2004; Oliver, 2007).事实上,这些研究并不关注长距离迁移行为本身,而关注在总体和宏观尺度上已经完成的(过去的)迁移活动的状况、影响和结果.近年来,对时空尺度上人类生命历程所起作用和迁移的批判性思考和研究已有所增加.这些研究对生命的“历程”在微观尺度上的多次迁移和迁移的意义更为敏感(Bailey, 2009; Jarvis et al, 2011; Schwanen et al, 2012). ...
... Social and health geography, two sub-disciplines that historically have contributed the bulk of the geographical study of ageing, have engaged with movement variously over many years. As we shall see, certainly not in the same way as non-representational theory can, but a clear precedent exists. Most things move - whether being diseases, services, resources or people - so the literature is potentially vast. Nevertheless some concentrated areas of inquiry are identifiable in terms of the movement of the latter. Scholars have, for example, engaged empirically with human movement as a ‘social determinant’ (as loosely defined) of human health and wellbeing, this approach being common in three substantive fields of inquiry. The first focused on migration, whereby people move within or between countries with implications for their health and health care systems (Boyle 2004; Norman et al 2005). The particular ageing focus here being longstanding on the migration destinations, motivations, decisions and experiences of older people and the implications for ageing services and policy (Wiseman et al, 1979; Warnes et al, 1984; Bentham, 1988; Joseph et al, 1991; Glaser et al, 1998; King et al, 2000; Silveira et al, 2001; Moore et al, 2004; Oliver, 2007). Indeed this research is not focused on the act of moving long distances per-se, as much as the shape, impact and consequence of the completed/past movements at the collective and macro scale. Recently it has been augmented with more critical considerations and studies of the human lifecourse as played out, and moving, in space and time. This research being more sensitive to life’s ‘journey’ including multiple moves, moves at the micro-scale and their meaning (Bailey, 2009; Jarvis et al 2011; Schwanen et al 2012). ...
Geographies of ageing: progress and possibilities after two decades of change
5
2015
... 本文将非表征理论引入现有理论工具之中,这将是对当前老龄化地理学在概念、理论和实证方面的有益补充(Andrews et al, 2007, 2009, 2013; Golant, 2003; Hopkins et al, 2007; Skinner et al, 2015).该理论的提出将有助于对老年移动(movement)进行全面和即时的探讨.在介绍非表征理论的关键层面(及其与社会老年学中现有视角和观点的关联)之前,首先对老龄化移动研究如何在社会地理学和健康地理学(包括老龄问题研究)中产生进行两个方面的文献回顾,这将引出本文的主要观点:非表征理论的应用,一是可以将研究重心从关注老年人有意识的移动,以及希望老年人以特定方式移动的有意识的动机和行动中抽离出来,从而将重心放到无意识和不完全意识的移动上;二是可以从对特定、有限范围的移动的关注,扩展到对包括构成时空的所有移动类型、移动形式、参与者和行动者的关注;最后,还可以从对过去发生的移动类型、机制及其意义的描述和解释,扩展到对正在发生的移动及其特征和感知的关注. ...
... 从批判的角度来看,尽管目前与老年移动相关的研究多变而深刻,但对移动的定义仍然狭隘而片面.同时,定量研究揭示了长期时间框架下集体宏观移动的总体趋势,而定性的位置敏感的社会建构则主要关注移动的意义,以及所涉及的权力.然而,无论哪类研究,都应真正关注移动的过程要素,以及移动是如何在时空中发生的.事实上,我们认为将非表征理论应用于移动的基本构成、即时性、身体性和感知性的研究中具有独特的优势(McHugh, 2009; Andrews et al, 2013; Skinner et al, 2015). ...
... 非表征理论由人文地理学家于20世纪90年代中期提出(Thrift, 1996, 1997),特别是在过去10年里受到认可并得到了广泛应用(Lorimer, 2005, 2008; Thrift, 2008; Anderson et al, 2010; Vannini, 2014a).正如Thrift(2008)所言,运动是它的“主旋律”,这也反映在上述引用他的语录中.基于对生活的观察,当前的地理学研究中忽视了很多生活的“主观能动性”和“亲密度”,即时空的即时性和连续性.有学者认为,实证主义空间科学的核心在于定量计算和发现一般性规律,而社会建构主义的核心是对解释的理论贡献;深入挖掘以发现事物的作用机制、情感和意义.相比之下,非表征理论并非用于寻求对世界的解释和理论化.它的思想是:世界的持续性、发展性和表现性等方面应该成为研究的核心,包括它们所涉及的许多隐性且通常是无意的行为.正如Thrift(2008)所阐释的,非表征理论应该与现实世界中事件发生的地理环境和场景相融合.一系列的关键特征共同构建了非表征理论的总体“风格”.这不是一种审美风格,而是深入研究核心需要关注的基本要素,以及理解和参与世界的方式.此外,正如其名所示,非表征理论的目标是尽可能地呈现而不是再现世界,尽管这一点存在困难.因此,非表征“风格”是进行研究的一种特殊方式,它通过随后列示的各种描述,将特定类型的生活进行反射.有关其他类型的研究参见相关文献(Cadman, 2009; Thrift, 2000; Dewsbury et al, 2002; Vannini, 2009, 2014a; Skinner et al, 2015) ...
... Adding to ongoing debates on the conceptual, theoretical and empirical advancement of the geographical study of ageing (Andrews et al, 2007, 2009, 2013; Golant, 2003; Hopkins et al, 2007; Skinner et al, 2015) this paper argues for the incorporation of non-representational theory into the current theoretical toolkit used by scholars. This, it is posited, might facilitate a fuller and more immediate engagement with movement than exists at present. The paper starts with a broad two-part review of how movement conventionally arises in social and health geography, including in ageing-focused studies, before moving on to introduce the key facets of non-representational theory (to locate each, noting connections to existing perspectives and concerns in social gerontology). The main thrust of the paper’s argument is that the deployment of non-representational theory could, at one level, take some of the emphasis in research off the conscious movement of older persons and conscious motivations and actions of those who want them to move in particular ways, and place it on non- and less-than-fully conscious movements. At another level, take some emphasis off a specified and often narrow range of movement activities, and incorporate all forms of movement and all actors and movers that constitute space-time. Finally, it could take some emphasis off what movement has happened in the past, how it happened and what it meant, and place it on what movement is happening, how it appears and feels. ...
... In terms of critique, whilst current research engagements with movements are varied and insightful, movement remains rather narrowly defined and only partially conveyed. Whilst quantitative studies show general trends in collective macro-scale movements over long timeframes, qualitative place-sensitive studies are concerned, for the most part, with what it means to move or not move, and/or the powers involved. Neither group of studies, however, really engages with the process elements of movement, and how movement happens as space-time. Indeed, non-representational theory, we argue, might be well-placed to shed light on the fundamental making, immediacy, physicality and feel of movement (McHugh, 2009; Andrews et al, 2013; Skinner et al, 2015). ...
Placing voluntarism within evolving spaces of care in ageing rural communities
2
2011
... 另一个受到有限关注的移动特质是(跨越空间和所在地的)“动量”(momentum).例如,社会地理和健康地理的相关研究表明,跨空间的“行为动量”会由一种行为(如饮酒、服药或做临时工)导致另外的行为(如随意的性行为),并产生健康效应(如滥交、肝炎和艾滋病)(Luginaah, 2008; Mkandawire, et al, 2014).然而,有关老龄化的研究表明,老年人身体和精神健康状况的不断变化导致他们在不同护理机构的空间中主动或者被动的迁移,以及所需护理复杂性程度的增加,而这些过程中所产生的动量更多是受到环境的影响而非主动性行为的影响(尽管研究关注的是转变本身及其后果)(Magilvy et al, 2000; Reed et al, 2003; Lee et al, 2013).此外,慢性病患者的日常生活行为是社会地理和健康地理的研究热点(Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003).研究结果表明,在许多情况下,人们的生活可以更确切地被描述为“受困的”或“静态的”(缺乏动量)甚或是“退缩的”(反方向多余的负动量)(Dyck, 1995; Crooks, 2007).在老年的相关研究中,增加了对这些兴趣点的关注(Pain 2001).本文同样关注老年人如何依靠他们自身或者借助优秀的设计和干预措施来应对由于其身体和心理健康水平下降而产生的“动量”变化所带来的挑战(Kong et al 1996; Gant 1997; Rowles, 2000; Wiles et al 2009).老龄化问题的相关研究已增加了对这些兴趣点的关注(Pain, 2001).最后,景观与老年相关研究没有直接关系,社会地理和健康地理研究中还关注了“经济动量”,关注在空间和地方尺度上,其变化的速率和力度及其在服务拓展和形成契约的过程中是怎样受政策和市场机制影响的(Joseph et al, 1996; Andrews et al, 2002; Skinner et al, 2011; Hanlon et al, 2014). ...
... Another quality of movement that has received some limited attention is ‘momentum’ (across space and of/in place). Across social and health geography, studies illustrate, for example, ‘behavioural momentums’ whereby for example, one human activity (such as drinking alcohol, taking drugs or undertaking casual labour) leads onto another (such as casual sex) with health implications (such as Hepatitis or HIV transmission) (Luginaah 2008; Mkandawire, et al 2014). In studies of ageing, however, human momentums are typically less behavioural and more circumstantial, either about the momentums that build as older people move - or are moved - spatially between care settings and services of increasing comprehensiveness in line with their changing physical and mental health (although studies focus primarily on the transitions themselves and their consequences (Magilvy et al, 2000; Reed et al, 2003; Lee et al, 2013). Elsewhere the momentums in the daily lives of people with chronic health conditions are a popular concern of social and health geography (Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003), these studies conveying how, in many cases, people’s lives might be more appropriately characterized by being ‘stuck’ or ‘immobile’ (lacking in momentum) or indeed ‘shrinking’ (possessing momentum in an unwanted and reverse direction) (Dyck, 1995; Crooks 2007). These interests and observations arise in ageing studies (Pain 2001), although this research is equally concerned to illustrate how older people negotiate and deal with such challenges - including the ‘momentum’ of their own declining physical and mental health - either on their own or with the aid of good design and intervention (Kong et al 1996; Gant 1997; Rowles, 2000; Wiles et al 2009). Finally momentums in social and health geography arise as ‘economic momentums’ in considerations of the rate, and forcefulness, at which policies for people are developed, and/or markets developed and/or at which services expand or contract - in place and across space - this being a very common interest of ageing studies (Joseph et al, 1996; Andrews et al, 2002; Skinner et al, 2011; Hanlon et al, 2014). ...
Civil war and the spread of AIDS in Central Africa
2
1991
... 从社会与科学的立场来看,移动具有某些特性(移动也由这些特性构成).现有文献对这些特性的探讨关乎但也超出了人的范畴.因此社会和健康地理学已对移动的“节律”进行了初步探索(跨越空间和所在地),这体现在长期以来对一系列现象所进行的时间序列和时空分析的实证研究中(Meade et al, 2010),包括疾病的发生和传播(Smallman-Raynor et al, 1991; Gould, 1993; Rogers et al, 2000; Robertson et al, 2014)和对特定疾病的诊治和住院治疗(Crighton et al, 2001, 2008; Leong et al, 2006).借助详细的计算机辅助制图和地理信息系统(GIS)等分析工具,本文展现了发生在宏观尺度上诸现象的序列化“节律”.尽管此类研究对老龄化的关注较少,学者们对老龄化和传染病,包括HIV的研究却越来越感兴趣(Yoshikawa, 2000; High et al, 2008).与此同时,在人口学等其他研究中,已经关注到人口变化的长期时空节律,这与人口健康的规律以及特定地区政府和健康部门面临的挑战相关.有关老年人口的研究成为关注的焦点(Moore et al, 1997; Rosenberg et al, 1997; Smallman-Raynor et al, 1999; Phillips, 2002; McCracken et al, 2005; Lin et al, 2007).事实上,这些研究更应归入人口老龄化和国际/全球健康的范畴. ...
... From both social and scientific standpoints movement possesses, and is composed of, certain qualities, and these have been explored in the literature in regard to, and also beyond, the human. In social and health geography one can thus observe a rudimentary engagement with the ‘rhythm’ of movement (across space and of/in place). This arises, for example, in a positivistic research tradition where time-series and spatial-temporal analysis has been applied to a range of phenomenon (Meade et al, 2010) including occurrences and spread of diseases (Smallman-Raynor et al, 1991; Gould, 1993; Rogers et al, 2000; Robertson et al, 2014), and treatments and hospitalizations for specific diseases (Crighton et al 2001; 2008x; Leong et al 2006). This research presents-often with detailed computer-aided illustration/GIS-a sequenced ‘rhythm’ of phenomenon collectively occurring over macro-scales. Although the ageing focus in this research has been sporadic at best, scholars have become interested in ageing and infectious disease more broadly, including HIV (Yoshikawa 2000; High et al 2008). Meanwhile, in other research, demographic studies have conveyed and displayed the long-term spatial and temporal ‘rhythms’ of population changes, as they themselves relate to the rhythms of population health, and the challenges for governments and health sectors in particular places. The ageing focus here being particularly central (Moore et al, 1997; Rosenberg et al, 1997; Smallman-Raynor et al, 1999; Phillips, 2002; McCracken et al, 2005; Lin et al, 2007). Indeed, this research flows into more general disciplinary concerns for ageing and international/global health. ...
Late stages of epidemiological transition: health status in the developed world
2
1999
... 从社会与科学的立场来看,移动具有某些特性(移动也由这些特性构成).现有文献对这些特性的探讨关乎但也超出了人的范畴.因此社会和健康地理学已对移动的“节律”进行了初步探索(跨越空间和所在地),这体现在长期以来对一系列现象所进行的时间序列和时空分析的实证研究中(Meade et al, 2010),包括疾病的发生和传播(Smallman-Raynor et al, 1991; Gould, 1993; Rogers et al, 2000; Robertson et al, 2014)和对特定疾病的诊治和住院治疗(Crighton et al, 2001, 2008; Leong et al, 2006).借助详细的计算机辅助制图和地理信息系统(GIS)等分析工具,本文展现了发生在宏观尺度上诸现象的序列化“节律”.尽管此类研究对老龄化的关注较少,学者们对老龄化和传染病,包括HIV的研究却越来越感兴趣(Yoshikawa, 2000; High et al, 2008).与此同时,在人口学等其他研究中,已经关注到人口变化的长期时空节律,这与人口健康的规律以及特定地区政府和健康部门面临的挑战相关.有关老年人口的研究成为关注的焦点(Moore et al, 1997; Rosenberg et al, 1997; Smallman-Raynor et al, 1999; Phillips, 2002; McCracken et al, 2005; Lin et al, 2007).事实上,这些研究更应归入人口老龄化和国际/全球健康的范畴. ...
... From both social and scientific standpoints movement possesses, and is composed of, certain qualities, and these have been explored in the literature in regard to, and also beyond, the human. In social and health geography one can thus observe a rudimentary engagement with the ‘rhythm’ of movement (across space and of/in place). This arises, for example, in a positivistic research tradition where time-series and spatial-temporal analysis has been applied to a range of phenomenon (Meade et al, 2010) including occurrences and spread of diseases (Smallman-Raynor et al, 1991; Gould, 1993; Rogers et al, 2000; Robertson et al, 2014), and treatments and hospitalizations for specific diseases (Crighton et al 2001; 2008x; Leong et al 2006). This research presents-often with detailed computer-aided illustration/GIS-a sequenced ‘rhythm’ of phenomenon collectively occurring over macro-scales. Although the ageing focus in this research has been sporadic at best, scholars have become interested in ageing and infectious disease more broadly, including HIV (Yoshikawa 2000; High et al 2008). Meanwhile, in other research, demographic studies have conveyed and displayed the long-term spatial and temporal ‘rhythms’ of population changes, as they themselves relate to the rhythms of population health, and the challenges for governments and health sectors in particular places. The ageing focus here being particularly central (Moore et al, 1997; Rosenberg et al, 1997; Smallman-Raynor et al, 1999; Phillips, 2002; McCracken et al, 2005; Lin et al, 2007). Indeed, this research flows into more general disciplinary concerns for ageing and international/global health. ...
Geographies, mobilities, and rhythms over the life-course: adventures in the interval
4
2014
... 此外,在社会地理和健康地理的研究中,另有3个研究领域通过以定性方法为主导的途径,对人类移动进行了更为直接和更具批判性的研究.第一个领域主要关注损伤、残疾及其相应情况下的移动性,以及受损个体因此所面临的挑战和社会接纳(Butler et al, 1999; Gleeson, 1999; Crooks et al, 2008).该领域的研究焦点在于老年人的移动空间与范围(Meyer et al, 1985; Schwanen et al, 2010)、城市和农村所面临的不同挑战(Mattson, 2010)和政策影响(Mercado et al, 2010).第二个领域关注健身活动,大多数研究关注身体运动的含义和特征、运动发生地,以及所涉及的权力关系(Andrews et al, 2003; Bale, 2004; Vertinsky et al, 2004; Andrews et al, 2005).尽管对该领域老龄化问题的关注较少,但也有对老年人积极休闲活动和生活方式的研究(Mansvelt, 1997; McConatha et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014).第三个领域的涉及面更广,且与第一、第二领域的部分研究有所结合,可被广义地描述为关于“新移动性”的研究,阐释了诸如交通、休闲活动、休息、工作、健康、健康护理等多种移动形式的动机、意义和影响(Gatrell, 2011; Warf, 2010; Crooks et al, 2011; Kingsbury et al, 2012).该领域老龄化的研究侧重点各异,但老年人旅游的移动性和幸福感成为近年关注的焦点(Williams et al, 2000, 2002; Rodriguez, 2001; Schwanen et al, 2011). ...
... 社会地理和健康地理学运用质性研究方法开展的大量实证研究都涉及到“节律”的研究议题,大致可分为3个方面.第一,关注治疗、护理等行为的例行化、程式性、“节律”性及其发生地点.例如,在护理(Andrews et al, 2008)和戒毒(DeVerteuil et al, 2009; Wilton et al, 2014)等方面所开展的研究.该领域有关老年的研究主要关注非正式和正式的家庭和社区照护的惯例特征(Wiles, 2003).第二,探究身体如何与其周围广泛的节律相协调,而这种节律,像大海涨落的节律(Kearns et al, 2012),以及健身活动与环境的节律(Bale, 2004; Andrews, 2005),是疗养场所和个人体验的构成部分.健身活动与环境节律研究的兴趣点,在于将老龄化过程和健身结合起来(Paulson, 2005).第三,关注慢性病病人包括心理疾病患者(Dear et al, 1987; Parr, 1998, 2008)的日常活动范围(Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003).这些研究尤其关注老龄化和老年人的行为规律,该行为通常是在人们的健康状况和社会环境发生变化时,通过适应过程所形成的一种临时生存策略(Rowles, 2000; Antoninetti et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). ...
... Elsewhere across social and health geography human movement has been engaged more directly and critically by three other substantive areas of inquiry that use predominantly qualitative methodologies. One is focused on impairment and disability, and mobility in these contexts, and the challenges facing and (non)acceptance of individuals affected (Butler et al, 1999; Gleeson, 1999; Crooks et al, 2008). The particular ageing focus in this literature includes, for example, the range and scope of older peoples’ mobility (Meyer et al, 1985; Schwanen et al, 2010), their unique urban and rural challenges (Mattson 2010) and policy implications (Mercado et al 2010). Another area of qualitative inquiry is focused on fitness activities, much of this research unpacking the meaning and identity of bodily movement, the places where it occurs, and the power relationships at play (Andrews et al, 2003; Bale, 2004; Vertinsky et al, 2004; Andrews et al, 2005). The ageing focus here has been only occasional but includes attention, for example, to older peoples’ active leisure and lifestyles (Mansvelt, 1997; McConatha et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). The final area - which being more of a broad approach, does incorporate some of the research in the first and second - can be broadly described as ‘new mobilities’. It conveys the motivations, meanings and implications of varied movement forms-such as in transport, leisure, respite, work and health and health care (Gatrell, 2011; Warf, 2010; Crooks et al 2011; Kingsbury et al 2012). The particular ageing focus here is varied but has been particularly attentive in recent years to older peoples’ tourism mobilities and wellbeing (Williams et al, 2000, 2002; Rodriguez, 2001; Schwanen et al, 2011). ...
... Qualitative research in social and health geography meanwhile displays some consideration and representation of ‘rhythm’ across a wide-range of empirical subjects, fitting loosely into three broad categories. First, there are studies that convey the routinized, processional and ‘rhythmic’ nature of treatments, caring practices and the places where they occur. For example in nursing (Andrews et al, 2008) and addiction detoxification (DeVerteuil et al, 2009; Wilton et al, 2014). The ageing focus here being mainly on the routinized nature of informal and formal home and community care (Wiles, 2003). Second, there are studies that explore how the body becomes synchronized with broader rhythms that surround it as part of therapeutic places and experiences, such as rhythms of the sea in coastal life (Kearns et al, 2012), and rhythms of fitness activities and environments (Bale, 2004; Andrews, 2005); this latter interest incorporating a sporadic concern for ageing and fitness (Paulson 2005). Third are studies that convey the daily geographies in the lives of people with chronic health conditions (Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003) including and mental illness (Dear et al, 1987; Parr, 1998, 2008). These studies pay particular attention to the embodied rhythms - oftentimes part of makeshift survival strategies - that arise as peoples’ health status and social contexts change, and regularly engage with ageing and older people (Rowles, 2000; Antoninetti et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). ...
Aging, narrative, and performance: essays from the humanities
2
2013
... 在老年学研究中,我们看到了基于戏剧活动(Mitchell et al, 2011; Kontos et al, 2007)、激进主义方法论(Minkler et al, 2008; Estes, 2008),以及有声照片和纪录片使用增加的先验综合研究(Kontos et al, 2013; Putney et al, 2005; Raymond et al 2015; Swinnen et al, 2013).这些案例都对知识转化的传统方法论和标准实践提出了挑战.事实上,这是一个研究者与老年人密切合作、共同创造故事和实施改变的过程.与更为常见的学术出版和报告不同,知识交流的形式采用基于社区的表演和公共活动等传播方式.例如,剧院演员将老龄化和老年痴呆的具体表现和经历表演出来,在这个过程中,改变了他们的日常关系,挑战了记忆中想当然的假设,并唤起了参与到表演之中的社区和个人的敏感性(例如,加拿大多伦多Julia Gray的工作).这些学者和艺术家铺设的路径,正是非表征理论在老年学研究中应当继承和发展的. ...
... In gerontology we see precedent and alignment in research based theatre initiatives (Mitchell et al, 2011; Kontos et al, 2007), activist methodologies (Minkler et al, 2008; Estes, 2008), and a general increase in the use of photovoice methods, and documentary film (Kontos et al, 2013; Putney et al, 2005; Raymond et al, 2015; Swinnen et al, 2013). Each of these examples challenges traditional methodologies and standard practices of knowledge translation. Indeed, the process is collaborative, with researchers working closely with older people to co-produce stories and enact change. The forms of knowledge exchange also differ from the more known mediums of academic publication and reports to community based performances and/or public events. Theatre groups for example, have acted out their experiences of ageing and dementia, and in this process, altered everyday relationships, challenged taken-for-granted assumptions about memory, and sensitized communities and individuals who take part in their performances (for example the work of Julia Gray in Toronto, Canada). Indeed these scholars and artists have forged a path that gerontology informed by non-representational theory might continue to follow. ...
Urban residential environments and senior citizens’ longevity in megacity areas: the importance of walkable green spaces
2
2002
... (2) 基于体能活动的观点而迅速发展的新兴多学科交叉研究(Witten et al, 2008; Matthews et al, 2009),尤其是“可步行性”概念的提出及相关研究已成为当前研究热点.例如,该方面的研究已经特别关注到可步行城市环境的营造和形式(Ewing et al, 2009; Gehl, 2010),考虑了促进及阻碍可步行性的潜在社会和结构因素(Pouliou et al, 2010; Holt et al 2009),探讨了度量可步行性的方法或进行了可步行性的度量(Gebel et al, 2011; Van Dyck et al, 2011),并且就公众对可步行性的感知进行了量化和归纳(Loukaitou-Sideris, 2006; Weinstein Agrawal et al, 2008).研究关注步行活动的潜在可能性和动机(Andrews et al 2012),特别是聚焦于老年人研究步行活动与财富(King et al 2011)、心理健康(Berke et al 2007)和邻里住区设计(Takano et al 2002; Frank et al 2010; Weiss et al 2010)等因素关联. ...
... The second field of inquiry is a burgeoning multi-disciplinary literature on physical activity (Witten et al 2008; Matthews et al 2009) where specifically the concept of ‘walkability’, has recently dominated the literature. Here, for example, studies have focused practically on the production and form of walkable city environments (Ewing et al, 2009; Gehl, 2010), considered potential social and structural facilitators of, and barriers to, walkability (Pouliou et al, 2010; Holt et al 2009), discussed methods to measure walkability or have measured it (Gebel et al 2011; Van Dyck et al, 2011) and have quantified and generalized public perceptions of walkability (Loukaitou-Sideris, 2006; Weinstein Agrawal et al 2008). In this research, the potential of movement, motivates studies (Andrews et al 2012), the particular ageing focus being, for example, on older peoples’ walking as related to their affluence (King et al 2011), mental health (Berke et al 2007) and local neighbourhood design (Takano et al 2002; Frank et al 2010; Weiss et al 2010). ...
The internet, e-commerce and older people: an actor-network approach to researching reasons for adoption and use
2
2003
... 到目前为止,批判老年学中的“关系思维”已被清晰、明确地阐述了出来,尽管这与社会文化视角下有关老龄化的身体(Öberg, 1996; Katz, 2010),以及他们与护理的结构化、经验化和人际关系层面的认识略有不同(Twigg, 1997).Katz(2010)指出,“身体是结构化授权与协调这些授权的身份代理或实验形式的中心调节点”,但该理解并不只是个体层面的现象.身体和护理动态发生在跨多级实践层次和传统界限的情境中(Dean et al, 1999).事实上,身体和护理的“关联性”也确实通过跨国环境而被体验(Zhou, 2012),这不仅在家庭内外的时空尺度上产生了复杂的权力关系,同时产生了不同维度和类型的社会问题(Gunaratnam, 2014).概而言之,无论是非表征理论还是批判老年学,行为者网络理论提供了解释网络、关联性,以及生活事件中同等重要的人类和非人类因素的方法途径(Tatnall et al, 2003; Cutchin, 2005). ...
... To date, in critical gerontology ‘relational thinking’ has perhaps been best articulated, albeit slightly differently, through socio-cultural perspectives on ageing bodies (Öberg, 1996; Katz, 2010) and their relationship to the structured, experienced, and interpersonal aspects of care (Twigg, 1997). As Katz (2010: 367) outlines, ‘the body is a central mediation point between structured mandates and the agential or experimental forms of identity used to negotiate these mandates’. Yet, such understandings are not only individual level phenomena. Body and care dynamics are understood to take place across levels of practice (Dean et al, 1999) and across traditional boundaries. Indeed ‘relationality’ of the body and care is experienced across transnational settings (Zhou, 2012), producing not only complicated power relations within and across families in space-time, but also dimensions and types of social pain (Gunaratnam, 2014). More generally, in both non-representational theory and critical gerontology, actor-network-theory presents an approach that can explain the networking, relationality and equal importance of humans and non-humans in life’s events (Tatnall et al, 2003; Cutchin, 2005). ...
After or beyond feeling? a consideration of affect and emotion in geography
... Finally, as Colls (2012) argues, some scholars have taken great issue with what they see as the universalist nature of non-representational theory particularly in terms of its relationality (Tolia-Kelly, 2006). It, they argue, fails to differentiate bodies and recognise persons through important social and demographic categories - such as gender, ethnicity, disability and age - that impact upon people and constitute the ways in which they understand themselves and their lives (Bondi, 2005). Moreover, critics argue that non-representational theory fails to recognize political power and intent (Jacobs et al, 2003; Pain, 2006), is masculinist, technocratic and abstract (Bondi, 2005; Thien, 2005), and distances deep feelings and emotions (Thien, 2005). Like Colls (2012) however, we argue that these problems and shortfalls need not arise, because non-representational theory does not require that existing approaches and areas of research be shelved. We consider there to be plenty of room for both old and new in geographies of ageing. Indeed, like Colls (2012), we see potential in developing a ‘nomadic consciousness’, between the representational and non-representational both between studies and even within single studies where subject matter allows. This approach reflects the reality that in life much that is active, less-than-fully conscious and non-representational eventually flows into the conscious representable realm where power, meaning, identity and such things come into play (and also fits Lorimer’s ‘more-than-representational’ descriptor noted above). ...
... ), and distances deep feelings and emotions (Thien, 2005). Like Colls (2012) however, we argue that these problems and shortfalls need not arise, because non-representational theory does not require that existing approaches and areas of research be shelved. We consider there to be plenty of room for both old and new in geographies of ageing. Indeed, like Colls (2012), we see potential in developing a ‘nomadic consciousness’, between the representational and non-representational both between studies and even within single studies where subject matter allows. This approach reflects the reality that in life much that is active, less-than-fully conscious and non-representational eventually flows into the conscious representable realm where power, meaning, identity and such things come into play (and also fits Lorimer’s ‘more-than-representational’ descriptor noted above). ...
Spatial formations
1
1996
... 非表征理论由人文地理学家于20世纪90年代中期提出(Thrift, 1996, 1997),特别是在过去10年里受到认可并得到了广泛应用(Lorimer, 2005, 2008; Thrift, 2008; Anderson et al, 2010; Vannini, 2014a).正如Thrift(2008)所言,运动是它的“主旋律”,这也反映在上述引用他的语录中.基于对生活的观察,当前的地理学研究中忽视了很多生活的“主观能动性”和“亲密度”,即时空的即时性和连续性.有学者认为,实证主义空间科学的核心在于定量计算和发现一般性规律,而社会建构主义的核心是对解释的理论贡献;深入挖掘以发现事物的作用机制、情感和意义.相比之下,非表征理论并非用于寻求对世界的解释和理论化.它的思想是:世界的持续性、发展性和表现性等方面应该成为研究的核心,包括它们所涉及的许多隐性且通常是无意的行为.正如Thrift(2008)所阐释的,非表征理论应该与现实世界中事件发生的地理环境和场景相融合.一系列的关键特征共同构建了非表征理论的总体“风格”.这不是一种审美风格,而是深入研究核心需要关注的基本要素,以及理解和参与世界的方式.此外,正如其名所示,非表征理论的目标是尽可能地呈现而不是再现世界,尽管这一点存在困难.因此,非表征“风格”是进行研究的一种特殊方式,它通过随后列示的各种描述,将特定类型的生活进行反射.有关其他类型的研究参见相关文献(Cadman, 2009; Thrift, 2000; Dewsbury et al, 2002; Vannini, 2009, 2014a; Skinner et al, 2015) ...
The still point: resistance, expressive embodiment and dance
1
1997
... 非表征理论由人文地理学家于20世纪90年代中期提出(Thrift, 1996, 1997),特别是在过去10年里受到认可并得到了广泛应用(Lorimer, 2005, 2008; Thrift, 2008; Anderson et al, 2010; Vannini, 2014a).正如Thrift(2008)所言,运动是它的“主旋律”,这也反映在上述引用他的语录中.基于对生活的观察,当前的地理学研究中忽视了很多生活的“主观能动性”和“亲密度”,即时空的即时性和连续性.有学者认为,实证主义空间科学的核心在于定量计算和发现一般性规律,而社会建构主义的核心是对解释的理论贡献;深入挖掘以发现事物的作用机制、情感和意义.相比之下,非表征理论并非用于寻求对世界的解释和理论化.它的思想是:世界的持续性、发展性和表现性等方面应该成为研究的核心,包括它们所涉及的许多隐性且通常是无意的行为.正如Thrift(2008)所阐释的,非表征理论应该与现实世界中事件发生的地理环境和场景相融合.一系列的关键特征共同构建了非表征理论的总体“风格”.这不是一种审美风格,而是深入研究核心需要关注的基本要素,以及理解和参与世界的方式.此外,正如其名所示,非表征理论的目标是尽可能地呈现而不是再现世界,尽管这一点存在困难.因此,非表征“风格”是进行研究的一种特殊方式,它通过随后列示的各种描述,将特定类型的生活进行反射.有关其他类型的研究参见相关文献(Cadman, 2009; Thrift, 2000; Dewsbury et al, 2002; Vannini, 2009, 2014a; Skinner et al, 2015) ...
Afterwords
2
2000
... 非表征理论由人文地理学家于20世纪90年代中期提出(Thrift, 1996, 1997),特别是在过去10年里受到认可并得到了广泛应用(Lorimer, 2005, 2008; Thrift, 2008; Anderson et al, 2010; Vannini, 2014a).正如Thrift(2008)所言,运动是它的“主旋律”,这也反映在上述引用他的语录中.基于对生活的观察,当前的地理学研究中忽视了很多生活的“主观能动性”和“亲密度”,即时空的即时性和连续性.有学者认为,实证主义空间科学的核心在于定量计算和发现一般性规律,而社会建构主义的核心是对解释的理论贡献;深入挖掘以发现事物的作用机制、情感和意义.相比之下,非表征理论并非用于寻求对世界的解释和理论化.它的思想是:世界的持续性、发展性和表现性等方面应该成为研究的核心,包括它们所涉及的许多隐性且通常是无意的行为.正如Thrift(2008)所阐释的,非表征理论应该与现实世界中事件发生的地理环境和场景相融合.一系列的关键特征共同构建了非表征理论的总体“风格”.这不是一种审美风格,而是深入研究核心需要关注的基本要素,以及理解和参与世界的方式.此外,正如其名所示,非表征理论的目标是尽可能地呈现而不是再现世界,尽管这一点存在困难.因此,非表征“风格”是进行研究的一种特殊方式,它通过随后列示的各种描述,将特定类型的生活进行反射.有关其他类型的研究参见相关文献(Cadman, 2009; Thrift, 2000; Dewsbury et al, 2002; Vannini, 2009, 2014a; Skinner et al, 2015) ...
... A fifth facet of non-representational theory is to focus on bodily sensation, but not as an individual or personal experience, as something ‘transpersonal’; being produced through, and shared between, many bodies (Andrews 2014). This particular facet has led to the study of ‘affect’ as an elucidatory concept in research (Anderson 2006; Thrift 2004; 2008). In basic terms, affect is the transition of the body and the process whereby the body is affected, modifies and affects other bodies. ‘Affective environments’ are thus the collective manifestation of affects and their transpersonal working out in space-time (affected bodies interacting with other bodies and objects, provoking further affects and further affects occurring). They are experienced less-than-fully consciously by people but possess a ‘feel’ that reveals on a somatic register as a powerful yet non-descript atmosphere (Massumi, 2002; Thrift, 2004; Anderson, 2009). The transition from one experiential state of the body to another in affect, often involves changes in peoples’ energy - it being either boosted or sapped. Thus affect impacts upon peoples’ broader capacity for engagement and involvement in life and has the potential to increase or decrease their immediate feelings, and general state, of wellbeing (Andrews, 2014). The interest in sensation and affect informs a broader interest in non-representational theory in the ‘atmospheres’ of places; their making, happening and experience (Anderson 2009). ...
... ‘Human life is based on and in movement… movement captures the animic flux of life’ (Thrift, 2008) ...
... ‘the basic cardinals of what we regard as space are subsequently [sic] shifting… … we are increasingly a part of a ‘movement-space’ which is relative rather than absolute in which ‘matter or mind, reality has appeared to us as a perpetual becoming. It makes itself or it unmakes itself but it is never something made’ (Bergson, 1911; Thrift, 2008). ...
... The first of non-representational theory’s facets is to present the ‘onflow’ of life; the raw, unrolling, forward moving, frontier of existence; the very edge at which new space-time is emerging (Pred, 2005; Thrift, 2008; Vannini, 2009, 2014a). Onflow is initial, thus often less than fully consciously witnessed and participated in, and certainly is non-verbal. Onflow is also continuous; existence does not stop, and the world is constantly becoming (thus, to view it as stopped, then to look for trends and/or meaning and represent it as stopped, like with much spatial science and social constructivism, misses most of what it is actually involving (Andrews 2014). ...
... A second facet of non-representational theory is to embrace relational thinking in three ways to understand how life is (re)produced. As Andrews (2015) describes, a ‘relational materialism’ that recognizes such fundamental things as the textures, shapes, sizes and colors of things, as well as the equal importance, and co-evolution, of human bodies and non-human objects. A ‘performed relationality’ that recognizes how bodies and objects are assembled, positioned and interact (thus, with their spacing, constitute space-time). A ‘trans-scaled relationality’ that recognizes how events in any one place are complexly networked with ideas, bodies, objects, processes that span geographical distances and scales. Together these three forms of simultaneous relational thinking constitute an overall theoretical perspective that is post-humanist and thus is cynical of approaches that are overly person-centered, and that tend to separate and rigidly define phenomena (Andrews, 2014; Thrift, 2008; Vannini, 2009, 2014a). In sum, as Anderson et al (2010) suggest, in non-representational theory it is important to study mutuality - co-invention, co-fabrication and co-evolution - between things. What, together they are becoming. ...
... Non-representational theory sees the world as a continually productive realm. Hence a fourth facet is to focus on the practices and performances within it and which make it. As Vannini (2014a) suggests, this contrasts with a concern in many forms of research with personal outlooks and states of mind (ideas, motivations, and so on). Practice and performance are instead about the expressive and purposeful engagement of the body, bodies together, and bodies and objects together, whether in the moment they be expected or unexpected, intentional or unintentional (Andrews 2014). In this endeavour, and in partial contrast to Judith Butler’s famous theorization, the objective of research is not necessarily to look for signs and meanings in body performativity that might be consciously read, but might just as well be about very basic active elements - including things and timings and spacings between things. These often gain enough stability that they reproduce themselves and, when registered by people, make the world intelligible (Thrift, 2008; Andrews, 2015). ...
Affect-an ethnocentric encounter? exploring the ‘universalist’ imperative of emotional/affectual geographies
... Finally, as Colls (2012) argues, some scholars have taken great issue with what they see as the universalist nature of non-representational theory particularly in terms of its relationality (Tolia-Kelly, 2006). It, they argue, fails to differentiate bodies and recognise persons through important social and demographic categories - such as gender, ethnicity, disability and age - that impact upon people and constitute the ways in which they understand themselves and their lives (Bondi, 2005). Moreover, critics argue that non-representational theory fails to recognize political power and intent (Jacobs et al, 2003; Pain, 2006), is masculinist, technocratic and abstract (Bondi, 2005; Thien, 2005), and distances deep feelings and emotions (Thien, 2005). Like Colls (2012) however, we argue that these problems and shortfalls need not arise, because non-representational theory does not require that existing approaches and areas of research be shelved. We consider there to be plenty of room for both old and new in geographies of ageing. Indeed, like Colls (2012), we see potential in developing a ‘nomadic consciousness’, between the representational and non-representational both between studies and even within single studies where subject matter allows. This approach reflects the reality that in life much that is active, less-than-fully conscious and non-representational eventually flows into the conscious representable realm where power, meaning, identity and such things come into play (and also fits Lorimer’s ‘more-than-representational’ descriptor noted above). ...
Gerotranscendence: the contemplative dimension of aging
... The notion of vitality as expressed in non-representational theory is about the world. In gerontology in contrast, the current notion of vitality is often connected with humans’ cognitive vitality (the maintenance of their cognitive function.) While non-representative theory could be used to broaden such interpretations of vitality (thus expanding interpretations to a sense of experience and life), a concept more closely connected with ‘vitality’ is perhaps gerotranscendance - a shift in meta perspective, from a materialistic and rational view of the world to a more cosmic and transcendent one, normally accompanied by an increase in enthusiasm for life and life satisfaction (Tornstam, 1996, 2005;Uppsala Universitet, 1997). This model offers contemplation, solitude, affinity with past generations, and a redefinition of time, space, life and death as a developmental model that extends beyond the dualism of activity and disengagement (Sherman, 2010). Although distinct from each other, both vitality and gerotranscendance offer alternate paradigms that are reflective, accepting of changes in late life, and speak to an experience of living. Notably, gerotranscendance also speaks to an interest in non-representational theory in the virtuality and multiplicity of space and time (their non-fixed, non-linear and ruptured nature) that might result, for example, in things that are ‘real’ to people, yet are not physical or fully actualized in space-time, and/or multiple happenings that are related in the world but emerge and co-exist in different spaces-times (Cadman, 2009), and also non-representational theory’s fundamental disposition and mindset - a real sense of ‘wonderment’ with the physicality of the world and one’s place in it (Andrews 2014) (which, illustrating multiple disciplinary linkages, itself draws close to the idea of ‘mindfulness’ in gerontology and gerontological practice (Rejeski, 2008)). ...
0
Acting your age? sports science and the ageing body
4
2008
... 在老年学中,与行为和表现结合最好的研究是引入运动社会学的视角并将之用于对老年身体和老年运动员的研究(Wainwright et al, 2004; Tulle, 2008; Phoenix et al, 2009).在该研究领域中,研究者关注了老年人身体与身体的衰退、管理、重建或重构等文化话语之间的关系(Tulle, 2008; Wahidin, 2002).例如,有研究借鉴Bourdieu习惯(habitus)的概念,发现老年人身体的行为或表现与我们感兴趣的行为和表现密切相关(Dumas et al, 2005).在此,批判老年学和非表征理论的观点出现了明显的区别.批判老年学关注老年人的身体如何开展日常惯例行为,提供了可操作、适应或抵抗的一种文化框架;而非表征理论关注更多的是存在于框架内、框架间和框架周围可能存在的事物.尽管这两种观点所关注的兴趣点和结果不同,但为了更好地理解老龄化,两种方法在概述身体的文化参考和调节体验的过程上是互补的. ...
... ).在该研究领域中,研究者关注了老年人身体与身体的衰退、管理、重建或重构等文化话语之间的关系(Tulle, 2008; Wahidin, 2002).例如,有研究借鉴Bourdieu习惯(habitus)的概念,发现老年人身体的行为或表现与我们感兴趣的行为和表现密切相关(Dumas et al, 2005).在此,批判老年学和非表征理论的观点出现了明显的区别.批判老年学关注老年人的身体如何开展日常惯例行为,提供了可操作、适应或抵抗的一种文化框架;而非表征理论关注更多的是存在于框架内、框架间和框架周围可能存在的事物.尽管这两种观点所关注的兴趣点和结果不同,但为了更好地理解老龄化,两种方法在概述身体的文化参考和调节体验的过程上是互补的. ...
... In gerontology, perhaps the most notable well-aligned trend with regards to practice and performance is that of scholars drawing on insights from the sociology of sport and applying them to the study of older bodies and older athletes (Wainwright et al, 2004; Tulle, 2008; Phoenix et al, 2009). In this field of study, researchers focus on the relationship between older bodies and cultural discourses such as decline, and the management, reconstruction, or reconfiguration of older bodies (Tulle, 2008; Wahidin, 2002). Work drawing on Bourdieu’s notion of habitus, for example, and the practices and/or performances of older bodies closely aligns (Dumas et al, 2005). Here, a clear distinction emerges between critical perspectives on ageing and non-representational theory. Where critical gerontology tends to focus on how routinized practices carried out through the older body represent a cultural frame that can be managed, adapted or resisted, non-representational theory would focus more on what may exist within, between and around these frames. Although the point of interest and outcome of the two perspectives differ, the approaches are complementary in outlining the cultural references and processes of mediating experience through the body in order to better understand ageing. ...
... ). In this field of study, researchers focus on the relationship between older bodies and cultural discourses such as decline, and the management, reconstruction, or reconfiguration of older bodies (Tulle, 2008; Wahidin, 2002). Work drawing on Bourdieu’s notion of habitus, for example, and the practices and/or performances of older bodies closely aligns (Dumas et al, 2005). Here, a clear distinction emerges between critical perspectives on ageing and non-representational theory. Where critical gerontology tends to focus on how routinized practices carried out through the older body represent a cultural frame that can be managed, adapted or resisted, non-representational theory would focus more on what may exist within, between and around these frames. Although the point of interest and outcome of the two perspectives differ, the approaches are complementary in outlining the cultural references and processes of mediating experience through the body in order to better understand ageing. ...
Deconstructing the ‘social bath’: Help with bathing at home for older and disabled people
2
1997
... 到目前为止,批判老年学中的“关系思维”已被清晰、明确地阐述了出来,尽管这与社会文化视角下有关老龄化的身体(Öberg, 1996; Katz, 2010),以及他们与护理的结构化、经验化和人际关系层面的认识略有不同(Twigg, 1997).Katz(2010)指出,“身体是结构化授权与协调这些授权的身份代理或实验形式的中心调节点”,但该理解并不只是个体层面的现象.身体和护理动态发生在跨多级实践层次和传统界限的情境中(Dean et al, 1999).事实上,身体和护理的“关联性”也确实通过跨国环境而被体验(Zhou, 2012),这不仅在家庭内外的时空尺度上产生了复杂的权力关系,同时产生了不同维度和类型的社会问题(Gunaratnam, 2014).概而言之,无论是非表征理论还是批判老年学,行为者网络理论提供了解释网络、关联性,以及生活事件中同等重要的人类和非人类因素的方法途径(Tatnall et al, 2003; Cutchin, 2005). ...
... To date, in critical gerontology ‘relational thinking’ has perhaps been best articulated, albeit slightly differently, through socio-cultural perspectives on ageing bodies (Öberg, 1996; Katz, 2010) and their relationship to the structured, experienced, and interpersonal aspects of care (Twigg, 1997). As Katz (2010: 367) outlines, ‘the body is a central mediation point between structured mandates and the agential or experimental forms of identity used to negotiate these mandates’. Yet, such understandings are not only individual level phenomena. Body and care dynamics are understood to take place across levels of practice (Dean et al, 1999) and across traditional boundaries. Indeed ‘relationality’ of the body and care is experienced across transnational settings (Zhou, 2012), producing not only complicated power relations within and across families in space-time, but also dimensions and types of social pain (Gunaratnam, 2014). More generally, in both non-representational theory and critical gerontology, actor-network-theory presents an approach that can explain the networking, relationality and equal importance of humans and non-humans in life’s events (Tatnall et al, 2003; Cutchin, 2005). ...
Gerotranscendence: The theory of gerotranscendence
... The notion of vitality as expressed in non-representational theory is about the world. In gerontology in contrast, the current notion of vitality is often connected with humans’ cognitive vitality (the maintenance of their cognitive function.) While non-representative theory could be used to broaden such interpretations of vitality (thus expanding interpretations to a sense of experience and life), a concept more closely connected with ‘vitality’ is perhaps gerotranscendance - a shift in meta perspective, from a materialistic and rational view of the world to a more cosmic and transcendent one, normally accompanied by an increase in enthusiasm for life and life satisfaction (Tornstam, 1996, 2005;Uppsala Universitet, 1997). This model offers contemplation, solitude, affinity with past generations, and a redefinition of time, space, life and death as a developmental model that extends beyond the dualism of activity and disengagement (Sherman, 2010). Although distinct from each other, both vitality and gerotranscendance offer alternate paradigms that are reflective, accepting of changes in late life, and speak to an experience of living. Notably, gerotranscendance also speaks to an interest in non-representational theory in the virtuality and multiplicity of space and time (their non-fixed, non-linear and ruptured nature) that might result, for example, in things that are ‘real’ to people, yet are not physical or fully actualized in space-time, and/or multiple happenings that are related in the world but emerge and co-exist in different spaces-times (Cadman, 2009), and also non-representational theory’s fundamental disposition and mindset - a real sense of ‘wonderment’ with the physicality of the world and one’s place in it (Andrews 2014) (which, illustrating multiple disciplinary linkages, itself draws close to the idea of ‘mindfulness’ in gerontology and gerontological practice (Rejeski, 2008)). ...
Do adults like living in high-walkable neighborhoods? associations of walkability parameters with neighborhood satisfaction and possible mediators
2
2011
... (2) 基于体能活动的观点而迅速发展的新兴多学科交叉研究(Witten et al, 2008; Matthews et al, 2009),尤其是“可步行性”概念的提出及相关研究已成为当前研究热点.例如,该方面的研究已经特别关注到可步行城市环境的营造和形式(Ewing et al, 2009; Gehl, 2010),考虑了促进及阻碍可步行性的潜在社会和结构因素(Pouliou et al, 2010; Holt et al 2009),探讨了度量可步行性的方法或进行了可步行性的度量(Gebel et al, 2011; Van Dyck et al, 2011),并且就公众对可步行性的感知进行了量化和归纳(Loukaitou-Sideris, 2006; Weinstein Agrawal et al, 2008).研究关注步行活动的潜在可能性和动机(Andrews et al 2012),特别是聚焦于老年人研究步行活动与财富(King et al 2011)、心理健康(Berke et al 2007)和邻里住区设计(Takano et al 2002; Frank et al 2010; Weiss et al 2010)等因素关联. ...
... The second field of inquiry is a burgeoning multi-disciplinary literature on physical activity (Witten et al 2008; Matthews et al 2009) where specifically the concept of ‘walkability’, has recently dominated the literature. Here, for example, studies have focused practically on the production and form of walkable city environments (Ewing et al, 2009; Gehl, 2010), considered potential social and structural facilitators of, and barriers to, walkability (Pouliou et al, 2010; Holt et al 2009), discussed methods to measure walkability or have measured it (Gebel et al 2011; Van Dyck et al, 2011) and have quantified and generalized public perceptions of walkability (Loukaitou-Sideris, 2006; Weinstein Agrawal et al 2008). In this research, the potential of movement, motivates studies (Andrews et al 2012), the particular ageing focus being, for example, on older peoples’ walking as related to their affluence (King et al 2011), mental health (Berke et al 2007) and local neighbourhood design (Takano et al 2002; Frank et al 2010; Weiss et al 2010). ...
Nonrepresentational theory and symbolic interactionism: shared perspectives and missed articulations
7
2009
... 非表征理论由人文地理学家于20世纪90年代中期提出(Thrift, 1996, 1997),特别是在过去10年里受到认可并得到了广泛应用(Lorimer, 2005, 2008; Thrift, 2008; Anderson et al, 2010; Vannini, 2014a).正如Thrift(2008)所言,运动是它的“主旋律”,这也反映在上述引用他的语录中.基于对生活的观察,当前的地理学研究中忽视了很多生活的“主观能动性”和“亲密度”,即时空的即时性和连续性.有学者认为,实证主义空间科学的核心在于定量计算和发现一般性规律,而社会建构主义的核心是对解释的理论贡献;深入挖掘以发现事物的作用机制、情感和意义.相比之下,非表征理论并非用于寻求对世界的解释和理论化.它的思想是:世界的持续性、发展性和表现性等方面应该成为研究的核心,包括它们所涉及的许多隐性且通常是无意的行为.正如Thrift(2008)所阐释的,非表征理论应该与现实世界中事件发生的地理环境和场景相融合.一系列的关键特征共同构建了非表征理论的总体“风格”.这不是一种审美风格,而是深入研究核心需要关注的基本要素,以及理解和参与世界的方式.此外,正如其名所示,非表征理论的目标是尽可能地呈现而不是再现世界,尽管这一点存在困难.因此,非表征“风格”是进行研究的一种特殊方式,它通过随后列示的各种描述,将特定类型的生活进行反射.有关其他类型的研究参见相关文献(Cadman, 2009; Thrift, 2000; Dewsbury et al, 2002; Vannini, 2009, 2014a; Skinner et al, 2015) ...
... The first of non-representational theory’s facets is to present the ‘onflow’ of life; the raw, unrolling, forward moving, frontier of existence; the very edge at which new space-time is emerging (Pred, 2005; Thrift, 2008; Vannini, 2009, 2014a). Onflow is initial, thus often less than fully consciously witnessed and participated in, and certainly is non-verbal. Onflow is also continuous; existence does not stop, and the world is constantly becoming (thus, to view it as stopped, then to look for trends and/or meaning and represent it as stopped, like with much spatial science and social constructivism, misses most of what it is actually involving (Andrews 2014). ...
... A second facet of non-representational theory is to embrace relational thinking in three ways to understand how life is (re)produced. As Andrews (2015) describes, a ‘relational materialism’ that recognizes such fundamental things as the textures, shapes, sizes and colors of things, as well as the equal importance, and co-evolution, of human bodies and non-human objects. A ‘performed relationality’ that recognizes how bodies and objects are assembled, positioned and interact (thus, with their spacing, constitute space-time). A ‘trans-scaled relationality’ that recognizes how events in any one place are complexly networked with ideas, bodies, objects, processes that span geographical distances and scales. Together these three forms of simultaneous relational thinking constitute an overall theoretical perspective that is post-humanist and thus is cynical of approaches that are overly person-centered, and that tend to separate and rigidly define phenomena (Andrews, 2014; Thrift, 2008; Vannini, 2009, 2014a). In sum, as Anderson et al (2010) suggest, in non-representational theory it is important to study mutuality - co-invention, co-fabrication and co-evolution - between things. What, together they are becoming. ...
... The term non-representational theory is in fact a little misleading because the word, theory, in this context is plural (i.e. it does not in fact mean a single unified ‘theory’, rather a collection of ‘theories’). Hence, a seventh facet of non-representational theory is a diverse theoretical heritage and a lively theoretical engagement. The approach attempts to bring together a variety of sub-disciplines such as performance studies, material culture studies, ecological anthropology, sensory and emotional sociology, and diverse theoretical and philosophical approaches including speculative realism, performance theory, neo-materialism and social ecology (Vannini, 2009; Andrews, 2014). In addition to this diversity, it can be selective, drawing out particular arguments within each. As Andrews (2014) suggests, it re-reads Heidegger’s phenomenology, for example, for ideas on humans being ‘thrown-into-the-world’, the works of Merleau-Ponty for ideas on pre-consciousness and lived bodily perception, and the works of Derrida for ideas on materiality, and force encounters (whilst, Canguilhem and Foucault have also been reconsidered for their own lively content and insights - Philo, 2007; 2012). The intention is that a freedom should exist to select and use theory but not to get bogged down in it. To frame or inform studies in order to reverberate the active world, but to not get too involved in deep interpretation and/or the nature of theory itself (Andrews 2014). Indeed, the objective is to not make data and qualitative knowledge secondary to theory, so that telling does not become muffled by the business of knowing (Vaninni 2014a). ...
a. Non-representational research methodologies: an introduction
5
2014
... 非表征理论由人文地理学家于20世纪90年代中期提出(Thrift, 1996, 1997),特别是在过去10年里受到认可并得到了广泛应用(Lorimer, 2005, 2008; Thrift, 2008; Anderson et al, 2010; Vannini, 2014a).正如Thrift(2008)所言,运动是它的“主旋律”,这也反映在上述引用他的语录中.基于对生活的观察,当前的地理学研究中忽视了很多生活的“主观能动性”和“亲密度”,即时空的即时性和连续性.有学者认为,实证主义空间科学的核心在于定量计算和发现一般性规律,而社会建构主义的核心是对解释的理论贡献;深入挖掘以发现事物的作用机制、情感和意义.相比之下,非表征理论并非用于寻求对世界的解释和理论化.它的思想是:世界的持续性、发展性和表现性等方面应该成为研究的核心,包括它们所涉及的许多隐性且通常是无意的行为.正如Thrift(2008)所阐释的,非表征理论应该与现实世界中事件发生的地理环境和场景相融合.一系列的关键特征共同构建了非表征理论的总体“风格”.这不是一种审美风格,而是深入研究核心需要关注的基本要素,以及理解和参与世界的方式.此外,正如其名所示,非表征理论的目标是尽可能地呈现而不是再现世界,尽管这一点存在困难.因此,非表征“风格”是进行研究的一种特殊方式,它通过随后列示的各种描述,将特定类型的生活进行反射.有关其他类型的研究参见相关文献(Cadman, 2009; Thrift, 2000; Dewsbury et al, 2002; Vannini, 2009, 2014a; Skinner et al, 2015) ...
... The term non-representational theory is in fact a little misleading because the word, theory, in this context is plural (i.e. it does not in fact mean a single unified ‘theory’, rather a collection of ‘theories’). Hence, a seventh facet of non-representational theory is a diverse theoretical heritage and a lively theoretical engagement. The approach attempts to bring together a variety of sub-disciplines such as performance studies, material culture studies, ecological anthropology, sensory and emotional sociology, and diverse theoretical and philosophical approaches including speculative realism, performance theory, neo-materialism and social ecology (Vannini, 2009; Andrews, 2014). In addition to this diversity, it can be selective, drawing out particular arguments within each. As Andrews (2014) suggests, it re-reads Heidegger’s phenomenology, for example, for ideas on humans being ‘thrown-into-the-world’, the works of Merleau-Ponty for ideas on pre-consciousness and lived bodily perception, and the works of Derrida for ideas on materiality, and force encounters (whilst, Canguilhem and Foucault have also been reconsidered for their own lively content and insights - Philo, 2007; 2012). The intention is that a freedom should exist to select and use theory but not to get bogged down in it. To frame or inform studies in order to reverberate the active world, but to not get too involved in deep interpretation and/or the nature of theory itself (Andrews 2014). Indeed, the objective is to not make data and qualitative knowledge secondary to theory, so that telling does not become muffled by the business of knowing (Vaninni 2014a). ...
b. Enlivening ethnography through the Irrealis Mood: in search of a more-than-representational style
... A ninth and final facet of non-representational theory is specifically about writing. Geographers and other and other academics unavoidably have to communicate with words but, as Ingold (2014) describes, within non-representational theory they might develop a style that does not lock automatically into stilted, categorical academic frames, but instead - like language used in the performing arts - actively embraces movement and expression. Moreover, as Lorimer (2005) notes, a style that is restless and tantalizes; that has a living quality and forms itself in the image of the very things it presents. This is not problem free because the style and ‘realis mood’ geographers and other academics have been trained in and are accustomed to (which is authoritative, logical and definitive) justifies the very existence of geographic and other academic scholarship, distinguishing it from fictional writing and journalistic reporting (Vannini, 2014b). Nevertheless, with some effort and adjustment geographers and other academics can incorporate an ‘irrealis mood’ in their writing (Vannini, 2014b). As Andrews (2014) suggests, this involves a number of sub-moods that can be used variously including the immediate mood (writing as if in the moment, as if events are unfolding as one writes, without a known outcome), conditional mood (stating propositions with provisos), potential mood (being cautious and acknowledging other possibilities), fallible mood (embracing the fact that some things in the world are illogical and cannot be expressed by words, and that the writer themselves can often have doubt and ignorance), hypothetical mood (exploring possibilities and posing ‘what if’), admirative mood (expressing awe, fascination and surprise), subjunctive mood (expressing states of unreality or realities that have not yet occurred) and desiderative mood (expressing personal wishes and preferences). Indeed, these sub-moods, if employed together, might help escape the pretentious, obscure, elitist and exclusionary way academics often correspond and communicate. ...
... ). Nevertheless, with some effort and adjustment geographers and other academics can incorporate an ‘irrealis mood’ in their writing (Vannini, 2014b). As Andrews (2014) suggests, this involves a number of sub-moods that can be used variously including the immediate mood (writing as if in the moment, as if events are unfolding as one writes, without a known outcome), conditional mood (stating propositions with provisos), potential mood (being cautious and acknowledging other possibilities), fallible mood (embracing the fact that some things in the world are illogical and cannot be expressed by words, and that the writer themselves can often have doubt and ignorance), hypothetical mood (exploring possibilities and posing ‘what if’), admirative mood (expressing awe, fascination and surprise), subjunctive mood (expressing states of unreality or realities that have not yet occurred) and desiderative mood (expressing personal wishes and preferences). Indeed, these sub-moods, if employed together, might help escape the pretentious, obscure, elitist and exclusionary way academics often correspond and communicate. ...
Sites of sport: space, place, experience
2
2004
... 此外,在社会地理和健康地理的研究中,另有3个研究领域通过以定性方法为主导的途径,对人类移动进行了更为直接和更具批判性的研究.第一个领域主要关注损伤、残疾及其相应情况下的移动性,以及受损个体因此所面临的挑战和社会接纳(Butler et al, 1999; Gleeson, 1999; Crooks et al, 2008).该领域的研究焦点在于老年人的移动空间与范围(Meyer et al, 1985; Schwanen et al, 2010)、城市和农村所面临的不同挑战(Mattson, 2010)和政策影响(Mercado et al, 2010).第二个领域关注健身活动,大多数研究关注身体运动的含义和特征、运动发生地,以及所涉及的权力关系(Andrews et al, 2003; Bale, 2004; Vertinsky et al, 2004; Andrews et al, 2005).尽管对该领域老龄化问题的关注较少,但也有对老年人积极休闲活动和生活方式的研究(Mansvelt, 1997; McConatha et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014).第三个领域的涉及面更广,且与第一、第二领域的部分研究有所结合,可被广义地描述为关于“新移动性”的研究,阐释了诸如交通、休闲活动、休息、工作、健康、健康护理等多种移动形式的动机、意义和影响(Gatrell, 2011; Warf, 2010; Crooks et al, 2011; Kingsbury et al, 2012).该领域老龄化的研究侧重点各异,但老年人旅游的移动性和幸福感成为近年关注的焦点(Williams et al, 2000, 2002; Rodriguez, 2001; Schwanen et al, 2011). ...
... Elsewhere across social and health geography human movement has been engaged more directly and critically by three other substantive areas of inquiry that use predominantly qualitative methodologies. One is focused on impairment and disability, and mobility in these contexts, and the challenges facing and (non)acceptance of individuals affected (Butler et al, 1999; Gleeson, 1999; Crooks et al, 2008). The particular ageing focus in this literature includes, for example, the range and scope of older peoples’ mobility (Meyer et al, 1985; Schwanen et al, 2010), their unique urban and rural challenges (Mattson 2010) and policy implications (Mercado et al 2010). Another area of qualitative inquiry is focused on fitness activities, much of this research unpacking the meaning and identity of bodily movement, the places where it occurs, and the power relationships at play (Andrews et al, 2003; Bale, 2004; Vertinsky et al, 2004; Andrews et al, 2005). The ageing focus here has been only occasional but includes attention, for example, to older peoples’ active leisure and lifestyles (Mansvelt, 1997; McConatha et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). The final area - which being more of a broad approach, does incorporate some of the research in the first and second - can be broadly described as ‘new mobilities’. It conveys the motivations, meanings and implications of varied movement forms-such as in transport, leisure, respite, work and health and health care (Gatrell, 2011; Warf, 2010; Crooks et al 2011; Kingsbury et al 2012). The particular ageing focus here is varied but has been particularly attentive in recent years to older peoples’ tourism mobilities and wellbeing (Williams et al, 2000, 2002; Rodriguez, 2001; Schwanen et al, 2011). ...
Reconfiguring older bodies in the prison time machine
2
2002
... 在老年学中,与行为和表现结合最好的研究是引入运动社会学的视角并将之用于对老年身体和老年运动员的研究(Wainwright et al, 2004; Tulle, 2008; Phoenix et al, 2009).在该研究领域中,研究者关注了老年人身体与身体的衰退、管理、重建或重构等文化话语之间的关系(Tulle, 2008; Wahidin, 2002).例如,有研究借鉴Bourdieu习惯(habitus)的概念,发现老年人身体的行为或表现与我们感兴趣的行为和表现密切相关(Dumas et al, 2005).在此,批判老年学和非表征理论的观点出现了明显的区别.批判老年学关注老年人的身体如何开展日常惯例行为,提供了可操作、适应或抵抗的一种文化框架;而非表征理论关注更多的是存在于框架内、框架间和框架周围可能存在的事物.尽管这两种观点所关注的兴趣点和结果不同,但为了更好地理解老龄化,两种方法在概述身体的文化参考和调节体验的过程上是互补的. ...
... In gerontology, perhaps the most notable well-aligned trend with regards to practice and performance is that of scholars drawing on insights from the sociology of sport and applying them to the study of older bodies and older athletes (Wainwright et al, 2004; Tulle, 2008; Phoenix et al, 2009). In this field of study, researchers focus on the relationship between older bodies and cultural discourses such as decline, and the management, reconstruction, or reconfiguration of older bodies (Tulle, 2008; Wahidin, 2002). Work drawing on Bourdieu’s notion of habitus, for example, and the practices and/or performances of older bodies closely aligns (Dumas et al, 2005). Here, a clear distinction emerges between critical perspectives on ageing and non-representational theory. Where critical gerontology tends to focus on how routinized practices carried out through the older body represent a cultural frame that can be managed, adapted or resisted, non-representational theory would focus more on what may exist within, between and around these frames. Although the point of interest and outcome of the two perspectives differ, the approaches are complementary in outlining the cultural references and processes of mediating experience through the body in order to better understand ageing. ...
Epiphanies of embodiment: injury, identity and the balletic body
2
2004
... 在老年学中,与行为和表现结合最好的研究是引入运动社会学的视角并将之用于对老年身体和老年运动员的研究(Wainwright et al, 2004; Tulle, 2008; Phoenix et al, 2009).在该研究领域中,研究者关注了老年人身体与身体的衰退、管理、重建或重构等文化话语之间的关系(Tulle, 2008; Wahidin, 2002).例如,有研究借鉴Bourdieu习惯(habitus)的概念,发现老年人身体的行为或表现与我们感兴趣的行为和表现密切相关(Dumas et al, 2005).在此,批判老年学和非表征理论的观点出现了明显的区别.批判老年学关注老年人的身体如何开展日常惯例行为,提供了可操作、适应或抵抗的一种文化框架;而非表征理论关注更多的是存在于框架内、框架间和框架周围可能存在的事物.尽管这两种观点所关注的兴趣点和结果不同,但为了更好地理解老龄化,两种方法在概述身体的文化参考和调节体验的过程上是互补的. ...
... In gerontology, perhaps the most notable well-aligned trend with regards to practice and performance is that of scholars drawing on insights from the sociology of sport and applying them to the study of older bodies and older athletes (Wainwright et al, 2004; Tulle, 2008; Phoenix et al, 2009). In this field of study, researchers focus on the relationship between older bodies and cultural discourses such as decline, and the management, reconstruction, or reconfiguration of older bodies (Tulle, 2008; Wahidin, 2002). Work drawing on Bourdieu’s notion of habitus, for example, and the practices and/or performances of older bodies closely aligns (Dumas et al, 2005). Here, a clear distinction emerges between critical perspectives on ageing and non-representational theory. Where critical gerontology tends to focus on how routinized practices carried out through the older body represent a cultural frame that can be managed, adapted or resisted, non-representational theory would focus more on what may exist within, between and around these frames. Although the point of interest and outcome of the two perspectives differ, the approaches are complementary in outlining the cultural references and processes of mediating experience through the body in order to better understand ageing. ...
Do you know the way to San José? medical tourism in Costa Rica
2
2010
... 此外,在社会地理和健康地理的研究中,另有3个研究领域通过以定性方法为主导的途径,对人类移动进行了更为直接和更具批判性的研究.第一个领域主要关注损伤、残疾及其相应情况下的移动性,以及受损个体因此所面临的挑战和社会接纳(Butler et al, 1999; Gleeson, 1999; Crooks et al, 2008).该领域的研究焦点在于老年人的移动空间与范围(Meyer et al, 1985; Schwanen et al, 2010)、城市和农村所面临的不同挑战(Mattson, 2010)和政策影响(Mercado et al, 2010).第二个领域关注健身活动,大多数研究关注身体运动的含义和特征、运动发生地,以及所涉及的权力关系(Andrews et al, 2003; Bale, 2004; Vertinsky et al, 2004; Andrews et al, 2005).尽管对该领域老龄化问题的关注较少,但也有对老年人积极休闲活动和生活方式的研究(Mansvelt, 1997; McConatha et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014).第三个领域的涉及面更广,且与第一、第二领域的部分研究有所结合,可被广义地描述为关于“新移动性”的研究,阐释了诸如交通、休闲活动、休息、工作、健康、健康护理等多种移动形式的动机、意义和影响(Gatrell, 2011; Warf, 2010; Crooks et al, 2011; Kingsbury et al, 2012).该领域老龄化的研究侧重点各异,但老年人旅游的移动性和幸福感成为近年关注的焦点(Williams et al, 2000, 2002; Rodriguez, 2001; Schwanen et al, 2011). ...
... Elsewhere across social and health geography human movement has been engaged more directly and critically by three other substantive areas of inquiry that use predominantly qualitative methodologies. One is focused on impairment and disability, and mobility in these contexts, and the challenges facing and (non)acceptance of individuals affected (Butler et al, 1999; Gleeson, 1999; Crooks et al, 2008). The particular ageing focus in this literature includes, for example, the range and scope of older peoples’ mobility (Meyer et al, 1985; Schwanen et al, 2010), their unique urban and rural challenges (Mattson 2010) and policy implications (Mercado et al 2010). Another area of qualitative inquiry is focused on fitness activities, much of this research unpacking the meaning and identity of bodily movement, the places where it occurs, and the power relationships at play (Andrews et al, 2003; Bale, 2004; Vertinsky et al, 2004; Andrews et al, 2005). The ageing focus here has been only occasional but includes attention, for example, to older peoples’ active leisure and lifestyles (Mansvelt, 1997; McConatha et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). The final area - which being more of a broad approach, does incorporate some of the research in the first and second - can be broadly described as ‘new mobilities’. It conveys the motivations, meanings and implications of varied movement forms-such as in transport, leisure, respite, work and health and health care (Gatrell, 2011; Warf, 2010; Crooks et al 2011; Kingsbury et al 2012). The particular ageing focus here is varied but has been particularly attentive in recent years to older peoples’ tourism mobilities and wellbeing (Williams et al, 2000, 2002; Rodriguez, 2001; Schwanen et al, 2011). ...
The elderly population of Great Britain: locational trends and policy implications
2
1984
... (1) 人口的迁移.因为健康和卫生保健系统而导致的人口在国家内部或不同国家之间的移动(Boyle, 2004; Norman et al, 2005).在此方面老龄化研究的长期特别关注点是老年人的迁移目的地、动机、决策过程和迁移经历,以及对老龄化服务政策的影响(Wiseman et al, 1979; Warnes et al, 1984; Bentham, 1988; Joseph et al, 1991; Glaser et al, 1998; King et al, 2000; Silveira et al, 2001; Moore et al, 2004; Oliver, 2007).事实上,这些研究并不关注长距离迁移行为本身,而关注在总体和宏观尺度上已经完成的(过去的)迁移活动的状况、影响和结果.近年来,对时空尺度上人类生命历程所起作用和迁移的批判性思考和研究已有所增加.这些研究对生命的“历程”在微观尺度上的多次迁移和迁移的意义更为敏感(Bailey, 2009; Jarvis et al, 2011; Schwanen et al, 2012). ...
... Social and health geography, two sub-disciplines that historically have contributed the bulk of the geographical study of ageing, have engaged with movement variously over many years. As we shall see, certainly not in the same way as non-representational theory can, but a clear precedent exists. Most things move - whether being diseases, services, resources or people - so the literature is potentially vast. Nevertheless some concentrated areas of inquiry are identifiable in terms of the movement of the latter. Scholars have, for example, engaged empirically with human movement as a ‘social determinant’ (as loosely defined) of human health and wellbeing, this approach being common in three substantive fields of inquiry. The first focused on migration, whereby people move within or between countries with implications for their health and health care systems (Boyle 2004; Norman et al 2005). The particular ageing focus here being longstanding on the migration destinations, motivations, decisions and experiences of older people and the implications for ageing services and policy (Wiseman et al, 1979; Warnes et al, 1984; Bentham, 1988; Joseph et al, 1991; Glaser et al, 1998; King et al, 2000; Silveira et al, 2001; Moore et al, 2004; Oliver, 2007). Indeed this research is not focused on the act of moving long distances per-se, as much as the shape, impact and consequence of the completed/past movements at the collective and macro scale. Recently it has been augmented with more critical considerations and studies of the human lifecourse as played out, and moving, in space and time. This research being more sensitive to life’s ‘journey’ including multiple moves, moves at the micro-scale and their meaning (Bailey, 2009; Jarvis et al 2011; Schwanen et al 2012). ...
How far, by which route and why? a spatial analysis of pedestrian preference
2
2008
... (2) 基于体能活动的观点而迅速发展的新兴多学科交叉研究(Witten et al, 2008; Matthews et al, 2009),尤其是“可步行性”概念的提出及相关研究已成为当前研究热点.例如,该方面的研究已经特别关注到可步行城市环境的营造和形式(Ewing et al, 2009; Gehl, 2010),考虑了促进及阻碍可步行性的潜在社会和结构因素(Pouliou et al, 2010; Holt et al 2009),探讨了度量可步行性的方法或进行了可步行性的度量(Gebel et al, 2011; Van Dyck et al, 2011),并且就公众对可步行性的感知进行了量化和归纳(Loukaitou-Sideris, 2006; Weinstein Agrawal et al, 2008).研究关注步行活动的潜在可能性和动机(Andrews et al 2012),特别是聚焦于老年人研究步行活动与财富(King et al 2011)、心理健康(Berke et al 2007)和邻里住区设计(Takano et al 2002; Frank et al 2010; Weiss et al 2010)等因素关联. ...
... The second field of inquiry is a burgeoning multi-disciplinary literature on physical activity (Witten et al 2008; Matthews et al 2009) where specifically the concept of ‘walkability’, has recently dominated the literature. Here, for example, studies have focused practically on the production and form of walkable city environments (Ewing et al, 2009; Gehl, 2010), considered potential social and structural facilitators of, and barriers to, walkability (Pouliou et al, 2010; Holt et al 2009), discussed methods to measure walkability or have measured it (Gebel et al 2011; Van Dyck et al, 2011) and have quantified and generalized public perceptions of walkability (Loukaitou-Sideris, 2006; Weinstein Agrawal et al 2008). In this research, the potential of movement, motivates studies (Andrews et al 2012), the particular ageing focus being, for example, on older peoples’ walking as related to their affluence (King et al 2011), mental health (Berke et al 2007) and local neighbourhood design (Takano et al 2002; Frank et al 2010; Weiss et al 2010). ...
Promoting active urban aging: a measurement approach to neighborhood walkability for older adults
2
2010
... (2) 基于体能活动的观点而迅速发展的新兴多学科交叉研究(Witten et al, 2008; Matthews et al, 2009),尤其是“可步行性”概念的提出及相关研究已成为当前研究热点.例如,该方面的研究已经特别关注到可步行城市环境的营造和形式(Ewing et al, 2009; Gehl, 2010),考虑了促进及阻碍可步行性的潜在社会和结构因素(Pouliou et al, 2010; Holt et al 2009),探讨了度量可步行性的方法或进行了可步行性的度量(Gebel et al, 2011; Van Dyck et al, 2011),并且就公众对可步行性的感知进行了量化和归纳(Loukaitou-Sideris, 2006; Weinstein Agrawal et al, 2008).研究关注步行活动的潜在可能性和动机(Andrews et al 2012),特别是聚焦于老年人研究步行活动与财富(King et al 2011)、心理健康(Berke et al 2007)和邻里住区设计(Takano et al 2002; Frank et al 2010; Weiss et al 2010)等因素关联. ...
... The second field of inquiry is a burgeoning multi-disciplinary literature on physical activity (Witten et al 2008; Matthews et al 2009) where specifically the concept of ‘walkability’, has recently dominated the literature. Here, for example, studies have focused practically on the production and form of walkable city environments (Ewing et al, 2009; Gehl, 2010), considered potential social and structural facilitators of, and barriers to, walkability (Pouliou et al, 2010; Holt et al 2009), discussed methods to measure walkability or have measured it (Gebel et al 2011; Van Dyck et al, 2011) and have quantified and generalized public perceptions of walkability (Loukaitou-Sideris, 2006; Weinstein Agrawal et al 2008). In this research, the potential of movement, motivates studies (Andrews et al 2012), the particular ageing focus being, for example, on older peoples’ walking as related to their affluence (King et al 2011), mental health (Berke et al 2007) and local neighbourhood design (Takano et al 2002; Frank et al 2010; Weiss et al 2010). ...
Daily geographies of caregivers: mobility, routine, scale
2
2003
... 社会地理和健康地理学运用质性研究方法开展的大量实证研究都涉及到“节律”的研究议题,大致可分为3个方面.第一,关注治疗、护理等行为的例行化、程式性、“节律”性及其发生地点.例如,在护理(Andrews et al, 2008)和戒毒(DeVerteuil et al, 2009; Wilton et al, 2014)等方面所开展的研究.该领域有关老年的研究主要关注非正式和正式的家庭和社区照护的惯例特征(Wiles, 2003).第二,探究身体如何与其周围广泛的节律相协调,而这种节律,像大海涨落的节律(Kearns et al, 2012),以及健身活动与环境的节律(Bale, 2004; Andrews, 2005),是疗养场所和个人体验的构成部分.健身活动与环境节律研究的兴趣点,在于将老龄化过程和健身结合起来(Paulson, 2005).第三,关注慢性病病人包括心理疾病患者(Dear et al, 1987; Parr, 1998, 2008)的日常活动范围(Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003).这些研究尤其关注老龄化和老年人的行为规律,该行为通常是在人们的健康状况和社会环境发生变化时,通过适应过程所形成的一种临时生存策略(Rowles, 2000; Antoninetti et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). ...
... Qualitative research in social and health geography meanwhile displays some consideration and representation of ‘rhythm’ across a wide-range of empirical subjects, fitting loosely into three broad categories. First, there are studies that convey the routinized, processional and ‘rhythmic’ nature of treatments, caring practices and the places where they occur. For example in nursing (Andrews et al, 2008) and addiction detoxification (DeVerteuil et al, 2009; Wilton et al, 2014). The ageing focus here being mainly on the routinized nature of informal and formal home and community care (Wiles, 2003). Second, there are studies that explore how the body becomes synchronized with broader rhythms that surround it as part of therapeutic places and experiences, such as rhythms of the sea in coastal life (Kearns et al, 2012), and rhythms of fitness activities and environments (Bale, 2004; Andrews, 2005); this latter interest incorporating a sporadic concern for ageing and fitness (Paulson 2005). Third are studies that convey the daily geographies in the lives of people with chronic health conditions (Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003) including and mental illness (Dear et al, 1987; Parr, 1998, 2008). These studies pay particular attention to the embodied rhythms - oftentimes part of makeshift survival strategies - that arise as peoples’ health status and social contexts change, and regularly engage with ageing and older people (Rowles, 2000; Antoninetti et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). ...
Older people and their social spaces: a study of well-being and attachment to place in Aotearoa New Zealand
2
2009
... 另一个受到有限关注的移动特质是(跨越空间和所在地的)“动量”(momentum).例如,社会地理和健康地理的相关研究表明,跨空间的“行为动量”会由一种行为(如饮酒、服药或做临时工)导致另外的行为(如随意的性行为),并产生健康效应(如滥交、肝炎和艾滋病)(Luginaah, 2008; Mkandawire, et al, 2014).然而,有关老龄化的研究表明,老年人身体和精神健康状况的不断变化导致他们在不同护理机构的空间中主动或者被动的迁移,以及所需护理复杂性程度的增加,而这些过程中所产生的动量更多是受到环境的影响而非主动性行为的影响(尽管研究关注的是转变本身及其后果)(Magilvy et al, 2000; Reed et al, 2003; Lee et al, 2013).此外,慢性病患者的日常生活行为是社会地理和健康地理的研究热点(Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003).研究结果表明,在许多情况下,人们的生活可以更确切地被描述为“受困的”或“静态的”(缺乏动量)甚或是“退缩的”(反方向多余的负动量)(Dyck, 1995; Crooks, 2007).在老年的相关研究中,增加了对这些兴趣点的关注(Pain 2001).本文同样关注老年人如何依靠他们自身或者借助优秀的设计和干预措施来应对由于其身体和心理健康水平下降而产生的“动量”变化所带来的挑战(Kong et al 1996; Gant 1997; Rowles, 2000; Wiles et al 2009).老龄化问题的相关研究已增加了对这些兴趣点的关注(Pain, 2001).最后,景观与老年相关研究没有直接关系,社会地理和健康地理研究中还关注了“经济动量”,关注在空间和地方尺度上,其变化的速率和力度及其在服务拓展和形成契约的过程中是怎样受政策和市场机制影响的(Joseph et al, 1996; Andrews et al, 2002; Skinner et al, 2011; Hanlon et al, 2014). ...
... Another quality of movement that has received some limited attention is ‘momentum’ (across space and of/in place). Across social and health geography, studies illustrate, for example, ‘behavioural momentums’ whereby for example, one human activity (such as drinking alcohol, taking drugs or undertaking casual labour) leads onto another (such as casual sex) with health implications (such as Hepatitis or HIV transmission) (Luginaah 2008; Mkandawire, et al 2014). In studies of ageing, however, human momentums are typically less behavioural and more circumstantial, either about the momentums that build as older people move - or are moved - spatially between care settings and services of increasing comprehensiveness in line with their changing physical and mental health (although studies focus primarily on the transitions themselves and their consequences (Magilvy et al, 2000; Reed et al, 2003; Lee et al, 2013). Elsewhere the momentums in the daily lives of people with chronic health conditions are a popular concern of social and health geography (Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003), these studies conveying how, in many cases, people’s lives might be more appropriately characterized by being ‘stuck’ or ‘immobile’ (lacking in momentum) or indeed ‘shrinking’ (possessing momentum in an unwanted and reverse direction) (Dyck, 1995; Crooks 2007). These interests and observations arise in ageing studies (Pain 2001), although this research is equally concerned to illustrate how older people negotiate and deal with such challenges - including the ‘momentum’ of their own declining physical and mental health - either on their own or with the aid of good design and intervention (Kong et al 1996; Gant 1997; Rowles, 2000; Wiles et al 2009). Finally momentums in social and health geography arise as ‘economic momentums’ in considerations of the rate, and forcefulness, at which policies for people are developed, and/or markets developed and/or at which services expand or contract - in place and across space - this being a very common interest of ageing studies (Joseph et al, 1996; Andrews et al, 2002; Skinner et al, 2011; Hanlon et al, 2014). ...
The meaning of “ageing in place” to older people
2
2011
... 对老年学研究而言,研究者更加关注日常地点和空间在老年生活中的作用(Rowles, 1978; Wiles et al, 2011; Rowles et al, 2013), 特别是以浴室、公交车 (Grenier, 2005)、厨房 (Maguire et al, 2014)等为代表的、降低老年人移动性的微观空间中的日常经历.最近老年学的研究转向老年人对日常物品的使用,从而给该领域的研究增加了物质的维度. ...
... In terms of alignments in gerontology, researchers have focused more generally on the role of everyday places and spaces in older people’s lives (Rowles, 1978; Wiles et al, 2011; Rowles et al, 2013), and in particular on the everyday experiences in micro-locations where reduced mobility may feature most prominently such as the bathroom bus (Grenier, 2005) or kitchen (Maguire et al., 2014). There has also been a recent turn in gerontology towards the use of everyday items by older people, adding a material dimension to this field of research. ...
Tourism, migration, circulation and mobility
2
2002
... 此外,在社会地理和健康地理的研究中,另有3个研究领域通过以定性方法为主导的途径,对人类移动进行了更为直接和更具批判性的研究.第一个领域主要关注损伤、残疾及其相应情况下的移动性,以及受损个体因此所面临的挑战和社会接纳(Butler et al, 1999; Gleeson, 1999; Crooks et al, 2008).该领域的研究焦点在于老年人的移动空间与范围(Meyer et al, 1985; Schwanen et al, 2010)、城市和农村所面临的不同挑战(Mattson, 2010)和政策影响(Mercado et al, 2010).第二个领域关注健身活动,大多数研究关注身体运动的含义和特征、运动发生地,以及所涉及的权力关系(Andrews et al, 2003; Bale, 2004; Vertinsky et al, 2004; Andrews et al, 2005).尽管对该领域老龄化问题的关注较少,但也有对老年人积极休闲活动和生活方式的研究(Mansvelt, 1997; McConatha et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014).第三个领域的涉及面更广,且与第一、第二领域的部分研究有所结合,可被广义地描述为关于“新移动性”的研究,阐释了诸如交通、休闲活动、休息、工作、健康、健康护理等多种移动形式的动机、意义和影响(Gatrell, 2011; Warf, 2010; Crooks et al, 2011; Kingsbury et al, 2012).该领域老龄化的研究侧重点各异,但老年人旅游的移动性和幸福感成为近年关注的焦点(Williams et al, 2000, 2002; Rodriguez, 2001; Schwanen et al, 2011). ...
... Elsewhere across social and health geography human movement has been engaged more directly and critically by three other substantive areas of inquiry that use predominantly qualitative methodologies. One is focused on impairment and disability, and mobility in these contexts, and the challenges facing and (non)acceptance of individuals affected (Butler et al, 1999; Gleeson, 1999; Crooks et al, 2008). The particular ageing focus in this literature includes, for example, the range and scope of older peoples’ mobility (Meyer et al, 1985; Schwanen et al, 2010), their unique urban and rural challenges (Mattson 2010) and policy implications (Mercado et al 2010). Another area of qualitative inquiry is focused on fitness activities, much of this research unpacking the meaning and identity of bodily movement, the places where it occurs, and the power relationships at play (Andrews et al, 2003; Bale, 2004; Vertinsky et al, 2004; Andrews et al, 2005). The ageing focus here has been only occasional but includes attention, for example, to older peoples’ active leisure and lifestyles (Mansvelt, 1997; McConatha et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). The final area - which being more of a broad approach, does incorporate some of the research in the first and second - can be broadly described as ‘new mobilities’. It conveys the motivations, meanings and implications of varied movement forms-such as in transport, leisure, respite, work and health and health care (Gatrell, 2011; Warf, 2010; Crooks et al 2011; Kingsbury et al 2012). The particular ageing focus here is varied but has been particularly attentive in recent years to older peoples’ tourism mobilities and wellbeing (Williams et al, 2000, 2002; Rodriguez, 2001; Schwanen et al, 2011). ...
Tourism and international retirement migration: new forms of an old relationship in southern Europe
2
2000
... 此外,在社会地理和健康地理的研究中,另有3个研究领域通过以定性方法为主导的途径,对人类移动进行了更为直接和更具批判性的研究.第一个领域主要关注损伤、残疾及其相应情况下的移动性,以及受损个体因此所面临的挑战和社会接纳(Butler et al, 1999; Gleeson, 1999; Crooks et al, 2008).该领域的研究焦点在于老年人的移动空间与范围(Meyer et al, 1985; Schwanen et al, 2010)、城市和农村所面临的不同挑战(Mattson, 2010)和政策影响(Mercado et al, 2010).第二个领域关注健身活动,大多数研究关注身体运动的含义和特征、运动发生地,以及所涉及的权力关系(Andrews et al, 2003; Bale, 2004; Vertinsky et al, 2004; Andrews et al, 2005).尽管对该领域老龄化问题的关注较少,但也有对老年人积极休闲活动和生活方式的研究(Mansvelt, 1997; McConatha et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014).第三个领域的涉及面更广,且与第一、第二领域的部分研究有所结合,可被广义地描述为关于“新移动性”的研究,阐释了诸如交通、休闲活动、休息、工作、健康、健康护理等多种移动形式的动机、意义和影响(Gatrell, 2011; Warf, 2010; Crooks et al, 2011; Kingsbury et al, 2012).该领域老龄化的研究侧重点各异,但老年人旅游的移动性和幸福感成为近年关注的焦点(Williams et al, 2000, 2002; Rodriguez, 2001; Schwanen et al, 2011). ...
... Elsewhere across social and health geography human movement has been engaged more directly and critically by three other substantive areas of inquiry that use predominantly qualitative methodologies. One is focused on impairment and disability, and mobility in these contexts, and the challenges facing and (non)acceptance of individuals affected (Butler et al, 1999; Gleeson, 1999; Crooks et al, 2008). The particular ageing focus in this literature includes, for example, the range and scope of older peoples’ mobility (Meyer et al, 1985; Schwanen et al, 2010), their unique urban and rural challenges (Mattson 2010) and policy implications (Mercado et al 2010). Another area of qualitative inquiry is focused on fitness activities, much of this research unpacking the meaning and identity of bodily movement, the places where it occurs, and the power relationships at play (Andrews et al, 2003; Bale, 2004; Vertinsky et al, 2004; Andrews et al, 2005). The ageing focus here has been only occasional but includes attention, for example, to older peoples’ active leisure and lifestyles (Mansvelt, 1997; McConatha et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). The final area - which being more of a broad approach, does incorporate some of the research in the first and second - can be broadly described as ‘new mobilities’. It conveys the motivations, meanings and implications of varied movement forms-such as in transport, leisure, respite, work and health and health care (Gatrell, 2011; Warf, 2010; Crooks et al 2011; Kingsbury et al 2012). The particular ageing focus here is varied but has been particularly attentive in recent years to older peoples’ tourism mobilities and wellbeing (Williams et al, 2000, 2002; Rodriguez, 2001; Schwanen et al, 2011). ...
‘No more of this macho bullshit’: drug treatment, place and the reworking of masculinity
2
2014
... 社会地理和健康地理学运用质性研究方法开展的大量实证研究都涉及到“节律”的研究议题,大致可分为3个方面.第一,关注治疗、护理等行为的例行化、程式性、“节律”性及其发生地点.例如,在护理(Andrews et al, 2008)和戒毒(DeVerteuil et al, 2009; Wilton et al, 2014)等方面所开展的研究.该领域有关老年的研究主要关注非正式和正式的家庭和社区照护的惯例特征(Wiles, 2003).第二,探究身体如何与其周围广泛的节律相协调,而这种节律,像大海涨落的节律(Kearns et al, 2012),以及健身活动与环境的节律(Bale, 2004; Andrews, 2005),是疗养场所和个人体验的构成部分.健身活动与环境节律研究的兴趣点,在于将老龄化过程和健身结合起来(Paulson, 2005).第三,关注慢性病病人包括心理疾病患者(Dear et al, 1987; Parr, 1998, 2008)的日常活动范围(Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003).这些研究尤其关注老龄化和老年人的行为规律,该行为通常是在人们的健康状况和社会环境发生变化时,通过适应过程所形成的一种临时生存策略(Rowles, 2000; Antoninetti et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). ...
... Qualitative research in social and health geography meanwhile displays some consideration and representation of ‘rhythm’ across a wide-range of empirical subjects, fitting loosely into three broad categories. First, there are studies that convey the routinized, processional and ‘rhythmic’ nature of treatments, caring practices and the places where they occur. For example in nursing (Andrews et al, 2008) and addiction detoxification (DeVerteuil et al, 2009; Wilton et al, 2014). The ageing focus here being mainly on the routinized nature of informal and formal home and community care (Wiles, 2003). Second, there are studies that explore how the body becomes synchronized with broader rhythms that surround it as part of therapeutic places and experiences, such as rhythms of the sea in coastal life (Kearns et al, 2012), and rhythms of fitness activities and environments (Bale, 2004; Andrews, 2005); this latter interest incorporating a sporadic concern for ageing and fitness (Paulson 2005). Third are studies that convey the daily geographies in the lives of people with chronic health conditions (Moss, 1997; Moss et al, 2003) including and mental illness (Dear et al, 1987; Parr, 1998, 2008). These studies pay particular attention to the embodied rhythms - oftentimes part of makeshift survival strategies - that arise as peoples’ health status and social contexts change, and regularly engage with ageing and older people (Rowles, 2000; Antoninetti et al, 2012; Stratford, 2014). ...
A typology of elderly migration based on the decision making process
2
1979
... (1) 人口的迁移.因为健康和卫生保健系统而导致的人口在国家内部或不同国家之间的移动(Boyle, 2004; Norman et al, 2005).在此方面老龄化研究的长期特别关注点是老年人的迁移目的地、动机、决策过程和迁移经历,以及对老龄化服务政策的影响(Wiseman et al, 1979; Warnes et al, 1984; Bentham, 1988; Joseph et al, 1991; Glaser et al, 1998; King et al, 2000; Silveira et al, 2001; Moore et al, 2004; Oliver, 2007).事实上,这些研究并不关注长距离迁移行为本身,而关注在总体和宏观尺度上已经完成的(过去的)迁移活动的状况、影响和结果.近年来,对时空尺度上人类生命历程所起作用和迁移的批判性思考和研究已有所增加.这些研究对生命的“历程”在微观尺度上的多次迁移和迁移的意义更为敏感(Bailey, 2009; Jarvis et al, 2011; Schwanen et al, 2012). ...
... Social and health geography, two sub-disciplines that historically have contributed the bulk of the geographical study of ageing, have engaged with movement variously over many years. As we shall see, certainly not in the same way as non-representational theory can, but a clear precedent exists. Most things move - whether being diseases, services, resources or people - so the literature is potentially vast. Nevertheless some concentrated areas of inquiry are identifiable in terms of the movement of the latter. Scholars have, for example, engaged empirically with human movement as a ‘social determinant’ (as loosely defined) of human health and wellbeing, this approach being common in three substantive fields of inquiry. The first focused on migration, whereby people move within or between countries with implications for their health and health care systems (Boyle 2004; Norman et al 2005). The particular ageing focus here being longstanding on the migration destinations, motivations, decisions and experiences of older people and the implications for ageing services and policy (Wiseman et al, 1979; Warnes et al, 1984; Bentham, 1988; Joseph et al, 1991; Glaser et al, 1998; King et al, 2000; Silveira et al, 2001; Moore et al, 2004; Oliver, 2007). Indeed this research is not focused on the act of moving long distances per-se, as much as the shape, impact and consequence of the completed/past movements at the collective and macro scale. Recently it has been augmented with more critical considerations and studies of the human lifecourse as played out, and moving, in space and time. This research being more sensitive to life’s ‘journey’ including multiple moves, moves at the micro-scale and their meaning (Bailey, 2009; Jarvis et al 2011; Schwanen et al 2012). ...
Neighbourhood access to open spaces and the physical activity of residents: a national study
2
2008
... (2) 基于体能活动的观点而迅速发展的新兴多学科交叉研究(Witten et al, 2008; Matthews et al, 2009),尤其是“可步行性”概念的提出及相关研究已成为当前研究热点.例如,该方面的研究已经特别关注到可步行城市环境的营造和形式(Ewing et al, 2009; Gehl, 2010),考虑了促进及阻碍可步行性的潜在社会和结构因素(Pouliou et al, 2010; Holt et al 2009),探讨了度量可步行性的方法或进行了可步行性的度量(Gebel et al, 2011; Van Dyck et al, 2011),并且就公众对可步行性的感知进行了量化和归纳(Loukaitou-Sideris, 2006; Weinstein Agrawal et al, 2008).研究关注步行活动的潜在可能性和动机(Andrews et al 2012),特别是聚焦于老年人研究步行活动与财富(King et al 2011)、心理健康(Berke et al 2007)和邻里住区设计(Takano et al 2002; Frank et al 2010; Weiss et al 2010)等因素关联. ...
... The second field of inquiry is a burgeoning multi-disciplinary literature on physical activity (Witten et al 2008; Matthews et al 2009) where specifically the concept of ‘walkability’, has recently dominated the literature. Here, for example, studies have focused practically on the production and form of walkable city environments (Ewing et al, 2009; Gehl, 2010), considered potential social and structural facilitators of, and barriers to, walkability (Pouliou et al, 2010; Holt et al 2009), discussed methods to measure walkability or have measured it (Gebel et al 2011; Van Dyck et al, 2011) and have quantified and generalized public perceptions of walkability (Loukaitou-Sideris, 2006; Weinstein Agrawal et al 2008). In this research, the potential of movement, motivates studies (Andrews et al 2012), the particular ageing focus being, for example, on older peoples’ walking as related to their affluence (King et al 2011), mental health (Berke et al 2007) and local neighbourhood design (Takano et al 2002; Frank et al 2010; Weiss et al 2010). ...
Epidemiology and unique aspects of aging and infectious diseases
2
2000
... 从社会与科学的立场来看,移动具有某些特性(移动也由这些特性构成).现有文献对这些特性的探讨关乎但也超出了人的范畴.因此社会和健康地理学已对移动的“节律”进行了初步探索(跨越空间和所在地),这体现在长期以来对一系列现象所进行的时间序列和时空分析的实证研究中(Meade et al, 2010),包括疾病的发生和传播(Smallman-Raynor et al, 1991; Gould, 1993; Rogers et al, 2000; Robertson et al, 2014)和对特定疾病的诊治和住院治疗(Crighton et al, 2001, 2008; Leong et al, 2006).借助详细的计算机辅助制图和地理信息系统(GIS)等分析工具,本文展现了发生在宏观尺度上诸现象的序列化“节律”.尽管此类研究对老龄化的关注较少,学者们对老龄化和传染病,包括HIV的研究却越来越感兴趣(Yoshikawa, 2000; High et al, 2008).与此同时,在人口学等其他研究中,已经关注到人口变化的长期时空节律,这与人口健康的规律以及特定地区政府和健康部门面临的挑战相关.有关老年人口的研究成为关注的焦点(Moore et al, 1997; Rosenberg et al, 1997; Smallman-Raynor et al, 1999; Phillips, 2002; McCracken et al, 2005; Lin et al, 2007).事实上,这些研究更应归入人口老龄化和国际/全球健康的范畴. ...
... From both social and scientific standpoints movement possesses, and is composed of, certain qualities, and these have been explored in the literature in regard to, and also beyond, the human. In social and health geography one can thus observe a rudimentary engagement with the ‘rhythm’ of movement (across space and of/in place). This arises, for example, in a positivistic research tradition where time-series and spatial-temporal analysis has been applied to a range of phenomenon (Meade et al, 2010) including occurrences and spread of diseases (Smallman-Raynor et al, 1991; Gould, 1993; Rogers et al, 2000; Robertson et al, 2014), and treatments and hospitalizations for specific diseases (Crighton et al 2001; 2008x; Leong et al 2006). This research presents-often with detailed computer-aided illustration/GIS-a sequenced ‘rhythm’ of phenomenon collectively occurring over macro-scales. Although the ageing focus in this research has been sporadic at best, scholars have become interested in ageing and infectious disease more broadly, including HIV (Yoshikawa 2000; High et al 2008). Meanwhile, in other research, demographic studies have conveyed and displayed the long-term spatial and temporal ‘rhythms’ of population changes, as they themselves relate to the rhythms of population health, and the challenges for governments and health sectors in particular places. The ageing focus here being particularly central (Moore et al, 1997; Rosenberg et al, 1997; Smallman-Raynor et al, 1999; Phillips, 2002; McCracken et al, 2005; Lin et al, 2007). Indeed, this research flows into more general disciplinary concerns for ageing and international/global health. ...
Space, time, and self: rethinking aging in the contexts of immigration and transnationalism
2
2012
... 到目前为止,批判老年学中的“关系思维”已被清晰、明确地阐述了出来,尽管这与社会文化视角下有关老龄化的身体(Öberg, 1996; Katz, 2010),以及他们与护理的结构化、经验化和人际关系层面的认识略有不同(Twigg, 1997).Katz(2010)指出,“身体是结构化授权与协调这些授权的身份代理或实验形式的中心调节点”,但该理解并不只是个体层面的现象.身体和护理动态发生在跨多级实践层次和传统界限的情境中(Dean et al, 1999).事实上,身体和护理的“关联性”也确实通过跨国环境而被体验(Zhou, 2012),这不仅在家庭内外的时空尺度上产生了复杂的权力关系,同时产生了不同维度和类型的社会问题(Gunaratnam, 2014).概而言之,无论是非表征理论还是批判老年学,行为者网络理论提供了解释网络、关联性,以及生活事件中同等重要的人类和非人类因素的方法途径(Tatnall et al, 2003; Cutchin, 2005). ...
... To date, in critical gerontology ‘relational thinking’ has perhaps been best articulated, albeit slightly differently, through socio-cultural perspectives on ageing bodies (Öberg, 1996; Katz, 2010) and their relationship to the structured, experienced, and interpersonal aspects of care (Twigg, 1997). As Katz (2010: 367) outlines, ‘the body is a central mediation point between structured mandates and the agential or experimental forms of identity used to negotiate these mandates’. Yet, such understandings are not only individual level phenomena. Body and care dynamics are understood to take place across levels of practice (Dean et al, 1999) and across traditional boundaries. Indeed ‘relationality’ of the body and care is experienced across transnational settings (Zhou, 2012), producing not only complicated power relations within and across families in space-time, but also dimensions and types of social pain (Gunaratnam, 2014). More generally, in both non-representational theory and critical gerontology, actor-network-theory presents an approach that can explain the networking, relationality and equal importance of humans and non-humans in life’s events (Tatnall et al, 2003; Cutchin, 2005). ...